• RFC3261--sip


    本文转载自 http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3261.txt
    中文翻译可参考 http://wenku.baidu.com/view/3e59517b1711cc7931b71654.html
    
    Network Working Group                                       J. Rosenberg
    Request for Comments: 3261                                   dynamicsoft
    Obsoletes: 2543                                           H. Schulzrinne
    Category: Standards Track                                    Columbia U.
                                                                G. Camarillo
                                                                    Ericsson
                                                                 A. Johnston
                                                                    WorldCom
                                                                 J. Peterson
                                                                     Neustar
                                                                   R. Sparks
                                                                 dynamicsoft
                                                                  M. Handley
                                                                        ICIR
                                                                 E. Schooler
                                                                        AT&T
                                                                   June 2002
    
                        SIP: Session Initiation Protocol
    
    Status of this Memo
    
       This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
       Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
       improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
       Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
       and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
    
    Copyright Notice
    
       Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002).  All Rights Reserved.
    
    Abstract
    
       This document describes Session Initiation Protocol (SIP), an
       application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating,
       modifying, and terminating sessions with one or more participants.
       These sessions include Internet telephone calls, multimedia
       distribution, and multimedia conferences.
    
       SIP invitations used to create sessions carry session descriptions
       that allow participants to agree on a set of compatible media types.
       SIP makes use of elements called proxy servers to help route requests
       to the user's current location, authenticate and authorize users for
       services, implement provider call-routing policies, and provide
       features to users.  SIP also provides a registration function that
       allows users to upload their current locations for use by proxy
       servers.  SIP runs on top of several different transport protocols.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 1]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Table of Contents
    
       1          Introduction ........................................    8
       2          Overview of SIP Functionality .......................    9
       3          Terminology .........................................   10
       4          Overview of Operation ...............................   10
       5          Structure of the Protocol ...........................   18
       6          Definitions .........................................   20
       7          SIP Messages ........................................   26
       7.1        Requests ............................................   27
       7.2        Responses ...........................................   28
       7.3        Header Fields .......................................   29
       7.3.1      Header Field Format .................................   30
       7.3.2      Header Field Classification .........................   32
       7.3.3      Compact Form ........................................   32
       7.4        Bodies ..............................................   33
       7.4.1      Message Body Type ...................................   33
       7.4.2      Message Body Length .................................   33
       7.5        Framing SIP Messages ................................   34
       8          General User Agent Behavior .........................   34
       8.1        UAC Behavior ........................................   35
       8.1.1      Generating the Request ..............................   35
       8.1.1.1    Request-URI .........................................   35
       8.1.1.2    To ..................................................   36
       8.1.1.3    From ................................................   37
       8.1.1.4    Call-ID .............................................   37
       8.1.1.5    CSeq ................................................   38
       8.1.1.6    Max-Forwards ........................................   38
       8.1.1.7    Via .................................................   39
       8.1.1.8    Contact .............................................   40
       8.1.1.9    Supported and Require ...............................   40
       8.1.1.10   Additional Message Components .......................   41
       8.1.2      Sending the Request .................................   41
       8.1.3      Processing Responses ................................   42
       8.1.3.1    Transaction Layer Errors ............................   42
       8.1.3.2    Unrecognized Responses ..............................   42
       8.1.3.3    Vias ................................................   43
       8.1.3.4    Processing 3xx Responses ............................   43
       8.1.3.5    Processing 4xx Responses ............................   45
       8.2        UAS Behavior ........................................   46
       8.2.1      Method Inspection ...................................   46
       8.2.2      Header Inspection ...................................   46
       8.2.2.1    To and Request-URI ..................................   46
       8.2.2.2    Merged Requests .....................................   47
       8.2.2.3    Require .............................................   47
       8.2.3      Content Processing ..................................   48
       8.2.4      Applying Extensions .................................   49
       8.2.5      Processing the Request ..............................   49
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 2]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       8.2.6      Generating the Response .............................   49
       8.2.6.1    Sending a Provisional Response ......................   49
       8.2.6.2    Headers and Tags ....................................   50
       8.2.7      Stateless UAS Behavior ..............................   50
       8.3        Redirect Servers ....................................   51
       9          Canceling a Request .................................   53
       9.1        Client Behavior .....................................   53
       9.2        Server Behavior .....................................   55
       10         Registrations .......................................   56
       10.1       Overview ............................................   56
       10.2       Constructing the REGISTER Request ...................   57
       10.2.1     Adding Bindings .....................................   59
       10.2.1.1   Setting the Expiration Interval of Contact Addresses    60
       10.2.1.2   Preferences among Contact Addresses .................   61
       10.2.2     Removing Bindings ...................................   61
       10.2.3     Fetching Bindings ...................................   61
       10.2.4     Refreshing Bindings .................................   61
       10.2.5     Setting the Internal Clock ..........................   62
       10.2.6     Discovering a Registrar .............................   62
       10.2.7     Transmitting a Request ..............................   62
       10.2.8     Error Responses .....................................   63
       10.3       Processing REGISTER Requests ........................   63
       11         Querying for Capabilities ...........................   66
       11.1       Construction of OPTIONS Request .....................   67
       11.2       Processing of OPTIONS Request .......................   68
       12         Dialogs .............................................   69
       12.1       Creation of a Dialog ................................   70
       12.1.1     UAS behavior ........................................   70
       12.1.2     UAC Behavior ........................................   71
       12.2       Requests within a Dialog ............................   72
       12.2.1     UAC Behavior ........................................   73
       12.2.1.1   Generating the Request ..............................   73
       12.2.1.2   Processing the Responses ............................   75
       12.2.2     UAS Behavior ........................................   76
       12.3       Termination of a Dialog .............................   77
       13         Initiating a Session ................................   77
       13.1       Overview ............................................   77
       13.2       UAC Processing ......................................   78
       13.2.1     Creating the Initial INVITE .........................   78
       13.2.2     Processing INVITE Responses .........................   81
       13.2.2.1   1xx Responses .......................................   81
       13.2.2.2   3xx Responses .......................................   81
       13.2.2.3   4xx, 5xx and 6xx Responses ..........................   81
       13.2.2.4   2xx Responses .......................................   82
       13.3       UAS Processing ......................................   83
       13.3.1     Processing of the INVITE ............................   83
       13.3.1.1   Progress ............................................   84
       13.3.1.2   The INVITE is Redirected ............................   84
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 3]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       13.3.1.3   The INVITE is Rejected ..............................   85
       13.3.1.4   The INVITE is Accepted ..............................   85
       14         Modifying an Existing Session .......................   86
       14.1       UAC Behavior ........................................   86
       14.2       UAS Behavior ........................................   88
       15         Terminating a Session ...............................   89
       15.1       Terminating a Session with a BYE Request ............   90
       15.1.1     UAC Behavior ........................................   90
       15.1.2     UAS Behavior ........................................   91
       16         Proxy Behavior ......................................   91
       16.1       Overview ............................................   91
       16.2       Stateful Proxy ......................................   92
       16.3       Request Validation ..................................   94
       16.4       Route Information Preprocessing .....................   96
       16.5       Determining Request Targets .........................   97
       16.6       Request Forwarding ..................................   99
       16.7       Response Processing .................................  107
       16.8       Processing Timer C ..................................  114
       16.9       Handling Transport Errors ...........................  115
       16.10      CANCEL Processing ...................................  115
       16.11      Stateless Proxy .....................................  116
       16.12      Summary of Proxy Route Processing ...................  118
       16.12.1    Examples ............................................  118
       16.12.1.1  Basic SIP Trapezoid .................................  118
       16.12.1.2  Traversing a Strict-Routing Proxy ...................  120
       16.12.1.3  Rewriting Record-Route Header Field Values ..........  121
       17         Transactions ........................................  122
       17.1       Client Transaction ..................................  124
       17.1.1     INVITE Client Transaction ...........................  125
       17.1.1.1   Overview of INVITE Transaction ......................  125
       17.1.1.2   Formal Description ..................................  125
       17.1.1.3   Construction of the ACK Request .....................  129
       17.1.2     Non-INVITE Client Transaction .......................  130
       17.1.2.1   Overview of the non-INVITE Transaction ..............  130
       17.1.2.2   Formal Description ..................................  131
       17.1.3     Matching Responses to Client Transactions ...........  132
       17.1.4     Handling Transport Errors ...........................  133
       17.2       Server Transaction ..................................  134
       17.2.1     INVITE Server Transaction ...........................  134
       17.2.2     Non-INVITE Server Transaction .......................  137
       17.2.3     Matching Requests to Server Transactions ............  138
       17.2.4     Handling Transport Errors ...........................  141
       18         Transport ...........................................  141
       18.1       Clients .............................................  142
       18.1.1     Sending Requests ....................................  142
       18.1.2     Receiving Responses .................................  144
       18.2       Servers .............................................  145
       18.2.1     Receiving Requests ..................................  145
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 4]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       18.2.2     Sending Responses ...................................  146
       18.3       Framing .............................................  147
       18.4       Error Handling ......................................  147
       19         Common Message Components ...........................  147
       19.1       SIP and SIPS Uniform Resource Indicators ............  148
       19.1.1     SIP and SIPS URI Components .........................  148
       19.1.2     Character Escaping Requirements .....................  152
       19.1.3     Example SIP and SIPS URIs ...........................  153
       19.1.4     URI Comparison ......................................  153
       19.1.5     Forming Requests from a URI .........................  156
       19.1.6     Relating SIP URIs and tel URLs ......................  157
       19.2       Option Tags .........................................  158
       19.3       Tags ................................................  159
       20         Header Fields .......................................  159
       20.1       Accept ..............................................  161
       20.2       Accept-Encoding .....................................  163
       20.3       Accept-Language .....................................  164
       20.4       Alert-Info ..........................................  164
       20.5       Allow ...............................................  165
       20.6       Authentication-Info .................................  165
       20.7       Authorization .......................................  165
       20.8       Call-ID .............................................  166
       20.9       Call-Info ...........................................  166
       20.10      Contact .............................................  167
       20.11      Content-Disposition .................................  168
       20.12      Content-Encoding ....................................  169
       20.13      Content-Language ....................................  169
       20.14      Content-Length ......................................  169
       20.15      Content-Type ........................................  170
       20.16      CSeq ................................................  170
       20.17      Date ................................................  170
       20.18      Error-Info ..........................................  171
       20.19      Expires .............................................  171
       20.20      From ................................................  172
       20.21      In-Reply-To .........................................  172
       20.22      Max-Forwards ........................................  173
       20.23      Min-Expires .........................................  173
       20.24      MIME-Version ........................................  173
       20.25      Organization ........................................  174
       20.26      Priority ............................................  174
       20.27      Proxy-Authenticate ..................................  174
       20.28      Proxy-Authorization .................................  175
       20.29      Proxy-Require .......................................  175
       20.30      Record-Route ........................................  175
       20.31      Reply-To ............................................  176
       20.32      Require .............................................  176
       20.33      Retry-After .........................................  176
       20.34      Route ...............................................  177
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 5]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       20.35      Server ..............................................  177
       20.36      Subject .............................................  177
       20.37      Supported ...........................................  178
       20.38      Timestamp ...........................................  178
       20.39      To ..................................................  178
       20.40      Unsupported .........................................  179
       20.41      User-Agent ..........................................  179
       20.42      Via .................................................  179
       20.43      Warning .............................................  180
       20.44      WWW-Authenticate ....................................  182
       21         Response Codes ......................................  182
       21.1       Provisional 1xx .....................................  182
       21.1.1     100 Trying ..........................................  183
       21.1.2     180 Ringing .........................................  183
       21.1.3     181 Call Is Being Forwarded .........................  183
       21.1.4     182 Queued ..........................................  183
       21.1.5     183 Session Progress ................................  183
       21.2       Successful 2xx ......................................  183
       21.2.1     200 OK ..............................................  183
       21.3       Redirection 3xx .....................................  184
       21.3.1     300 Multiple Choices ................................  184
       21.3.2     301 Moved Permanently ...............................  184
       21.3.3     302 Moved Temporarily ...............................  184
       21.3.4     305 Use Proxy .......................................  185
       21.3.5     380 Alternative Service .............................  185
       21.4       Request Failure 4xx .................................  185
       21.4.1     400 Bad Request .....................................  185
       21.4.2     401 Unauthorized ....................................  185
       21.4.3     402 Payment Required ................................  186
       21.4.4     403 Forbidden .......................................  186
       21.4.5     404 Not Found .......................................  186
       21.4.6     405 Method Not Allowed ..............................  186
       21.4.7     406 Not Acceptable ..................................  186
       21.4.8     407 Proxy Authentication Required ...................  186
       21.4.9     408 Request Timeout .................................  186
       21.4.10    410 Gone ............................................  187
       21.4.11    413 Request Entity Too Large ........................  187
       21.4.12    414 Request-URI Too Long ............................  187
       21.4.13    415 Unsupported Media Type ..........................  187
       21.4.14    416 Unsupported URI Scheme ..........................  187
       21.4.15    420 Bad Extension ...................................  187
       21.4.16    421 Extension Required ..............................  188
       21.4.17    423 Interval Too Brief ..............................  188
       21.4.18    480 Temporarily Unavailable .........................  188
       21.4.19    481 Call/Transaction Does Not Exist .................  188
       21.4.20    482 Loop Detected ...................................  188
       21.4.21    483 Too Many Hops ...................................  189
       21.4.22    484 Address Incomplete ..............................  189
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 6]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       21.4.23    485 Ambiguous .......................................  189
       21.4.24    486 Busy Here .......................................  189
       21.4.25    487 Request Terminated ..............................  190
       21.4.26    488 Not Acceptable Here .............................  190
       21.4.27    491 Request Pending .................................  190
       21.4.28    493 Undecipherable ..................................  190
       21.5       Server Failure 5xx ..................................  190
       21.5.1     500 Server Internal Error ...........................  190
       21.5.2     501 Not Implemented .................................  191
       21.5.3     502 Bad Gateway .....................................  191
       21.5.4     503 Service Unavailable .............................  191
       21.5.5     504 Server Time-out .................................  191
       21.5.6     505 Version Not Supported ...........................  192
       21.5.7     513 Message Too Large ...............................  192
       21.6       Global Failures 6xx .................................  192
       21.6.1     600 Busy Everywhere .................................  192
       21.6.2     603 Decline .........................................  192
       21.6.3     604 Does Not Exist Anywhere .........................  192
       21.6.4     606 Not Acceptable ..................................  192
       22         Usage of HTTP Authentication ........................  193
       22.1       Framework ...........................................  193
       22.2       User-to-User Authentication .........................  195
       22.3       Proxy-to-User Authentication ........................  197
       22.4       The Digest Authentication Scheme ....................  199
       23         S/MIME ..............................................  201
       23.1       S/MIME Certificates .................................  201
       23.2       S/MIME Key Exchange .................................  202
       23.3       Securing MIME bodies ................................  205
       23.4       SIP Header Privacy and Integrity using S/MIME:
                  Tunneling SIP .......................................  207
       23.4.1     Integrity and Confidentiality Properties of SIP
                  Headers .............................................  207
       23.4.1.1   Integrity ...........................................  207
       23.4.1.2   Confidentiality .....................................  208
       23.4.2     Tunneling Integrity and Authentication ..............  209
       23.4.3     Tunneling Encryption ................................  211
       24         Examples ............................................  213
       24.1       Registration ........................................  213
       24.2       Session Setup .......................................  214
       25         Augmented BNF for the SIP Protocol ..................  219
       25.1       Basic Rules .........................................  219
       26         Security Considerations: Threat Model and Security
                  Usage Recommendations ...............................  232
       26.1       Attacks and Threat Models ...........................  233
       26.1.1     Registration Hijacking ..............................  233
       26.1.2     Impersonating a Server ..............................  234
       26.1.3     Tampering with Message Bodies .......................  235
       26.1.4     Tearing Down Sessions ...............................  235
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 7]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       26.1.5     Denial of Service and Amplification .................  236
       26.2       Security Mechanisms .................................  237
       26.2.1     Transport and Network Layer Security ................  238
       26.2.2     SIPS URI Scheme .....................................  239
       26.2.3     HTTP Authentication .................................  240
       26.2.4     S/MIME ..............................................  240
       26.3       Implementing Security Mechanisms ....................  241
       26.3.1     Requirements for Implementers of SIP ................  241
       26.3.2     Security Solutions ..................................  242
       26.3.2.1   Registration ........................................  242
       26.3.2.2   Interdomain Requests ................................  243
       26.3.2.3   Peer-to-Peer Requests ...............................  245
       26.3.2.4   DoS Protection ......................................  246
       26.4       Limitations .........................................  247
       26.4.1     HTTP Digest .........................................  247
       26.4.2     S/MIME ..............................................  248
       26.4.3     TLS .................................................  249
       26.4.4     SIPS URIs ...........................................  249
       26.5       Privacy .............................................  251
       27         IANA Considerations .................................  252
       27.1       Option Tags .........................................  252
       27.2       Warn-Codes ..........................................  252
       27.3       Header Field Names ..................................  253
       27.4       Method and Response Codes ...........................  253
       27.5       The "message/sip" MIME type.  .......................  254
       27.6       New Content-Disposition Parameter Registrations .....  255
       28         Changes From RFC 2543 ...............................  255
       28.1       Major Functional Changes ............................  255
       28.2       Minor Functional Changes ............................  260
       29         Normative References ................................  261
       30         Informative References ..............................  262
       A          Table of Timer Values ...............................  265
       Acknowledgments ................................................  266
       Authors' Addresses .............................................  267
       Full Copyright Statement .......................................  269
    
    1 Introduction
    
       There are many applications of the Internet that require the creation
       and management of a session, where a session is considered an
       exchange of data between an association of participants.  The
       implementation of these applications is complicated by the practices
       of participants: users may move between endpoints, they may be
       addressable by multiple names, and they may communicate in several
       different media - sometimes simultaneously.  Numerous protocols have
       been authored that carry various forms of real-time multimedia
       session data such as voice, video, or text messages.  The Session
       Initiation Protocol (SIP) works in concert with these protocols by
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 8]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       enabling Internet endpoints (called user agents) to discover one
       another and to agree on a characterization of a session they would
       like to share.  For locating prospective session participants, and
       for other functions, SIP enables the creation of an infrastructure of
       network hosts (called proxy servers) to which user agents can send
       registrations, invitations to sessions, and other requests.  SIP is
       an agile, general-purpose tool for creating, modifying, and
       terminating sessions that works independently of underlying transport
       protocols and without dependency on the type of session that is being
       established.
    
    2 Overview of SIP Functionality
    
       SIP is an application-layer control protocol that can establish,
       modify, and terminate multimedia sessions (conferences) such as
       Internet telephony calls.  SIP can also invite participants to
       already existing sessions, such as multicast conferences.  Media can
       be added to (and removed from) an existing session.  SIP
       transparently supports name mapping and redirection services, which
       supports personal mobility [27] - users can maintain a single
       externally visible identifier regardless of their network location.
    
       SIP supports five facets of establishing and terminating multimedia
       communications:
    
          User location: determination of the end system to be used for
               communication;
    
          User availability: determination of the willingness of the called
               party to engage in communications;
    
          User capabilities: determination of the media and media parameters
               to be used;
    
          Session setup: "ringing", establishment of session parameters at
               both called and calling party;
    
          Session management: including transfer and termination of
               sessions, modifying session parameters, and invoking
               services.
    
       SIP is not a vertically integrated communications system.  SIP is
       rather a component that can be used with other IETF protocols to
       build a complete multimedia architecture.  Typically, these
       architectures will include protocols such as the Real-time Transport
       Protocol (RTP) (RFC 1889 [28]) for transporting real-time data and
       providing QoS feedback, the Real-Time streaming protocol (RTSP) (RFC
       2326 [29]) for controlling delivery of streaming media, the Media
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                     [Page 9]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Gateway Control Protocol (MEGACO) (RFC 3015 [30]) for controlling
       gateways to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), and the
       Session Description Protocol (SDP) (RFC 2327 [1]) for describing
       multimedia sessions.  Therefore, SIP should be used in conjunction
       with other protocols in order to provide complete services to the
       users.  However, the basic functionality and operation of SIP does
       not depend on any of these protocols.
    
       SIP does not provide services.  Rather, SIP provides primitives that
       can be used to implement different services.  For example, SIP can
       locate a user and deliver an opaque object to his current location.
       If this primitive is used to deliver a session description written in
       SDP, for instance, the endpoints can agree on the parameters of a
       session.  If the same primitive is used to deliver a photo of the
       caller as well as the session description, a "caller ID" service can
       be easily implemented.  As this example shows, a single primitive is
       typically used to provide several different services.
    
       SIP does not offer conference control services such as floor control
       or voting and does not prescribe how a conference is to be managed.
       SIP can be used to initiate a session that uses some other conference
       control protocol.  Since SIP messages and the sessions they establish
       can pass through entirely different networks, SIP cannot, and does
       not, provide any kind of network resource reservation capabilities.
    
       The nature of the services provided make security particularly
       important.  To that end, SIP provides a suite of security services,
       which include denial-of-service prevention, authentication (both user
       to user and proxy to user), integrity protection, and encryption and
       privacy services.
    
       SIP works with both IPv4 and IPv6.
    
    3 Terminology
    
       In this document, the key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED",
       "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "NOT
       RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" are to be interpreted as
       described in BCP 14, RFC 2119 [2] and indicate requirement levels for
       compliant SIP implementations.
    
    4 Overview of Operation
    
       This section introduces the basic operations of SIP using simple
       examples.  This section is tutorial in nature and does not contain
       any normative statements.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 10]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The first example shows the basic functions of SIP: location of an
       end point, signal of a desire to communicate, negotiation of session
       parameters to establish the session, and teardown of the session once
       established.
    
       Figure 1 shows a typical example of a SIP message exchange between
       two users, Alice and Bob.  (Each message is labeled with the letter
       "F" and a number for reference by the text.)  In this example, Alice
       uses a SIP application on her PC (referred to as a softphone) to call
       Bob on his SIP phone over the Internet.  Also shown are two SIP proxy
       servers that act on behalf of Alice and Bob to facilitate the session
       establishment.  This typical arrangement is often referred to as the
       "SIP trapezoid" as shown by the geometric shape of the dotted lines
       in Figure 1.
    
       Alice "calls" Bob using his SIP identity, a type of Uniform Resource
       Identifier (URI) called a SIP URI. SIP URIs are defined in Section
       19.1.  It has a similar form to an email address, typically
       containing a username and a host name.  In this case, it is
       sip:bob@biloxi.com, where biloxi.com is the domain of Bob's SIP
       service provider.  Alice has a SIP URI of sip:alice@atlanta.com.
       Alice might have typed in Bob's URI or perhaps clicked on a hyperlink
       or an entry in an address book.  SIP also provides a secure URI,
       called a SIPS URI.  An example would be sips:bob@biloxi.com.  A call
       made to a SIPS URI guarantees that secure, encrypted transport
       (namely TLS) is used to carry all SIP messages from the caller to the
       domain of the callee.  From there, the request is sent securely to
       the callee, but with security mechanisms that depend on the policy of
       the domain of the callee.
    
       SIP is based on an HTTP-like request/response transaction model.
       Each transaction consists of a request that invokes a particular
       method, or function, on the server and at least one response.  In
       this example, the transaction begins with Alice's softphone sending
       an INVITE request addressed to Bob's SIP URI.  INVITE is an example
       of a SIP method that specifies the action that the requestor (Alice)
       wants the server (Bob) to take.  The INVITE request contains a number
       of header fields.  Header fields are named attributes that provide
       additional information about a message.  The ones present in an
       INVITE include a unique identifier for the call, the destination
       address, Alice's address, and information about the type of session
       that Alice wishes to establish with Bob.  The INVITE (message F1 in
       Figure 1) might look like this:
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 11]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
                         atlanta.com  . . . biloxi.com
                     .      proxy              proxy     .
                   .                                       .
           Alice's  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Bob's
          softphone                                        SIP Phone
             |                |                |                |
             |    INVITE F1   |                |                |
             |--------------->|    INVITE F2   |                |
             |  100 Trying F3 |--------------->|    INVITE F4   |
             |<---------------|  100 Trying F5 |--------------->|
             |                |<-------------- | 180 Ringing F6 |
             |                | 180 Ringing F7 |<---------------|
             | 180 Ringing F8 |<---------------|     200 OK F9  |
             |<---------------|    200 OK F10  |<---------------|
             |    200 OK F11  |<---------------|                |
             |<---------------|                |                |
             |                       ACK F12                    |
             |------------------------------------------------->|
             |                   Media Session                  |
             |<================================================>|
             |                       BYE F13                    |
             |<-------------------------------------------------|
             |                     200 OK F14                   |
             |------------------------------------------------->|
             |                                                  |
    
             Figure 1: SIP session setup example with SIP trapezoid
    
          INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK776asdhds
          Max-Forwards: 70
          To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
          From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
          Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710@pc33.atlanta.com
          CSeq: 314159 INVITE
          Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
          Content-Type: application/sdp
          Content-Length: 142
    
          (Alice's SDP not shown)
    
       The first line of the text-encoded message contains the method name
       (INVITE).  The lines that follow are a list of header fields.  This
       example contains a minimum required set.  The header fields are
       briefly described below:
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 12]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Via contains the address (pc33.atlanta.com) at which Alice is
       expecting to receive responses to this request.  It also contains a
       branch parameter that identifies this transaction.
    
       To contains a display name (Bob) and a SIP or SIPS URI
       (sip:bob@biloxi.com) towards which the request was originally
       directed.  Display names are described in RFC 2822 [3].
    
       From also contains a display name (Alice) and a SIP or SIPS URI
       (sip:alice@atlanta.com) that indicate the originator of the request.
       This header field also has a tag parameter containing a random string
       (1928301774) that was added to the URI by the softphone.  It is used
       for identification purposes.
    
       Call-ID contains a globally unique identifier for this call,
       generated by the combination of a random string and the softphone's
       host name or IP address.  The combination of the To tag, From tag,
       and Call-ID completely defines a peer-to-peer SIP relationship
       between Alice and Bob and is referred to as a dialog.
    
       CSeq or Command Sequence contains an integer and a method name.  The
       CSeq number is incremented for each new request within a dialog and
       is a traditional sequence number.
    
       Contact contains a SIP or SIPS URI that represents a direct route to
       contact Alice, usually composed of a username at a fully qualified
       domain name (FQDN).  While an FQDN is preferred, many end systems do
       not have registered domain names, so IP addresses are permitted.
       While the Via header field tells other elements where to send the
       response, the Contact header field tells other elements where to send
       future requests.
    
       Max-Forwards serves to limit the number of hops a request can make on
       the way to its destination.  It consists of an integer that is
       decremented by one at each hop.
    
       Content-Type contains a description of the message body (not shown).
    
       Content-Length contains an octet (byte) count of the message body.
    
       The complete set of SIP header fields is defined in Section 20.
    
       The details of the session, such as the type of media, codec, or
       sampling rate, are not described using SIP.  Rather, the body of a
       SIP message contains a description of the session, encoded in some
       other protocol format.  One such format is the Session Description
       Protocol (SDP) (RFC 2327 [1]).  This SDP message (not shown in the
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 13]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       example) is carried by the SIP message in a way that is analogous to
       a document attachment being carried by an email message, or a web
       page being carried in an HTTP message.
    
       Since the softphone does not know the location of Bob or the SIP
       server in the biloxi.com domain, the softphone sends the INVITE to
       the SIP server that serves Alice's domain, atlanta.com.  The address
       of the atlanta.com SIP server could have been configured in Alice's
       softphone, or it could have been discovered by DHCP, for example.
    
       The atlanta.com SIP server is a type of SIP server known as a proxy
       server.  A proxy server receives SIP requests and forwards them on
       behalf of the requestor.  In this example, the proxy server receives
       the INVITE request and sends a 100 (Trying) response back to Alice's
       softphone.  The 100 (Trying) response indicates that the INVITE has
       been received and that the proxy is working on her behalf to route
       the INVITE to the destination.  Responses in SIP use a three-digit
       code followed by a descriptive phrase.  This response contains the
       same To, From, Call-ID, CSeq and branch parameter in the Via as the
       INVITE, which allows Alice's softphone to correlate this response to
       the sent INVITE.  The atlanta.com proxy server locates the proxy
       server at biloxi.com, possibly by performing a particular type of DNS
       (Domain Name Service) lookup to find the SIP server that serves the
       biloxi.com domain.  This is described in [4].  As a result, it
       obtains the IP address of the biloxi.com proxy server and forwards,
       or proxies, the INVITE request there.  Before forwarding the request,
       the atlanta.com proxy server adds an additional Via header field
       value that contains its own address (the INVITE already contains
       Alice's address in the first Via).  The biloxi.com proxy server
       receives the INVITE and responds with a 100 (Trying) response back to
       the atlanta.com proxy server to indicate that it has received the
       INVITE and is processing the request.  The proxy server consults a
       database, generically called a location service, that contains the
       current IP address of Bob.  (We shall see in the next section how
       this database can be populated.)  The biloxi.com proxy server adds
       another Via header field value with its own address to the INVITE and
       proxies it to Bob's SIP phone.
    
       Bob's SIP phone receives the INVITE and alerts Bob to the incoming
       call from Alice so that Bob can decide whether to answer the call,
       that is, Bob's phone rings.  Bob's SIP phone indicates this in a 180
       (Ringing) response, which is routed back through the two proxies in
       the reverse direction.  Each proxy uses the Via header field to
       determine where to send the response and removes its own address from
       the top.  As a result, although DNS and location service lookups were
       required to route the initial INVITE, the 180 (Ringing) response can
       be returned to the caller without lookups or without state being
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 14]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       maintained in the proxies.  This also has the desirable property that
       each proxy that sees the INVITE will also see all responses to the
       INVITE.
    
       When Alice's softphone receives the 180 (Ringing) response, it passes
       this information to Alice, perhaps using an audio ringback tone or by
       displaying a message on Alice's screen.
    
       In this example, Bob decides to answer the call.  When he picks up
       the handset, his SIP phone sends a 200 (OK) response to indicate that
       the call has been answered.  The 200 (OK) contains a message body
       with the SDP media description of the type of session that Bob is
       willing to establish with Alice.  As a result, there is a two-phase
       exchange of SDP messages: Alice sent one to Bob, and Bob sent one
       back to Alice.  This two-phase exchange provides basic negotiation
       capabilities and is based on a simple offer/answer model of SDP
       exchange.  If Bob did not wish to answer the call or was busy on
       another call, an error response would have been sent instead of the
       200 (OK), which would have resulted in no media session being
       established.  The complete list of SIP response codes is in Section
       21.  The 200 (OK) (message F9 in Figure 1) might look like this as
       Bob sends it out:
    
          SIP/2.0 200 OK
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP server10.biloxi.com
             ;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8;received=192.0.2.3
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com
             ;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1;received=192.0.2.2
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com
             ;branch=z9hG4bK776asdhds ;received=192.0.2.1
          To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
          From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
          Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710@pc33.atlanta.com
          CSeq: 314159 INVITE
          Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
          Content-Type: application/sdp
          Content-Length: 131
    
          (Bob's SDP not shown)
    
       The first line of the response contains the response code (200) and
       the reason phrase (OK).  The remaining lines contain header fields.
       The Via, To, From, Call-ID, and CSeq header fields are copied from
       the INVITE request.  (There are three Via header field values - one
       added by Alice's SIP phone, one added by the atlanta.com proxy, and
       one added by the biloxi.com proxy.)  Bob's SIP phone has added a tag
       parameter to the To header field.  This tag will be incorporated by
       both endpoints into the dialog and will be included in all future
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 15]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       requests and responses in this call.  The Contact header field
       contains a URI at which Bob can be directly reached at his SIP phone.
       The Content-Type and Content-Length refer to the message body (not
       shown) that contains Bob's SDP media information.
    
       In addition to DNS and location service lookups shown in this
       example, proxy servers can make flexible "routing decisions" to
       decide where to send a request.  For example, if Bob's SIP phone
       returned a 486 (Busy Here) response, the biloxi.com proxy server
       could proxy the INVITE to Bob's voicemail server.  A proxy server can
       also send an INVITE to a number of locations at the same time.  This
       type of parallel search is known as forking.
    
       In this case, the 200 (OK) is routed back through the two proxies and
       is received by Alice's softphone, which then stops the ringback tone
       and indicates that the call has been answered.  Finally, Alice's
       softphone sends an acknowledgement message, ACK, to Bob's SIP phone
       to confirm the reception of the final response (200 (OK)).  In this
       example, the ACK is sent directly from Alice's softphone to Bob's SIP
       phone, bypassing the two proxies.  This occurs because the endpoints
       have learned each other's address from the Contact header fields
       through the INVITE/200 (OK) exchange, which was not known when the
       initial INVITE was sent.  The lookups performed by the two proxies
       are no longer needed, so the proxies drop out of the call flow.  This
       completes the INVITE/200/ACK three-way handshake used to establish
       SIP sessions.  Full details on session setup are in Section 13.
    
       Alice and Bob's media session has now begun, and they send media
       packets using the format to which they agreed in the exchange of SDP.
       In general, the end-to-end media packets take a different path from
       the SIP signaling messages.
    
       During the session, either Alice or Bob may decide to change the
       characteristics of the media session.  This is accomplished by
       sending a re-INVITE containing a new media description.  This re-
       INVITE references the existing dialog so that the other party knows
       that it is to modify an existing session instead of establishing a
       new session.  The other party sends a 200 (OK) to accept the change.
       The requestor responds to the 200 (OK) with an ACK.  If the other
       party does not accept the change, he sends an error response such as
       488 (Not Acceptable Here), which also receives an ACK.  However, the
       failure of the re-INVITE does not cause the existing call to fail -
       the session continues using the previously negotiated
       characteristics.  Full details on session modification are in Section
       14.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 16]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       At the end of the call, Bob disconnects (hangs up) first and
       generates a BYE message.  This BYE is routed directly to Alice's
       softphone, again bypassing the proxies.  Alice confirms receipt of
       the BYE with a 200 (OK) response, which terminates the session and
       the BYE transaction.  No ACK is sent - an ACK is only sent in
       response to a response to an INVITE request.  The reasons for this
       special handling for INVITE will be discussed later, but relate to
       the reliability mechanisms in SIP, the length of time it can take for
       a ringing phone to be answered, and forking.  For this reason,
       request handling in SIP is often classified as either INVITE or non-
       INVITE, referring to all other methods besides INVITE.  Full details
       on session termination are in Section 15.
    
       Section 24.2 describes the messages shown in Figure 1 in full.
    
       In some cases, it may be useful for proxies in the SIP signaling path
       to see all the messaging between the endpoints for the duration of
       the session.  For example, if the biloxi.com proxy server wished to
       remain in the SIP messaging path beyond the initial INVITE, it would
       add to the INVITE a required routing header field known as Record-
       Route that contained a URI resolving to the hostname or IP address of
       the proxy.  This information would be received by both Bob's SIP
       phone and (due to the Record-Route header field being passed back in
       the 200 (OK)) Alice's softphone and stored for the duration of the
       dialog.  The biloxi.com proxy server would then receive and proxy the
       ACK, BYE, and 200 (OK) to the BYE.  Each proxy can independently
       decide to receive subsequent messages, and those messages will pass
       through all proxies that elect to receive it.  This capability is
       frequently used for proxies that are providing mid-call features.
    
       Registration is another common operation in SIP.  Registration is one
       way that the biloxi.com server can learn the current location of Bob.
       Upon initialization, and at periodic intervals, Bob's SIP phone sends
       REGISTER messages to a server in the biloxi.com domain known as a SIP
       registrar.  The REGISTER messages associate Bob's SIP or SIPS URI
       (sip:bob@biloxi.com) with the machine into which he is currently
       logged (conveyed as a SIP or SIPS URI in the Contact header field).
       The registrar writes this association, also called a binding, to a
       database, called the location service, where it can be used by the
       proxy in the biloxi.com domain.  Often, a registrar server for a
       domain is co-located with the proxy for that domain.  It is an
       important concept that the distinction between types of SIP servers
       is logical, not physical.
    
       Bob is not limited to registering from a single device.  For example,
       both his SIP phone at home and the one in the office could send
       registrations.  This information is stored together in the location
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 17]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       service and allows a proxy to perform various types of searches to
       locate Bob.  Similarly, more than one user can be registered on a
       single device at the same time.
    
       The location service is just an abstract concept.  It generally
       contains information that allows a proxy to input a URI and receive a
       set of zero or more URIs that tell the proxy where to send the
       request.  Registrations are one way to create this information, but
       not the only way.  Arbitrary mapping functions can be configured at
       the discretion of the administrator.
    
       Finally, it is important to note that in SIP, registration is used
       for routing incoming SIP requests and has no role in authorizing
       outgoing requests.  Authorization and authentication are handled in
       SIP either on a request-by-request basis with a challenge/response
       mechanism, or by using a lower layer scheme as discussed in Section
       26.
    
       The complete set of SIP message details for this registration example
       is in Section 24.1.
    
       Additional operations in SIP, such as querying for the capabilities
       of a SIP server or client using OPTIONS, or canceling a pending
       request using CANCEL, will be introduced in later sections.
    
    5 Structure of the Protocol
    
       SIP is structured as a layered protocol, which means that its
       behavior is described in terms of a set of fairly independent
       processing stages with only a loose coupling between each stage.  The
       protocol behavior is described as layers for the purpose of
       presentation, allowing the description of functions common across
       elements in a single section.  It does not dictate an implementation
       in any way.  When we say that an element "contains" a layer, we mean
       it is compliant to the set of rules defined by that layer.
    
       Not every element specified by the protocol contains every layer.
       Furthermore, the elements specified by SIP are logical elements, not
       physical ones.  A physical realization can choose to act as different
       logical elements, perhaps even on a transaction-by-transaction basis.
    
       The lowest layer of SIP is its syntax and encoding.  Its encoding is
       specified using an augmented Backus-Naur Form grammar (BNF).  The
       complete BNF is specified in Section 25; an overview of a SIP
       message's structure can be found in Section 7.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 18]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The second layer is the transport layer.  It defines how a client
       sends requests and receives responses and how a server receives
       requests and sends responses over the network.  All SIP elements
       contain a transport layer.  The transport layer is described in
       Section 18.
    
       The third layer is the transaction layer.  Transactions are a
       fundamental component of SIP.  A transaction is a request sent by a
       client transaction (using the transport layer) to a server
       transaction, along with all responses to that request sent from the
       server transaction back to the client.  The transaction layer handles
       application-layer retransmissions, matching of responses to requests,
       and application-layer timeouts.  Any task that a user agent client
       (UAC) accomplishes takes place using a series of transactions.
       Discussion of transactions can be found in Section 17.  User agents
       contain a transaction layer, as do stateful proxies.  Stateless
       proxies do not contain a transaction layer.  The transaction layer
       has a client component (referred to as a client transaction) and a
       server component (referred to as a server transaction), each of which
       are represented by a finite state machine that is constructed to
       process a particular request.
    
       The layer above the transaction layer is called the transaction user
       (TU).  Each of the SIP entities, except the stateless proxy, is a
       transaction user.  When a TU wishes to send a request, it creates a
       client transaction instance and passes it the request along with the
       destination IP address, port, and transport to which to send the
       request.  A TU that creates a client transaction can also cancel it.
       When a client cancels a transaction, it requests that the server stop
       further processing, revert to the state that existed before the
       transaction was initiated, and generate a specific error response to
       that transaction.  This is done with a CANCEL request, which
       constitutes its own transaction, but references the transaction to be
       cancelled (Section 9).
    
       The SIP elements, that is, user agent clients and servers, stateless
       and stateful proxies and registrars, contain a core that
       distinguishes them from each other.  Cores, except for the stateless
       proxy, are transaction users.  While the behavior of the UAC and UAS
       cores depends on the method, there are some common rules for all
       methods (Section 8).  For a UAC, these rules govern the construction
       of a request; for a UAS, they govern the processing of a request and
       generating a response.  Since registrations play an important role in
       SIP, a UAS that handles a REGISTER is given the special name
       registrar.  Section 10 describes UAC and UAS core behavior for the
       REGISTER method.  Section 11 describes UAC and UAS core behavior for
       the OPTIONS method, used for determining the capabilities of a UA.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 19]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Certain other requests are sent within a dialog.  A dialog is a
       peer-to-peer SIP relationship between two user agents that persists
       for some time.  The dialog facilitates sequencing of messages and
       proper routing of requests between the user agents.  The INVITE
       method is the only way defined in this specification to establish a
       dialog.  When a UAC sends a request that is within the context of a
       dialog, it follows the common UAC rules as discussed in Section 8 but
       also the rules for mid-dialog requests.  Section 12 discusses dialogs
       and presents the procedures for their construction and maintenance,
       in addition to construction of requests within a dialog.
    
       The most important method in SIP is the INVITE method, which is used
       to establish a session between participants.  A session is a
       collection of participants, and streams of media between them, for
       the purposes of communication.  Section 13 discusses how sessions are
       initiated, resulting in one or more SIP dialogs.  Section 14
       discusses how characteristics of that session are modified through
       the use of an INVITE request within a dialog.  Finally, section 15
       discusses how a session is terminated.
    
       The procedures of Sections 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 deal
       entirely with the UA core (Section 9 describes cancellation, which
       applies to both UA core and proxy core).  Section 16 discusses the
       proxy element, which facilitates routing of messages between user
       agents.
    
    6 Definitions
    
       The following terms have special significance for SIP.
    
          Address-of-Record: An address-of-record (AOR) is a SIP or SIPS URI
             that points to a domain with a location service that can map
             the URI to another URI where the user might be available.
             Typically, the location service is populated through
             registrations.  An AOR is frequently thought of as the "public
             address" of the user.
    
          Back-to-Back User Agent: A back-to-back user agent (B2BUA) is a
             logical entity that receives a request and processes it as a
             user agent server (UAS).  In order to determine how the request
             should be answered, it acts as a user agent client (UAC) and
             generates requests.  Unlike a proxy server, it maintains dialog
             state and must participate in all requests sent on the dialogs
             it has established.  Since it is a concatenation of a UAC and
             UAS, no explicit definitions are needed for its behavior.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 20]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Call: A call is an informal term that refers to some communication
             between peers, generally set up for the purposes of a
             multimedia conversation.
    
          Call Leg: Another name for a dialog [31]; no longer used in this
             specification.
    
          Call Stateful: A proxy is call stateful if it retains state for a
             dialog from the initiating INVITE to the terminating BYE
             request.  A call stateful proxy is always transaction stateful,
             but the converse is not necessarily true.
    
          Client: A client is any network element that sends SIP requests
             and receives SIP responses.  Clients may or may not interact
             directly with a human user.  User agent clients and proxies are
             clients.
    
          Conference: A multimedia session (see below) that contains
             multiple participants.
    
          Core: Core designates the functions specific to a particular type
             of SIP entity, i.e., specific to either a stateful or stateless
             proxy, a user agent or registrar.  All cores, except those for
             the stateless proxy, are transaction users.
    
          Dialog: A dialog is a peer-to-peer SIP relationship between two
             UAs that persists for some time.  A dialog is established by
             SIP messages, such as a 2xx response to an INVITE request.  A
             dialog is identified by a call identifier, local tag, and a
             remote tag.  A dialog was formerly known as a call leg in RFC
             2543.
    
          Downstream: A direction of message forwarding within a transaction
             that refers to the direction that requests flow from the user
             agent client to user agent server.
    
          Final Response: A response that terminates a SIP transaction, as
             opposed to a provisional response that does not.  All 2xx, 3xx,
             4xx, 5xx and 6xx responses are final.
    
          Header: A header is a component of a SIP message that conveys
             information about the message.  It is structured as a sequence
             of header fields.
    
          Header Field: A header field is a component of the SIP message
             header.  A header field can appear as one or more header field
             rows. Header field rows consist of a header field name and zero
             or more header field values. Multiple header field values on a
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 21]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             given header field row are separated by commas. Some header
             fields can only have a single header field value, and as a
             result, always appear as a single header field row.
    
          Header Field Value: A header field value is a single value; a
             header field consists of zero or more header field values.
    
          Home Domain: The domain providing service to a SIP user.
             Typically, this is the domain present in the URI in the
             address-of-record of a registration.
    
          Informational Response: Same as a provisional response.
    
          Initiator, Calling Party, Caller: The party initiating a session
             (and dialog) with an INVITE request.  A caller retains this
             role from the time it sends the initial INVITE that established
             a dialog until the termination of that dialog.
    
          Invitation: An INVITE request.
    
          Invitee, Invited User, Called Party, Callee: The party that
             receives an INVITE request for the purpose of establishing a
             new session.  A callee retains this role from the time it
             receives the INVITE until the termination of the dialog
             established by that INVITE.
    
          Location Service: A location service is used by a SIP redirect or
             proxy server to obtain information about a callee's possible
             location(s).  It contains a list of bindings of address-of-
             record keys to zero or more contact addresses.  The bindings
             can be created and removed in many ways; this specification
             defines a REGISTER method that updates the bindings.
    
          Loop: A request that arrives at a proxy, is forwarded, and later
             arrives back at the same proxy.  When it arrives the second
             time, its Request-URI is identical to the first time, and other
             header fields that affect proxy operation are unchanged, so
             that the proxy would make the same processing decision on the
             request it made the first time.  Looped requests are errors,
             and the procedures for detecting them and handling them are
             described by the protocol.
    
          Loose Routing: A proxy is said to be loose routing if it follows
             the procedures defined in this specification for processing of
             the Route header field.  These procedures separate the
             destination of the request (present in the Request-URI) from
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 22]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             the set of proxies that need to be visited along the way
             (present in the Route header field).  A proxy compliant to
             these mechanisms is also known as a loose router.
    
          Message: Data sent between SIP elements as part of the protocol.
             SIP messages are either requests or responses.
    
          Method: The method is the primary function that a request is meant
             to invoke on a server.  The method is carried in the request
             message itself.  Example methods are INVITE and BYE.
    
          Outbound Proxy: A proxy that receives requests from a client, even
             though it may not be the server resolved by the Request-URI.
             Typically, a UA is manually configured with an outbound proxy,
             or can learn about one through auto-configuration protocols.
    
          Parallel Search: In a parallel search, a proxy issues several
             requests to possible user locations upon receiving an incoming
             request.  Rather than issuing one request and then waiting for
             the final response before issuing the next request as in a
             sequential search, a parallel search issues requests without
             waiting for the result of previous requests.
    
          Provisional Response: A response used by the server to indicate
             progress, but that does not terminate a SIP transaction.  1xx
             responses are provisional, other responses are considered
             final.
    
          Proxy, Proxy Server: An intermediary entity that acts as both a
             server and a client for the purpose of making requests on
             behalf of other clients.  A proxy server primarily plays the
             role of routing, which means its job is to ensure that a
             request is sent to another entity "closer" to the targeted
             user.  Proxies are also useful for enforcing policy (for
             example, making sure a user is allowed to make a call).  A
             proxy interprets, and, if necessary, rewrites specific parts of
             a request message before forwarding it.
    
          Recursion: A client recurses on a 3xx response when it generates a
             new request to one or more of the URIs in the Contact header
             field in the response.
    
          Redirect Server: A redirect server is a user agent server that
             generates 3xx responses to requests it receives, directing the
             client to contact an alternate set of URIs.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 23]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Registrar: A registrar is a server that accepts REGISTER requests
             and places the information it receives in those requests into
             the location service for the domain it handles.
    
          Regular Transaction: A regular transaction is any transaction with
             a method other than INVITE, ACK, or CANCEL.
    
          Request: A SIP message sent from a client to a server, for the
             purpose of invoking a particular operation.
    
          Response: A SIP message sent from a server to a client, for
             indicating the status of a request sent from the client to the
             server.
    
          Ringback: Ringback is the signaling tone produced by the calling
             party's application indicating that a called party is being
             alerted (ringing).
    
          Route Set: A route set is a collection of ordered SIP or SIPS URI
             which represent a list of proxies that must be traversed when
             sending a particular request.  A route set can be learned,
             through headers like Record-Route, or it can be configured.
    
          Server: A server is a network element that receives requests in
             order to service them and sends back responses to those
             requests.  Examples of servers are proxies, user agent servers,
             redirect servers, and registrars.
    
          Sequential Search: In a sequential search, a proxy server attempts
             each contact address in sequence, proceeding to the next one
             only after the previous has generated a final response.  A 2xx
             or 6xx class final response always terminates a sequential
             search.
    
          Session: From the SDP specification: "A multimedia session is a
             set of multimedia senders and receivers and the data streams
             flowing from senders to receivers.  A multimedia conference is
             an example of a multimedia session." (RFC 2327 [1]) (A session
             as defined for SDP can comprise one or more RTP sessions.)  As
             defined, a callee can be invited several times, by different
             calls, to the same session.  If SDP is used, a session is
             defined by the concatenation of the SDP user name, session id,
             network type, address type, and address elements in the origin
             field.
    
          SIP Transaction: A SIP transaction occurs between a client and a
             server and comprises all messages from the first request sent
             from the client to the server up to a final (non-1xx) response
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 24]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             sent from the server to the client.  If the request is INVITE
             and the final response is a non-2xx, the transaction also
             includes an ACK to the response.  The ACK for a 2xx response to
             an INVITE request is a separate transaction.
    
          Spiral: A spiral is a SIP request that is routed to a proxy,
             forwarded onwards, and arrives once again at that proxy, but
             this time differs in a way that will result in a different
             processing decision than the original request.  Typically, this
             means that the request's Request-URI differs from its previous
             arrival.  A spiral is not an error condition, unlike a loop.  A
             typical cause for this is call forwarding.  A user calls
             joe@example.com.  The example.com proxy forwards it to Joe's
             PC, which in turn, forwards it to bob@example.com.  This
             request is proxied back to the example.com proxy.  However,
             this is not a loop.  Since the request is targeted at a
             different user, it is considered a spiral, and is a valid
             condition.
    
          Stateful Proxy: A logical entity that maintains the client and
             server transaction state machines defined by this specification
             during the processing of a request, also known as a transaction
             stateful proxy.  The behavior of a stateful proxy is further
             defined in Section 16.  A (transaction) stateful proxy is not
             the same as a call stateful proxy.
    
          Stateless Proxy: A logical entity that does not maintain the
             client or server transaction state machines defined in this
             specification when it processes requests.  A stateless proxy
             forwards every request it receives downstream and every
             response it receives upstream.
    
          Strict Routing: A proxy is said to be strict routing if it follows
             the Route processing rules of RFC 2543 and many prior work in
             progress versions of this RFC.  That rule caused proxies to
             destroy the contents of the Request-URI when a Route header
             field was present.  Strict routing behavior is not used in this
             specification, in favor of a loose routing behavior.  Proxies
             that perform strict routing are also known as strict routers.
    
          Target Refresh Request: A target refresh request sent within a
             dialog is defined as a request that can modify the remote
             target of the dialog.
    
          Transaction User (TU): The layer of protocol processing that
             resides above the transaction layer.  Transaction users include
             the UAC core, UAS core, and proxy core.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 25]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Upstream: A direction of message forwarding within a transaction
             that refers to the direction that responses flow from the user
             agent server back to the user agent client.
    
          URL-encoded: A character string encoded according to RFC 2396,
             Section 2.4 [5].
    
          User Agent Client (UAC): A user agent client is a logical entity
             that creates a new request, and then uses the client
             transaction state machinery to send it.  The role of UAC lasts
             only for the duration of that transaction.  In other words, if
             a piece of software initiates a request, it acts as a UAC for
             the duration of that transaction.  If it receives a request
             later, it assumes the role of a user agent server for the
             processing of that transaction.
    
          UAC Core: The set of processing functions required of a UAC that
             reside above the transaction and transport layers.
    
          User Agent Server (UAS): A user agent server is a logical entity
             that generates a response to a SIP request.  The response
             accepts, rejects, or redirects the request.  This role lasts
             only for the duration of that transaction.  In other words, if
             a piece of software responds to a request, it acts as a UAS for
             the duration of that transaction.  If it generates a request
             later, it assumes the role of a user agent client for the
             processing of that transaction.
    
          UAS Core: The set of processing functions required at a UAS that
             resides above the transaction and transport layers.
    
          User Agent (UA): A logical entity that can act as both a user
             agent client and user agent server.
    
       The role of UAC and UAS, as well as proxy and redirect servers, are
       defined on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  For example, the user
       agent initiating a call acts as a UAC when sending the initial INVITE
       request and as a UAS when receiving a BYE request from the callee.
       Similarly, the same software can act as a proxy server for one
       request and as a redirect server for the next request.
    
       Proxy, location, and registrar servers defined above are logical
       entities; implementations MAY combine them into a single application.
    
    7 SIP Messages
    
       SIP is a text-based protocol and uses the UTF-8 charset (RFC 2279
       [7]).
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 26]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       A SIP message is either a request from a client to a server, or a
       response from a server to a client.
    
       Both Request (section 7.1) and Response (section 7.2) messages use
       the basic format of RFC 2822 [3], even though the syntax differs in
       character set and syntax specifics.  (SIP allows header fields that
       would not be valid RFC 2822 header fields, for example.)  Both types
       of messages consist of a start-line, one or more header fields, an
       empty line indicating the end of the header fields, and an optional
       message-body.
    
             generic-message  =  start-line
                                 *message-header
                                 CRLF
                                 [ message-body ]
             start-line       =  Request-Line / Status-Line
    
       The start-line, each message-header line, and the empty line MUST be
       terminated by a carriage-return line-feed sequence (CRLF).  Note that
       the empty line MUST be present even if the message-body is not.
    
       Except for the above difference in character sets, much of SIP's
       message and header field syntax is identical to HTTP/1.1.  Rather
       than repeating the syntax and semantics here, we use [HX.Y] to refer
       to Section X.Y of the current HTTP/1.1 specification (RFC 2616 [8]).
    
       However, SIP is not an extension of HTTP.
    
    7.1 Requests
    
       SIP requests are distinguished by having a Request-Line for a start-
       line.  A Request-Line contains a method name, a Request-URI, and the
       protocol version separated by a single space (SP) character.
    
       The Request-Line ends with CRLF.  No CR or LF are allowed except in
       the end-of-line CRLF sequence.  No linear whitespace (LWS) is allowed
       in any of the elements.
    
             Request-Line  =  Method SP Request-URI SP SIP-Version CRLF
    
          Method: This specification defines six methods: REGISTER for
               registering contact information, INVITE, ACK, and CANCEL for
               setting up sessions, BYE for terminating sessions, and
               OPTIONS for querying servers about their capabilities.  SIP
               extensions, documented in standards track RFCs, may define
               additional methods.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 27]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Request-URI: The Request-URI is a SIP or SIPS URI as described in
               Section 19.1 or a general URI (RFC 2396 [5]).  It indicates
               the user or service to which this request is being addressed.
               The Request-URI MUST NOT contain unescaped spaces or control
               characters and MUST NOT be enclosed in "<>".
    
               SIP elements MAY support Request-URIs with schemes other than
               "sip" and "sips", for example the "tel" URI scheme of RFC
               2806 [9].  SIP elements MAY translate non-SIP URIs using any
               mechanism at their disposal, resulting in SIP URI, SIPS URI,
               or some other scheme.
    
          SIP-Version: Both request and response messages include the
               version of SIP in use, and follow [H3.1] (with HTTP replaced
               by SIP, and HTTP/1.1 replaced by SIP/2.0) regarding version
               ordering, compliance requirements, and upgrading of version
               numbers.  To be compliant with this specification,
               applications sending SIP messages MUST include a SIP-Version
               of "SIP/2.0".  The SIP-Version string is case-insensitive,
               but implementations MUST send upper-case.
    
               Unlike HTTP/1.1, SIP treats the version number as a literal
               string.  In practice, this should make no difference.
    
    7.2 Responses
    
       SIP responses are distinguished from requests by having a Status-Line
       as their start-line.  A Status-Line consists of the protocol version
       followed by a numeric Status-Code and its associated textual phrase,
       with each element separated by a single SP character.
    
       No CR or LF is allowed except in the final CRLF sequence.
    
          Status-Line  =  SIP-Version SP Status-Code SP Reason-Phrase CRLF
    
       The Status-Code is a 3-digit integer result code that indicates the
       outcome of an attempt to understand and satisfy a request.  The
       Reason-Phrase is intended to give a short textual description of the
       Status-Code.  The Status-Code is intended for use by automata,
       whereas the Reason-Phrase is intended for the human user.  A client
       is not required to examine or display the Reason-Phrase.
    
       While this specification suggests specific wording for the reason
       phrase, implementations MAY choose other text, for example, in the
       language indicated in the Accept-Language header field of the
       request.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 28]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The first digit of the Status-Code defines the class of response.
       The last two digits do not have any categorization role.  For this
       reason, any response with a status code between 100 and 199 is
       referred to as a "1xx response", any response with a status code
       between 200 and 299 as a "2xx response", and so on.  SIP/2.0 allows
       six values for the first digit:
    
          1xx: Provisional -- request received, continuing to process the
               request;
    
          2xx: Success -- the action was successfully received, understood,
               and accepted;
    
          3xx: Redirection -- further action needs to be taken in order to
               complete the request;
    
          4xx: Client Error -- the request contains bad syntax or cannot be
               fulfilled at this server;
    
          5xx: Server Error -- the server failed to fulfill an apparently
               valid request;
    
          6xx: Global Failure -- the request cannot be fulfilled at any
               server.
    
       Section 21 defines these classes and describes the individual codes.
    
    7.3 Header Fields
    
       SIP header fields are similar to HTTP header fields in both syntax
       and semantics.  In particular, SIP header fields follow the [H4.2]
       definitions of syntax for the message-header and the rules for
       extending header fields over multiple lines.  However, the latter is
       specified in HTTP with implicit whitespace and folding.  This
       specification conforms to RFC 2234 [10] and uses only explicit
       whitespace and folding as an integral part of the grammar.
    
       [H4.2] also specifies that multiple header fields of the same field
       name whose value is a comma-separated list can be combined into one
       header field.  That applies to SIP as well, but the specific rule is
       different because of the different grammars.  Specifically, any SIP
       header whose grammar is of the form
    
          header  =  "header-name" HCOLON header-value *(COMMA header-value)
    
       allows for combining header fields of the same name into a comma-
       separated list.  The Contact header field allows a comma-separated
       list unless the header field value is "*".
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 29]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    7.3.1 Header Field Format
    
       Header fields follow the same generic header format as that given in
       Section 2.2 of RFC 2822 [3].  Each header field consists of a field
       name followed by a colon (":") and the field value.
    
          field-name: field-value
    
       The formal grammar for a message-header specified in Section 25
       allows for an arbitrary amount of whitespace on either side of the
       colon; however, implementations should avoid spaces between the field
       name and the colon and use a single space (SP) between the colon and
       the field-value.
    
          Subject:            lunch
          Subject      :      lunch
          Subject            :lunch
          Subject: lunch
    
       Thus, the above are all valid and equivalent, but the last is the
       preferred form.
    
       Header fields can be extended over multiple lines by preceding each
       extra line with at least one SP or horizontal tab (HT).  The line
       break and the whitespace at the beginning of the next line are
       treated as a single SP character.  Thus, the following are
       equivalent:
    
          Subject: I know you're there, pick up the phone and talk to me!
          Subject: I know you're there,
                   pick up the phone
                   and talk to me!
    
       The relative order of header fields with different field names is not
       significant.  However, it is RECOMMENDED that header fields which are
       needed for proxy processing (Via, Route, Record-Route, Proxy-Require,
       Max-Forwards, and Proxy-Authorization, for example) appear towards
       the top of the message to facilitate rapid parsing.  The relative
       order of header field rows with the same field name is important.
       Multiple header field rows with the same field-name MAY be present in
       a message if and only if the entire field-value for that header field
       is defined as a comma-separated list (that is, if follows the grammar
       defined in Section 7.3).  It MUST be possible to combine the multiple
       header field rows into one "field-name: field-value" pair, without
       changing the semantics of the message, by appending each subsequent
       field-value to the first, each separated by a comma.  The exceptions
       to this rule are the WWW-Authenticate, Authorization, Proxy-
       Authenticate, and Proxy-Authorization header fields.  Multiple header
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 30]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       field rows with these names MAY be present in a message, but since
       their grammar does not follow the general form listed in Section 7.3,
       they MUST NOT be combined into a single header field row.
    
       Implementations MUST be able to process multiple header field rows
       with the same name in any combination of the single-value-per-line or
       comma-separated value forms.
    
       The following groups of header field rows are valid and equivalent:
    
          Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>
          Subject: Lunch
          Route: <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
          Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
    
          Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>, <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
          Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
          Subject: Lunch
    
          Subject: Lunch
          Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>, <sip:bob@biloxi.com>,
                 <sip:carol@chicago.com>
    
       Each of the following blocks is valid but not equivalent to the
       others:
    
          Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>
          Route: <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
          Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
    
          Route: <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
          Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>
          Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
    
          Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>,<sip:carol@chicago.com>,
                 <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    
       The format of a header field-value is defined per header-name.  It
       will always be either an opaque sequence of TEXT-UTF8 octets, or a
       combination of whitespace, tokens, separators, and quoted strings.
       Many existing header fields will adhere to the general form of a
       value followed by a semi-colon separated sequence of parameter-name,
       parameter-value pairs:
    
             field-name: field-value *(;parameter-name=parameter-value)
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 31]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Even though an arbitrary number of parameter pairs may be attached to
       a header field value, any given parameter-name MUST NOT appear more
       than once.
    
       When comparing header fields, field names are always case-
       insensitive.  Unless otherwise stated in the definition of a
       particular header field, field values, parameter names, and parameter
       values are case-insensitive.  Tokens are always case-insensitive.
       Unless specified otherwise, values expressed as quoted strings are
       case-sensitive.  For example,
    
          Contact: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;expires=3600
    
       is equivalent to
    
          CONTACT: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;ExPiReS=3600
    
       and
    
          Content-Disposition: session;handling=optional
    
       is equivalent to
    
          content-disposition: Session;HANDLING=OPTIONAL
    
       The following two header fields are not equivalent:
    
          Warning: 370 devnull "Choose a bigger pipe"
          Warning: 370 devnull "CHOOSE A BIGGER PIPE"
    
    7.3.2 Header Field Classification
    
       Some header fields only make sense in requests or responses.  These
       are called request header fields and response header fields,
       respectively.  If a header field appears in a message not matching
       its category (such as a request header field in a response), it MUST
       be ignored.  Section 20 defines the classification of each header
       field.
    
    7.3.3 Compact Form
    
       SIP provides a mechanism to represent common header field names in an
       abbreviated form.  This may be useful when messages would otherwise
       become too large to be carried on the transport available to it
       (exceeding the maximum transmission unit (MTU) when using UDP, for
       example).  These compact forms are defined in Section 20.  A compact
       form MAY be substituted for the longer form of a header field name at
       any time without changing the semantics of the message.  A header
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 32]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       field name MAY appear in both long and short forms within the same
       message.  Implementations MUST accept both the long and short forms
       of each header name.
    
    7.4 Bodies
    
       Requests, including new requests defined in extensions to this
       specification, MAY contain message bodies unless otherwise noted.
       The interpretation of the body depends on the request method.
    
       For response messages, the request method and the response status
       code determine the type and interpretation of any message body.  All
       responses MAY include a body.
    
    7.4.1 Message Body Type
    
       The Internet media type of the message body MUST be given by the
       Content-Type header field.  If the body has undergone any encoding
       such as compression, then this MUST be indicated by the Content-
       Encoding header field; otherwise, Content-Encoding MUST be omitted.
       If applicable, the character set of the message body is indicated as
       part of the Content-Type header-field value.
    
       The "multipart" MIME type defined in RFC 2046 [11] MAY be used within
       the body of the message.  Implementations that send requests
       containing multipart message bodies MUST send a session description
       as a non-multipart message body if the remote implementation requests
       this through an Accept header field that does not contain multipart.
    
       SIP messages MAY contain binary bodies or body parts. When no
       explicit charset parameter is provided by the sender, media subtypes
       of the "text" type are defined to have a default charset value of
       "UTF-8".
    
    7.4.2 Message Body Length
    
       The body length in bytes is provided by the Content-Length header
       field.  Section 20.14 describes the necessary contents of this header
       field in detail.
    
       The "chunked" transfer encoding of HTTP/1.1 MUST NOT be used for SIP.
       (Note: The chunked encoding modifies the body of a message in order
       to transfer it as a series of chunks, each with its own size
       indicator.)
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 33]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    7.5 Framing SIP Messages
    
       Unlike HTTP, SIP implementations can use UDP or other unreliable
       datagram protocols.  Each such datagram carries one request or
       response.  See Section 18 on constraints on usage of unreliable
       transports.
    
       Implementations processing SIP messages over stream-oriented
       transports MUST ignore any CRLF appearing before the start-line
       [H4.1].
    
          The Content-Length header field value is used to locate the end of
          each SIP message in a stream.  It will always be present when SIP
          messages are sent over stream-oriented transports.
    
    8 General User Agent Behavior
    
       A user agent represents an end system.  It contains a user agent
       client (UAC), which generates requests, and a user agent server
       (UAS), which responds to them.  A UAC is capable of generating a
       request based on some external stimulus (the user clicking a button,
       or a signal on a PSTN line) and processing a response.  A UAS is
       capable of receiving a request and generating a response based on
       user input, external stimulus, the result of a program execution, or
       some other mechanism.
    
       When a UAC sends a request, the request passes through some number of
       proxy servers, which forward the request towards the UAS. When the
       UAS generates a response, the response is forwarded towards the UAC.
    
       UAC and UAS procedures depend strongly on two factors.  First, based
       on whether the request or response is inside or outside of a dialog,
       and second, based on the method of a request.  Dialogs are discussed
       thoroughly in Section 12; they represent a peer-to-peer relationship
       between user agents and are established by specific SIP methods, such
       as INVITE.
    
       In this section, we discuss the method-independent rules for UAC and
       UAS behavior when processing requests that are outside of a dialog.
       This includes, of course, the requests which themselves establish a
       dialog.
    
       Security procedures for requests and responses outside of a dialog
       are described in Section 26.  Specifically, mechanisms exist for the
       UAS and UAC to mutually authenticate.  A limited set of privacy
       features are also supported through encryption of bodies using
       S/MIME.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 34]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    8.1 UAC Behavior
    
       This section covers UAC behavior outside of a dialog.
    
    8.1.1 Generating the Request
    
       A valid SIP request formulated by a UAC MUST, at a minimum, contain
       the following header fields: To, From, CSeq, Call-ID, Max-Forwards,
       and Via; all of these header fields are mandatory in all SIP
       requests.  These six header fields are the fundamental building
       blocks of a SIP message, as they jointly provide for most of the
       critical message routing services including the addressing of
       messages, the routing of responses, limiting message propagation,
       ordering of messages, and the unique identification of transactions.
       These header fields are in addition to the mandatory request line,
       which contains the method, Request-URI, and SIP version.
    
       Examples of requests sent outside of a dialog include an INVITE to
       establish a session (Section 13) and an OPTIONS to query for
       capabilities (Section 11).
    
    8.1.1.1 Request-URI
    
       The initial Request-URI of the message SHOULD be set to the value of
       the URI in the To field.  One notable exception is the REGISTER
       method; behavior for setting the Request-URI of REGISTER is given in
       Section 10.  It may also be undesirable for privacy reasons or
       convenience to set these fields to the same value (especially if the
       originating UA expects that the Request-URI will be changed during
       transit).
    
       In some special circumstances, the presence of a pre-existing route
       set can affect the Request-URI of the message.  A pre-existing route
       set is an ordered set of URIs that identify a chain of servers, to
       which a UAC will send outgoing requests that are outside of a dialog.
       Commonly, they are configured on the UA by a user or service provider
       manually, or through some other non-SIP mechanism.  When a provider
       wishes to configure a UA with an outbound proxy, it is RECOMMENDED
       that this be done by providing it with a pre-existing route set with
       a single URI, that of the outbound proxy.
    
       When a pre-existing route set is present, the procedures for
       populating the Request-URI and Route header field detailed in Section
       12.2.1.1 MUST be followed (even though there is no dialog), using the
       desired Request-URI as the remote target URI.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 35]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    8.1.1.2 To
    
       The To header field first and foremost specifies the desired
       "logical" recipient of the request, or the address-of-record of the
       user or resource that is the target of this request.  This may or may
       not be the ultimate recipient of the request.  The To header field
       MAY contain a SIP or SIPS URI, but it may also make use of other URI
       schemes (the tel URL (RFC 2806 [9]), for example) when appropriate.
       All SIP implementations MUST support the SIP URI scheme.  Any
       implementation that supports TLS MUST support the SIPS URI scheme.
       The To header field allows for a display name.
    
       A UAC may learn how to populate the To header field for a particular
       request in a number of ways.  Usually the user will suggest the To
       header field through a human interface, perhaps inputting the URI
       manually or selecting it from some sort of address book.  Frequently,
       the user will not enter a complete URI, but rather a string of digits
       or letters (for example, "bob").  It is at the discretion of the UA
       to choose how to interpret this input.  Using the string to form the
       user part of a SIP URI implies that the UA wishes the name to be
       resolved in the domain to the right-hand side (RHS) of the at-sign in
       the SIP URI (for instance, sip:bob@example.com).  Using the string to
       form the user part of a SIPS URI implies that the UA wishes to
       communicate securely, and that the name is to be resolved in the
       domain to the RHS of the at-sign.  The RHS will frequently be the
       home domain of the requestor, which allows for the home domain to
       process the outgoing request.  This is useful for features like
       "speed dial" that require interpretation of the user part in the home
       domain.  The tel URL may be used when the UA does not wish to specify
       the domain that should interpret a telephone number that has been
       input by the user.  Rather, each domain through which the request
       passes would be given that opportunity.  As an example, a user in an
       airport might log in and send requests through an outbound proxy in
       the airport.  If they enter "411" (this is the phone number for local
       directory assistance in the United States), that needs to be
       interpreted and processed by the outbound proxy in the airport, not
       the user's home domain.  In this case, tel:411 would be the right
       choice.
    
       A request outside of a dialog MUST NOT contain a To tag; the tag in
       the To field of a request identifies the peer of the dialog.  Since
       no dialog is established, no tag is present.
    
       For further information on the To header field, see Section 20.39.
       The following is an example of a valid To header field:
    
          To: Carol <sip:carol@chicago.com>
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 36]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    8.1.1.3 From
    
       The From header field indicates the logical identity of the initiator
       of the request, possibly the user's address-of-record.  Like the To
       header field, it contains a URI and optionally a display name.  It is
       used by SIP elements to determine which processing rules to apply to
       a request (for example, automatic call rejection).  As such, it is
       very important that the From URI not contain IP addresses or the FQDN
       of the host on which the UA is running, since these are not logical
       names.
    
       The From header field allows for a display name.  A UAC SHOULD use
       the display name "Anonymous", along with a syntactically correct, but
       otherwise meaningless URI (like sip:thisis@anonymous.invalid), if the
       identity of the client is to remain hidden.
    
       Usually, the value that populates the From header field in requests
       generated by a particular UA is pre-provisioned by the user or by the
       administrators of the user's local domain.  If a particular UA is
       used by multiple users, it might have switchable profiles that
       include a URI corresponding to the identity of the profiled user.
       Recipients of requests can authenticate the originator of a request
       in order to ascertain that they are who their From header field
       claims they are (see Section 22 for more on authentication).
    
       The From field MUST contain a new "tag" parameter, chosen by the UAC.
       See Section 19.3 for details on choosing a tag.
    
       For further information on the From header field, see Section 20.20.
       Examples:
    
          From: "Bob" <sips:bob@biloxi.com> ;tag=a48s
          From: sip:+12125551212@phone2net.com;tag=887s
          From: Anonymous <sip:c8oqz84zk7z@privacy.org>;tag=hyh8
    
    8.1.1.4 Call-ID
    
       The Call-ID header field acts as a unique identifier to group
       together a series of messages.  It MUST be the same for all requests
       and responses sent by either UA in a dialog.  It SHOULD be the same
       in each registration from a UA.
    
       In a new request created by a UAC outside of any dialog, the Call-ID
       header field MUST be selected by the UAC as a globally unique
       identifier over space and time unless overridden by method-specific
       behavior.  All SIP UAs must have a means to guarantee that the Call-
       ID header fields they produce will not be inadvertently generated by
       any other UA.  Note that when requests are retried after certain
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 37]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       failure responses that solicit an amendment to a request (for
       example, a challenge for authentication), these retried requests are
       not considered new requests, and therefore do not need new Call-ID
       header fields; see Section 8.1.3.5.
    
       Use of cryptographically random identifiers (RFC 1750 [12]) in the
       generation of Call-IDs is RECOMMENDED.  Implementations MAY use the
       form "localid@host".  Call-IDs are case-sensitive and are simply
       compared byte-by-byte.
    
          Using cryptographically random identifiers provides some
          protection against session hijacking and reduces the likelihood of
          unintentional Call-ID collisions.
    
       No provisioning or human interface is required for the selection of
       the Call-ID header field value for a request.
    
       For further information on the Call-ID header field, see Section
       20.8.
    
       Example:
    
          Call-ID: f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6@foo.bar.com
    
    8.1.1.5 CSeq
    
       The CSeq header field serves as a way to identify and order
       transactions.  It consists of a sequence number and a method.  The
       method MUST match that of the request.  For non-REGISTER requests
       outside of a dialog, the sequence number value is arbitrary.  The
       sequence number value MUST be expressible as a 32-bit unsigned
       integer and MUST be less than 2**31.  As long as it follows the above
       guidelines, a client may use any mechanism it would like to select
       CSeq header field values.
    
       Section 12.2.1.1 discusses construction of the CSeq for requests
       within a dialog.
    
       Example:
    
          CSeq: 4711 INVITE
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 38]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    8.1.1.6 Max-Forwards
    
       The Max-Forwards header field serves to limit the number of hops a
       request can transit on the way to its destination.  It consists of an
       integer that is decremented by one at each hop.  If the Max-Forwards
       value reaches 0 before the request reaches its destination, it will
       be rejected with a 483(Too Many Hops) error response.
    
       A UAC MUST insert a Max-Forwards header field into each request it
       originates with a value that SHOULD be 70.  This number was chosen to
       be sufficiently large to guarantee that a request would not be
       dropped in any SIP network when there were no loops, but not so large
       as to consume proxy resources when a loop does occur.  Lower values
       should be used with caution and only in networks where topologies are
       known by the UA.
    
    8.1.1.7 Via
    
       The Via header field indicates the transport used for the transaction
       and identifies the location where the response is to be sent.  A Via
       header field value is added only after the transport that will be
       used to reach the next hop has been selected (which may involve the
       usage of the procedures in [4]).
    
       When the UAC creates a request, it MUST insert a Via into that
       request.  The protocol name and protocol version in the header field
       MUST be SIP and 2.0, respectively.  The Via header field value MUST
       contain a branch parameter.  This parameter is used to identify the
       transaction created by that request.  This parameter is used by both
       the client and the server.
    
       The branch parameter value MUST be unique across space and time for
       all requests sent by the UA.  The exceptions to this rule are CANCEL
       and ACK for non-2xx responses.  As discussed below, a CANCEL request
       will have the same value of the branch parameter as the request it
       cancels.  As discussed in Section 17.1.1.3, an ACK for a non-2xx
       response will also have the same branch ID as the INVITE whose
       response it acknowledges.
    
          The uniqueness property of the branch ID parameter, to facilitate
          its use as a transaction ID, was not part of RFC 2543.
    
       The branch ID inserted by an element compliant with this
       specification MUST always begin with the characters "z9hG4bK".  These
       7 characters are used as a magic cookie (7 is deemed sufficient to
       ensure that an older RFC 2543 implementation would not pick such a
       value), so that servers receiving the request can determine that the
       branch ID was constructed in the fashion described by this
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 39]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       specification (that is, globally unique).  Beyond this requirement,
       the precise format of the branch token is implementation-defined.
    
       The Via header maddr, ttl, and sent-by components will be set when
       the request is processed by the transport layer (Section 18).
    
       Via processing for proxies is described in Section 16.6 Item 8 and
       Section 16.7 Item 3.
    
    8.1.1.8 Contact
    
       The Contact header field provides a SIP or SIPS URI that can be used
       to contact that specific instance of the UA for subsequent requests.
       The Contact header field MUST be present and contain exactly one SIP
       or SIPS URI in any request that can result in the establishment of a
       dialog.  For the methods defined in this specification, that includes
       only the INVITE request.  For these requests, the scope of the
       Contact is global.  That is, the Contact header field value contains
       the URI at which the UA would like to receive requests, and this URI
       MUST be valid even if used in subsequent requests outside of any
       dialogs.
    
       If the Request-URI or top Route header field value contains a SIPS
       URI, the Contact header field MUST contain a SIPS URI as well.
    
       For further information on the Contact header field, see Section
       20.10.
    
    8.1.1.9 Supported and Require
    
       If the UAC supports extensions to SIP that can be applied by the
       server to the response, the UAC SHOULD include a Supported header
       field in the request listing the option tags (Section 19.2) for those
       extensions.
    
       The option tags listed MUST only refer to extensions defined in
       standards-track RFCs.  This is to prevent servers from insisting that
       clients implement non-standard, vendor-defined features in order to
       receive service.  Extensions defined by experimental and
       informational RFCs are explicitly excluded from usage with the
       Supported header field in a request, since they too are often used to
       document vendor-defined extensions.
    
       If the UAC wishes to insist that a UAS understand an extension that
       the UAC will apply to the request in order to process the request, it
       MUST insert a Require header field into the request listing the
       option tag for that extension.  If the UAC wishes to apply an
       extension to the request and insist that any proxies that are
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 40]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       traversed understand that extension, it MUST insert a Proxy-Require
       header field into the request listing the option tag for that
       extension.
    
       As with the Supported header field, the option tags in the Require
       and Proxy-Require header fields MUST only refer to extensions defined
       in standards-track RFCs.
    
    8.1.1.10 Additional Message Components
    
       After a new request has been created, and the header fields described
       above have been properly constructed, any additional optional header
       fields are added, as are any header fields specific to the method.
    
       SIP requests MAY contain a MIME-encoded message-body.  Regardless of
       the type of body that a request contains, certain header fields must
       be formulated to characterize the contents of the body.  For further
       information on these header fields, see Sections 20.11 through 20.15.
    
    8.1.2 Sending the Request
    
       The destination for the request is then computed.  Unless there is
       local policy specifying otherwise, the destination MUST be determined
       by applying the DNS procedures described in [4] as follows.  If the
       first element in the route set indicated a strict router (resulting
       in forming the request as described in Section 12.2.1.1), the
       procedures MUST be applied to the Request-URI of the request.
       Otherwise, the procedures are applied to the first Route header field
       value in the request (if one exists), or to the request's Request-URI
       if there is no Route header field present.  These procedures yield an
       ordered set of address, port, and transports to attempt.  Independent
       of which URI is used as input to the procedures of [4], if the
       Request-URI specifies a SIPS resource, the UAC MUST follow the
       procedures of [4] as if the input URI were a SIPS URI.
    
       Local policy MAY specify an alternate set of destinations to attempt.
       If the Request-URI contains a SIPS URI, any alternate destinations
       MUST be contacted with TLS.  Beyond that, there are no restrictions
       on the alternate destinations if the request contains no Route header
       field.  This provides a simple alternative to a pre-existing route
       set as a way to specify an outbound proxy.  However, that approach
       for configuring an outbound proxy is NOT RECOMMENDED; a pre-existing
       route set with a single URI SHOULD be used instead.  If the request
       contains a Route header field, the request SHOULD be sent to the
       locations derived from its topmost value, but MAY be sent to any
       server that the UA is certain will honor the Route and Request-URI
       policies specified in this document (as opposed to those in RFC
       2543).  In particular, a UAC configured with an outbound proxy SHOULD
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 41]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       attempt to send the request to the location indicated in the first
       Route header field value instead of adopting the policy of sending
       all messages to the outbound proxy.
    
          This ensures that outbound proxies that do not add Record-Route
          header field values will drop out of the path of subsequent
          requests.  It allows endpoints that cannot resolve the first Route
          URI to delegate that task to an outbound proxy.
    
       The UAC SHOULD follow the procedures defined in [4] for stateful
       elements, trying each address until a server is contacted.  Each try
       constitutes a new transaction, and therefore each carries a different
       topmost Via header field value with a new branch parameter.
       Furthermore, the transport value in the Via header field is set to
       whatever transport was determined for the target server.
    
    8.1.3 Processing Responses
    
       Responses are first processed by the transport layer and then passed
       up to the transaction layer.  The transaction layer performs its
       processing and then passes the response up to the TU.  The majority
       of response processing in the TU is method specific.  However, there
       are some general behaviors independent of the method.
    
    8.1.3.1 Transaction Layer Errors
    
       In some cases, the response returned by the transaction layer will
       not be a SIP message, but rather a transaction layer error.  When a
       timeout error is received from the transaction layer, it MUST be
       treated as if a 408 (Request Timeout) status code has been received.
       If a fatal transport error is reported by the transport layer
       (generally, due to fatal ICMP errors in UDP or connection failures in
       TCP), the condition MUST be treated as a 503 (Service Unavailable)
       status code.
    
    8.1.3.2 Unrecognized Responses
    
       A UAC MUST treat any final response it does not recognize as being
       equivalent to the x00 response code of that class, and MUST be able
       to process the x00 response code for all classes.  For example, if a
       UAC receives an unrecognized response code of 431, it can safely
       assume that there was something wrong with its request and treat the
       response as if it had received a 400 (Bad Request) response code.  A
       UAC MUST treat any provisional response different than 100 that it
       does not recognize as 183 (Session Progress).  A UAC MUST be able to
       process 100 and 183 responses.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 42]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    8.1.3.3 Vias
    
       If more than one Via header field value is present in a response, the
       UAC SHOULD discard the message.
    
          The presence of additional Via header field values that precede
          the originator of the request suggests that the message was
          misrouted or possibly corrupted.
    
    8.1.3.4 Processing 3xx Responses
    
       Upon receipt of a redirection response (for example, a 301 response
       status code), clients SHOULD use the URI(s) in the Contact header
       field to formulate one or more new requests based on the redirected
       request.  This process is similar to that of a proxy recursing on a
       3xx class response as detailed in Sections 16.5 and 16.6.  A client
       starts with an initial target set containing exactly one URI, the
       Request-URI of the original request.  If a client wishes to formulate
       new requests based on a 3xx class response to that request, it places
       the URIs to try into the target set.  Subject to the restrictions in
       this specification, a client can choose which Contact URIs it places
       into the target set.  As with proxy recursion, a client processing
       3xx class responses MUST NOT add any given URI to the target set more
       than once.  If the original request had a SIPS URI in the Request-
       URI, the client MAY choose to recurse to a non-SIPS URI, but SHOULD
       inform the user of the redirection to an insecure URI.
    
          Any new request may receive 3xx responses themselves containing
          the original URI as a contact.  Two locations can be configured to
          redirect to each other.  Placing any given URI in the target set
          only once prevents infinite redirection loops.
    
       As the target set grows, the client MAY generate new requests to the
       URIs in any order.  A common mechanism is to order the set by the "q"
       parameter value from the Contact header field value.  Requests to the
       URIs MAY be generated serially or in parallel.  One approach is to
       process groups of decreasing q-values serially and process the URIs
       in each q-value group in parallel.  Another is to perform only serial
       processing in decreasing q-value order, arbitrarily choosing between
       contacts of equal q-value.
    
       If contacting an address in the list results in a failure, as defined
       in the next paragraph, the element moves to the next address in the
       list, until the list is exhausted.  If the list is exhausted, then
       the request has failed.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 43]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Failures SHOULD be detected through failure response codes (codes
       greater than 399); for network errors the client transaction will
       report any transport layer failures to the transaction user.  Note
       that some response codes (detailed in 8.1.3.5) indicate that the
       request can be retried; requests that are reattempted should not be
       considered failures.
    
       When a failure for a particular contact address is received, the
       client SHOULD try the next contact address.  This will involve
       creating a new client transaction to deliver a new request.
    
       In order to create a request based on a contact address in a 3xx
       response, a UAC MUST copy the entire URI from the target set into the
       Request-URI, except for the "method-param" and "header" URI
       parameters (see Section 19.1.1 for a definition of these parameters).
       It uses the "header" parameters to create header field values for the
       new request, overwriting header field values associated with the
       redirected request in accordance with the guidelines in Section
       19.1.5.
    
       Note that in some instances, header fields that have been
       communicated in the contact address may instead append to existing
       request header fields in the original redirected request.  As a
       general rule, if the header field can accept a comma-separated list
       of values, then the new header field value MAY be appended to any
       existing values in the original redirected request.  If the header
       field does not accept multiple values, the value in the original
       redirected request MAY be overwritten by the header field value
       communicated in the contact address.  For example, if a contact
       address is returned with the following value:
    
          sip:user@host?Subject=foo&Call-Info=<http://www.foo.com>
    
       Then any Subject header field in the original redirected request is
       overwritten, but the HTTP URL is merely appended to any existing
       Call-Info header field values.
    
       It is RECOMMENDED that the UAC reuse the same To, From, and Call-ID
       used in the original redirected request, but the UAC MAY also choose
       to update the Call-ID header field value for new requests, for
       example.
    
       Finally, once the new request has been constructed, it is sent using
       a new client transaction, and therefore MUST have a new branch ID in
       the top Via field as discussed in Section 8.1.1.7.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 44]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       In all other respects, requests sent upon receipt of a redirect
       response SHOULD re-use the header fields and bodies of the original
       request.
    
       In some instances, Contact header field values may be cached at UAC
       temporarily or permanently depending on the status code received and
       the presence of an expiration interval; see Sections 21.3.2 and
       21.3.3.
    
    8.1.3.5 Processing 4xx Responses
    
       Certain 4xx response codes require specific UA processing,
       independent of the method.
    
       If a 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication Required)
       response is received, the UAC SHOULD follow the authorization
       procedures of Section 22.2 and Section 22.3 to retry the request with
       credentials.
    
       If a 413 (Request Entity Too Large) response is received (Section
       21.4.11), the request contained a body that was longer than the UAS
       was willing to accept.  If possible, the UAC SHOULD retry the
       request, either omitting the body or using one of a smaller length.
    
       If a 415 (Unsupported Media Type) response is received (Section
       21.4.13), the request contained media types not supported by the UAS.
       The UAC SHOULD retry sending the request, this time only using
       content with types listed in the Accept header field in the response,
       with encodings listed in the Accept-Encoding header field in the
       response, and with languages listed in the Accept-Language in the
       response.
    
       If a 416 (Unsupported URI Scheme) response is received (Section
       21.4.14), the Request-URI used a URI scheme not supported by the
       server.  The client SHOULD retry the request, this time, using a SIP
       URI.
    
       If a 420 (Bad Extension) response is received (Section 21.4.15), the
       request contained a Require or Proxy-Require header field listing an
       option-tag for a feature not supported by a proxy or UAS.  The UAC
       SHOULD retry the request, this time omitting any extensions listed in
       the Unsupported header field in the response.
    
       In all of the above cases, the request is retried by creating a new
       request with the appropriate modifications.  This new request
       constitutes a new transaction and SHOULD have the same value of the
       Call-ID, To, and From of the previous request, but the CSeq should
       contain a new sequence number that is one higher than the previous.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 45]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       With other 4xx responses, including those yet to be defined, a retry
       may or may not be possible depending on the method and the use case.
    
    8.2 UAS Behavior
    
       When a request outside of a dialog is processed by a UAS, there is a
       set of processing rules that are followed, independent of the method.
       Section 12 gives guidance on how a UAS can tell whether a request is
       inside or outside of a dialog.
    
       Note that request processing is atomic.  If a request is accepted,
       all state changes associated with it MUST be performed.  If it is
       rejected, all state changes MUST NOT be performed.
    
       UASs SHOULD process the requests in the order of the steps that
       follow in this section (that is, starting with authentication, then
       inspecting the method, the header fields, and so on throughout the
       remainder of this section).
    
    8.2.1 Method Inspection
    
       Once a request is authenticated (or authentication is skipped), the
       UAS MUST inspect the method of the request.  If the UAS recognizes
       but does not support the method of a request, it MUST generate a 405
       (Method Not Allowed) response.  Procedures for generating responses
       are described in Section 8.2.6.  The UAS MUST also add an Allow
       header field to the 405 (Method Not Allowed) response.  The Allow
       header field MUST list the set of methods supported by the UAS
       generating the message.  The Allow header field is presented in
       Section 20.5.
    
       If the method is one supported by the server, processing continues.
    
    8.2.2 Header Inspection
    
       If a UAS does not understand a header field in a request (that is,
       the header field is not defined in this specification or in any
       supported extension), the server MUST ignore that header field and
       continue processing the message.  A UAS SHOULD ignore any malformed
       header fields that are not necessary for processing requests.
    
    8.2.2.1 To and Request-URI
    
       The To header field identifies the original recipient of the request
       designated by the user identified in the From field.  The original
       recipient may or may not be the UAS processing the request, due to
       call forwarding or other proxy operations.  A UAS MAY apply any
       policy it wishes to determine whether to accept requests when the To
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 46]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       header field is not the identity of the UAS.  However, it is
       RECOMMENDED that a UAS accept requests even if they do not recognize
       the URI scheme (for example, a tel: URI) in the To header field, or
       if the To header field does not address a known or current user of
       this UAS.  If, on the other hand, the UAS decides to reject the
       request, it SHOULD generate a response with a 403 (Forbidden) status
       code and pass it to the server transaction for transmission.
    
       However, the Request-URI identifies the UAS that is to process the
       request.  If the Request-URI uses a scheme not supported by the UAS,
       it SHOULD reject the request with a 416 (Unsupported URI Scheme)
       response.  If the Request-URI does not identify an address that the
       UAS is willing to accept requests for, it SHOULD reject the request
       with a 404 (Not Found) response.  Typically, a UA that uses the
       REGISTER method to bind its address-of-record to a specific contact
       address will see requests whose Request-URI equals that contact
       address.  Other potential sources of received Request-URIs include
       the Contact header fields of requests and responses sent by the UA
       that establish or refresh dialogs.
    
    8.2.2.2 Merged Requests
    
       If the request has no tag in the To header field, the UAS core MUST
       check the request against ongoing transactions.  If the From tag,
       Call-ID, and CSeq exactly match those associated with an ongoing
       transaction, but the request does not match that transaction (based
       on the matching rules in Section 17.2.3), the UAS core SHOULD
       generate a 482 (Loop Detected) response and pass it to the server
       transaction.
    
          The same request has arrived at the UAS more than once, following
          different paths, most likely due to forking.  The UAS processes
          the first such request received and responds with a 482 (Loop
          Detected) to the rest of them.
    
    8.2.2.3 Require
    
       Assuming the UAS decides that it is the proper element to process the
       request, it examines the Require header field, if present.
    
       The Require header field is used by a UAC to tell a UAS about SIP
       extensions that the UAC expects the UAS to support in order to
       process the request properly.  Its format is described in Section
       20.32.  If a UAS does not understand an option-tag listed in a
       Require header field, it MUST respond by generating a response with
       status code 420 (Bad Extension).  The UAS MUST add an Unsupported
       header field, and list in it those options it does not understand
       amongst those in the Require header field of the request.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 47]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Note that Require and Proxy-Require MUST NOT be used in a SIP CANCEL
       request, or in an ACK request sent for a non-2xx response.  These
       header fields MUST be ignored if they are present in these requests.
    
       An ACK request for a 2xx response MUST contain only those Require and
       Proxy-Require values that were present in the initial request.
    
       Example:
    
          UAC->UAS:   INVITE sip:watson@bell-telephone.com SIP/2.0
                      Require: 100rel
    
          UAS->UAC:   SIP/2.0 420 Bad Extension
                      Unsupported: 100rel
    
          This behavior ensures that the client-server interaction will
          proceed without delay when all options are understood by both
          sides, and only slow down if options are not understood (as in the
          example above).  For a well-matched client-server pair, the
          interaction proceeds quickly, saving a round-trip often required
          by negotiation mechanisms.  In addition, it also removes ambiguity
          when the client requires features that the server does not
          understand.  Some features, such as call handling fields, are only
          of interest to end systems.
    
    8.2.3 Content Processing
    
       Assuming the UAS understands any extensions required by the client,
       the UAS examines the body of the message, and the header fields that
       describe it.  If there are any bodies whose type (indicated by the
       Content-Type), language (indicated by the Content-Language) or
       encoding (indicated by the Content-Encoding) are not understood, and
       that body part is not optional (as indicated by the Content-
       Disposition header field), the UAS MUST reject the request with a 415
       (Unsupported Media Type) response.  The response MUST contain an
       Accept header field listing the types of all bodies it understands,
       in the event the request contained bodies of types not supported by
       the UAS.  If the request contained content encodings not understood
       by the UAS, the response MUST contain an Accept-Encoding header field
       listing the encodings understood by the UAS.  If the request
       contained content with languages not understood by the UAS, the
       response MUST contain an Accept-Language header field indicating the
       languages understood by the UAS.  Beyond these checks, body handling
       depends on the method and type.  For further information on the
       processing of content-specific header fields, see Section 7.4 as well
       as Section 20.11 through 20.15.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 48]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    8.2.4 Applying Extensions
    
       A UAS that wishes to apply some extension when generating the
       response MUST NOT do so unless support for that extension is
       indicated in the Supported header field in the request.  If the
       desired extension is not supported, the server SHOULD rely only on
       baseline SIP and any other extensions supported by the client.  In
       rare circumstances, where the server cannot process the request
       without the extension, the server MAY send a 421 (Extension Required)
       response.  This response indicates that the proper response cannot be
       generated without support of a specific extension.  The needed
       extension(s) MUST be included in a Require header field in the
       response.  This behavior is NOT RECOMMENDED, as it will generally
       break interoperability.
    
       Any extensions applied to a non-421 response MUST be listed in a
       Require header field included in the response.  Of course, the server
       MUST NOT apply extensions not listed in the Supported header field in
       the request.  As a result of this, the Require header field in a
       response will only ever contain option tags defined in standards-
       track RFCs.
    
    8.2.5 Processing the Request
    
       Assuming all of the checks in the previous subsections are passed,
       the UAS processing becomes method-specific.  Section 10 covers the
       REGISTER request, Section 11 covers the OPTIONS request, Section 13
       covers the INVITE request, and Section 15 covers the BYE request.
    
    8.2.6 Generating the Response
    
       When a UAS wishes to construct a response to a request, it follows
       the general procedures detailed in the following subsections.
       Additional behaviors specific to the response code in question, which
       are not detailed in this section, may also be required.
    
       Once all procedures associated with the creation of a response have
       been completed, the UAS hands the response back to the server
       transaction from which it received the request.
    
    8.2.6.1 Sending a Provisional Response
    
       One largely non-method-specific guideline for the generation of
       responses is that UASs SHOULD NOT issue a provisional response for a
       non-INVITE request.  Rather, UASs SHOULD generate a final response to
       a non-INVITE request as soon as possible.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 49]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       When a 100 (Trying) response is generated, any Timestamp header field
       present in the request MUST be copied into this 100 (Trying)
       response.  If there is a delay in generating the response, the UAS
       SHOULD add a delay value into the Timestamp value in the response.
       This value MUST contain the difference between the time of sending of
       the response and receipt of the request, measured in seconds.
    
    8.2.6.2 Headers and Tags
    
       The From field of the response MUST equal the From header field of
       the request.  The Call-ID header field of the response MUST equal the
       Call-ID header field of the request.  The CSeq header field of the
       response MUST equal the CSeq field of the request.  The Via header
       field values in the response MUST equal the Via header field values
       in the request and MUST maintain the same ordering.
    
       If a request contained a To tag in the request, the To header field
       in the response MUST equal that of the request.  However, if the To
       header field in the request did not contain a tag, the URI in the To
       header field in the response MUST equal the URI in the To header
       field; additionally, the UAS MUST add a tag to the To header field in
       the response (with the exception of the 100 (Trying) response, in
       which a tag MAY be present).  This serves to identify the UAS that is
       responding, possibly resulting in a component of a dialog ID.  The
       same tag MUST be used for all responses to that request, both final
       and provisional (again excepting the 100 (Trying)).  Procedures for
       the generation of tags are defined in Section 19.3.
    
    8.2.7 Stateless UAS Behavior
    
       A stateless UAS is a UAS that does not maintain transaction state.
       It replies to requests normally, but discards any state that would
       ordinarily be retained by a UAS after a response has been sent.  If a
       stateless UAS receives a retransmission of a request, it regenerates
       the response and resends it, just as if it were replying to the first
       instance of the request. A UAS cannot be stateless unless the request
       processing for that method would always result in the same response
       if the requests are identical. This rules out stateless registrars,
       for example.  Stateless UASs do not use a transaction layer; they
       receive requests directly from the transport layer and send responses
       directly to the transport layer.
    
       The stateless UAS role is needed primarily to handle unauthenticated
       requests for which a challenge response is issued.  If
       unauthenticated requests were handled statefully, then malicious
       floods of unauthenticated requests could create massive amounts of
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 50]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       transaction state that might slow or completely halt call processing
       in a UAS, effectively creating a denial of service condition; for
       more information see Section 26.1.5.
    
       The most important behaviors of a stateless UAS are the following:
    
          o  A stateless UAS MUST NOT send provisional (1xx) responses.
    
          o  A stateless UAS MUST NOT retransmit responses.
    
          o  A stateless UAS MUST ignore ACK requests.
    
          o  A stateless UAS MUST ignore CANCEL requests.
    
          o  To header tags MUST be generated for responses in a stateless
             manner - in a manner that will generate the same tag for the
             same request consistently.  For information on tag construction
             see Section 19.3.
    
       In all other respects, a stateless UAS behaves in the same manner as
       a stateful UAS.  A UAS can operate in either a stateful or stateless
       mode for each new request.
    
    8.3 Redirect Servers
    
       In some architectures it may be desirable to reduce the processing
       load on proxy servers that are responsible for routing requests, and
       improve signaling path robustness, by relying on redirection.
    
       Redirection allows servers to push routing information for a request
       back in a response to the client, thereby taking themselves out of
       the loop of further messaging for this transaction while still aiding
       in locating the target of the request.  When the originator of the
       request receives the redirection, it will send a new request based on
       the URI(s) it has received.  By propagating URIs from the core of the
       network to its edges, redirection allows for considerable network
       scalability.
    
       A redirect server is logically constituted of a server transaction
       layer and a transaction user that has access to a location service of
       some kind (see Section 10 for more on registrars and location
       services).  This location service is effectively a database
       containing mappings between a single URI and a set of one or more
       alternative locations at which the target of that URI can be found.
    
       A redirect server does not issue any SIP requests of its own.  After
       receiving a request other than CANCEL, the server either refuses the
       request or gathers the list of alternative locations from the
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 51]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       location service and returns a final response of class 3xx.  For
       well-formed CANCEL requests, it SHOULD return a 2xx response.  This
       response ends the SIP transaction.  The redirect server maintains
       transaction state for an entire SIP transaction.  It is the
       responsibility of clients to detect forwarding loops between redirect
       servers.
    
       When a redirect server returns a 3xx response to a request, it
       populates the list of (one or more) alternative locations into the
       Contact header field.  An "expires" parameter to the Contact header
       field values may also be supplied to indicate the lifetime of the
       Contact data.
    
       The Contact header field contains URIs giving the new locations or
       user names to try, or may simply specify additional transport
       parameters.  A 301 (Moved Permanently) or 302 (Moved Temporarily)
       response may also give the same location and username that was
       targeted by the initial request but specify additional transport
       parameters such as a different server or multicast address to try, or
       a change of SIP transport from UDP to TCP or vice versa.
    
       However, redirect servers MUST NOT redirect a request to a URI equal
       to the one in the Request-URI; instead, provided that the URI does
       not point to itself, the server MAY proxy the request to the
       destination URI, or MAY reject it with a 404.
    
          If a client is using an outbound proxy, and that proxy actually
          redirects requests, a potential arises for infinite redirection
          loops.
    
       Note that a Contact header field value MAY also refer to a different
       resource than the one originally called.  For example, a SIP call
       connected to PSTN gateway may need to deliver a special informational
       announcement such as "The number you have dialed has been changed."
    
       A Contact response header field can contain any suitable URI
       indicating where the called party can be reached, not limited to SIP
       URIs.  For example, it could contain URIs for phones, fax, or irc (if
       they were defined) or a mailto:  (RFC 2368 [32]) URL.  Section 26.4.4
       discusses implications and limitations of redirecting a SIPS URI to a
       non-SIPS URI.
    
       The "expires" parameter of a Contact header field value indicates how
       long the URI is valid.  The value of the parameter is a number
       indicating seconds.  If this parameter is not provided, the value of
       the Expires header field determines how long the URI is valid.
       Malformed values SHOULD be treated as equivalent to 3600.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 52]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          This provides a modest level of backwards compatibility with RFC
          2543, which allowed absolute times in this header field.  If an
          absolute time is received, it will be treated as malformed, and
          then default to 3600.
    
       Redirect servers MUST ignore features that are not understood
       (including unrecognized header fields, any unknown option tags in
       Require, or even method names) and proceed with the redirection of
       the request in question.
    
    9 Canceling a Request
    
       The previous section has discussed general UA behavior for generating
       requests and processing responses for requests of all methods.  In
       this section, we discuss a general purpose method, called CANCEL.
    
       The CANCEL request, as the name implies, is used to cancel a previous
       request sent by a client.  Specifically, it asks the UAS to cease
       processing the request and to generate an error response to that
       request.  CANCEL has no effect on a request to which a UAS has
       already given a final response.  Because of this, it is most useful
       to CANCEL requests to which it can take a server long time to
       respond.  For this reason, CANCEL is best for INVITE requests, which
       can take a long time to generate a response.  In that usage, a UAS
       that receives a CANCEL request for an INVITE, but has not yet sent a
       final response, would "stop ringing", and then respond to the INVITE
       with a specific error response (a 487).
    
       CANCEL requests can be constructed and sent by both proxies and user
       agent clients.  Section 15 discusses under what conditions a UAC
       would CANCEL an INVITE request, and Section 16.10 discusses proxy
       usage of CANCEL.
    
       A stateful proxy responds to a CANCEL, rather than simply forwarding
       a response it would receive from a downstream element.  For that
       reason, CANCEL is referred to as a "hop-by-hop" request, since it is
       responded to at each stateful proxy hop.
    
    9.1 Client Behavior
    
       A CANCEL request SHOULD NOT be sent to cancel a request other than
       INVITE.
    
          Since requests other than INVITE are responded to immediately,
          sending a CANCEL for a non-INVITE request would always create a
          race condition.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 53]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The following procedures are used to construct a CANCEL request.  The
       Request-URI, Call-ID, To, the numeric part of CSeq, and From header
       fields in the CANCEL request MUST be identical to those in the
       request being cancelled, including tags.  A CANCEL constructed by a
       client MUST have only a single Via header field value matching the
       top Via value in the request being cancelled.  Using the same values
       for these header fields allows the CANCEL to be matched with the
       request it cancels (Section 9.2 indicates how such matching occurs).
       However, the method part of the CSeq header field MUST have a value
       of CANCEL.  This allows it to be identified and processed as a
       transaction in its own right (See Section 17).
    
       If the request being cancelled contains a Route header field, the
       CANCEL request MUST include that Route header field's values.
    
          This is needed so that stateless proxies are able to route CANCEL
          requests properly.
    
       The CANCEL request MUST NOT contain any Require or Proxy-Require
       header fields.
    
       Once the CANCEL is constructed, the client SHOULD check whether it
       has received any response (provisional or final) for the request
       being cancelled (herein referred to as the "original request").
    
       If no provisional response has been received, the CANCEL request MUST
       NOT be sent; rather, the client MUST wait for the arrival of a
       provisional response before sending the request.  If the original
       request has generated a final response, the CANCEL SHOULD NOT be
       sent, as it is an effective no-op, since CANCEL has no effect on
       requests that have already generated a final response.  When the
       client decides to send the CANCEL, it creates a client transaction
       for the CANCEL and passes it the CANCEL request along with the
       destination address, port, and transport.  The destination address,
       port, and transport for the CANCEL MUST be identical to those used to
       send the original request.
    
          If it was allowed to send the CANCEL before receiving a response
          for the previous request, the server could receive the CANCEL
          before the original request.
    
       Note that both the transaction corresponding to the original request
       and the CANCEL transaction will complete independently.  However, a
       UAC canceling a request cannot rely on receiving a 487 (Request
       Terminated) response for the original request, as an RFC 2543-
       compliant UAS will not generate such a response.  If there is no
       final response for the original request in 64*T1 seconds (T1 is
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 54]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       defined in Section 17.1.1.1), the client SHOULD then consider the
       original transaction cancelled and SHOULD destroy the client
       transaction handling the original request.
    
    9.2 Server Behavior
    
       The CANCEL method requests that the TU at the server side cancel a
       pending transaction.  The TU determines the transaction to be
       cancelled by taking the CANCEL request, and then assuming that the
       request method is anything but CANCEL or ACK and applying the
       transaction matching procedures of Section 17.2.3.  The matching
       transaction is the one to be cancelled.
    
       The processing of a CANCEL request at a server depends on the type of
       server.  A stateless proxy will forward it, a stateful proxy might
       respond to it and generate some CANCEL requests of its own, and a UAS
       will respond to it.  See Section 16.10 for proxy treatment of CANCEL.
    
       A UAS first processes the CANCEL request according to the general UAS
       processing described in Section 8.2.  However, since CANCEL requests
       are hop-by-hop and cannot be resubmitted, they cannot be challenged
       by the server in order to get proper credentials in an Authorization
       header field.  Note also that CANCEL requests do not contain a
       Require header field.
    
       If the UAS did not find a matching transaction for the CANCEL
       according to the procedure above, it SHOULD respond to the CANCEL
       with a 481 (Call Leg/Transaction Does Not Exist).  If the transaction
       for the original request still exists, the behavior of the UAS on
       receiving a CANCEL request depends on whether it has already sent a
       final response for the original request.  If it has, the CANCEL
       request has no effect on the processing of the original request, no
       effect on any session state, and no effect on the responses generated
       for the original request.  If the UAS has not issued a final response
       for the original request, its behavior depends on the method of the
       original request.  If the original request was an INVITE, the UAS
       SHOULD immediately respond to the INVITE with a 487 (Request
       Terminated).  A CANCEL request has no impact on the processing of
       transactions with any other method defined in this specification.
    
       Regardless of the method of the original request, as long as the
       CANCEL matched an existing transaction, the UAS answers the CANCEL
       request itself with a 200 (OK) response.  This response is
       constructed following the procedures described in Section 8.2.6
       noting that the To tag of the response to the CANCEL and the To tag
       in the response to the original request SHOULD be the same.  The
       response to CANCEL is passed to the server transaction for
       transmission.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 55]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    10 Registrations
    
    10.1 Overview
    
       SIP offers a discovery capability.  If a user wants to initiate a
       session with another user, SIP must discover the current host(s) at
       which the destination user is reachable.  This discovery process is
       frequently accomplished by SIP network elements such as proxy servers
       and redirect servers which are responsible for receiving a request,
       determining where to send it based on knowledge of the location of
       the user, and then sending it there.  To do this, SIP network
       elements consult an abstract service known as a location service,
       which provides address bindings for a particular domain.  These
       address bindings map an incoming SIP or SIPS URI, sip:bob@biloxi.com,
       for example, to one or more URIs that are somehow "closer" to the
       desired user, sip:bob@engineering.biloxi.com, for example.
       Ultimately, a proxy will consult a location service that maps a
       received URI to the user agent(s) at which the desired recipient is
       currently residing.
    
       Registration creates bindings in a location service for a particular
       domain that associates an address-of-record URI with one or more
       contact addresses.  Thus, when a proxy for that domain receives a
       request whose Request-URI matches the address-of-record, the proxy
       will forward the request to the contact addresses registered to that
       address-of-record.  Generally, it only makes sense to register an
       address-of-record at a domain's location service when requests for
       that address-of-record would be routed to that domain.  In most
       cases, this means that the domain of the registration will need to
       match the domain in the URI of the address-of-record.
    
       There are many ways by which the contents of the location service can
       be established.  One way is administratively.  In the above example,
       Bob is known to be a member of the engineering department through
       access to a corporate database.  However, SIP provides a mechanism
       for a UA to create a binding explicitly.  This mechanism is known as
       registration.
    
       Registration entails sending a REGISTER request to a special type of
       UAS known as a registrar.  A registrar acts as the front end to the
       location service for a domain, reading and writing mappings based on
       the contents of REGISTER requests.  This location service is then
       typically consulted by a proxy server that is responsible for routing
       requests for that domain.
    
       An illustration of the overall registration process is given in
       Figure 2.  Note that the registrar and proxy server are logical roles
       that can be played by a single device in a network; for purposes of
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 56]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       clarity the two are separated in this illustration.  Also note that
       UAs may send requests through a proxy server in order to reach a
       registrar if the two are separate elements.
    
       SIP does not mandate a particular mechanism for implementing the
       location service.  The only requirement is that a registrar for some
       domain MUST be able to read and write data to the location service,
       and a proxy or a redirect server for that domain MUST be capable of
       reading that same data.  A registrar MAY be co-located with a
       particular SIP proxy server for the same domain.
    
    10.2 Constructing the REGISTER Request
    
       REGISTER requests add, remove, and query bindings.  A REGISTER
       request can add a new binding between an address-of-record and one or
       more contact addresses.  Registration on behalf of a particular
       address-of-record can be performed by a suitably authorized third
       party.  A client can also remove previous bindings or query to
       determine which bindings are currently in place for an address-of-
       record.
    
       Except as noted, the construction of the REGISTER request and the
       behavior of clients sending a REGISTER request is identical to the
       general UAC behavior described in Section 8.1 and Section 17.1.
    
       A REGISTER request does not establish a dialog.  A UAC MAY include a
       Route header field in a REGISTER request based on a pre-existing
       route set as described in Section 8.1.  The Record-Route header field
       has no meaning in REGISTER requests or responses, and MUST be ignored
       if present.  In particular, the UAC MUST NOT create a new route set
       based on the presence or absence of a Record-Route header field in
       any response to a REGISTER request.
    
       The following header fields, except Contact, MUST be included in a
       REGISTER request.  A Contact header field MAY be included:
    
          Request-URI: The Request-URI names the domain of the location
               service for which the registration is meant (for example,
               "sip:chicago.com").  The "userinfo" and "@" components of the
               SIP URI MUST NOT be present.
    
          To: The To header field contains the address of record whose
               registration is to be created, queried, or modified.  The To
               header field and the Request-URI field typically differ, as
               the former contains a user name.  This address-of-record MUST
               be a SIP URI or SIPS URI.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 57]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          From: The From header field contains the address-of-record of the
               person responsible for the registration.  The value is the
               same as the To header field unless the request is a third-
               party registration.
    
          Call-ID: All registrations from a UAC SHOULD use the same Call-ID
               header field value for registrations sent to a particular
               registrar.
    
               If the same client were to use different Call-ID values, a
               registrar could not detect whether a delayed REGISTER request
               might have arrived out of order.
    
          CSeq: The CSeq value guarantees proper ordering of REGISTER
               requests.  A UA MUST increment the CSeq value by one for each
               REGISTER request with the same Call-ID.
    
          Contact: REGISTER requests MAY contain a Contact header field with
               zero or more values containing address bindings.
    
       UAs MUST NOT send a new registration (that is, containing new Contact
       header field values, as opposed to a retransmission) until they have
       received a final response from the registrar for the previous one or
       the previous REGISTER request has timed out.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 58]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
                                                     bob
                                                   +----+
                                                   | UA |
                                                   |    |
                                                   +----+
                                                      |
                                                      |3)INVITE
                                                      |   carol@chicago.com
             chicago.com        +--------+            V
             +---------+ 2)Store|Location|4)Query +-----+
             |Registrar|=======>| Service|<=======|Proxy|sip.chicago.com
             +---------+        +--------+=======>+-----+
                   A                      5)Resp      |
                   |                                  |
                   |                                  |
         1)REGISTER|                                  |
                   |                                  |
                +----+                                |
                | UA |<-------------------------------+
       cube2214a|    |                            6)INVITE
                +----+                    carol@cube2214a.chicago.com
                 carol
    
                          Figure 2: REGISTER example
    
          The following Contact header parameters have a special meaning in
               REGISTER requests:
    
          action: The "action" parameter from RFC 2543 has been deprecated.
               UACs SHOULD NOT use the "action" parameter.
    
          expires: The "expires" parameter indicates how long the UA would
               like the binding to be valid.  The value is a number
               indicating seconds.  If this parameter is not provided, the
               value of the Expires header field is used instead.
               Implementations MAY treat values larger than 2**32-1
               (4294967295 seconds or 136 years) as equivalent to 2**32-1.
               Malformed values SHOULD be treated as equivalent to 3600.
    
    10.2.1 Adding Bindings
    
       The REGISTER request sent to a registrar includes the contact
       address(es) to which SIP requests for the address-of-record should be
       forwarded.  The address-of-record is included in the To header field
       of the REGISTER request.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 59]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The Contact header field values of the request typically consist of
       SIP or SIPS URIs that identify particular SIP endpoints (for example,
       "sip:carol@cube2214a.chicago.com"), but they MAY use any URI scheme.
       A SIP UA can choose to register telephone numbers (with the tel URL,
       RFC 2806 [9]) or email addresses (with a mailto URL, RFC 2368 [32])
       as Contacts for an address-of-record, for example.
    
       For example, Carol, with address-of-record "sip:carol@chicago.com",
       would register with the SIP registrar of the domain chicago.com.  Her
       registrations would then be used by a proxy server in the chicago.com
       domain to route requests for Carol's address-of-record to her SIP
       endpoint.
    
       Once a client has established bindings at a registrar, it MAY send
       subsequent registrations containing new bindings or modifications to
       existing bindings as necessary.  The 2xx response to the REGISTER
       request will contain, in a Contact header field, a complete list of
       bindings that have been registered for this address-of-record at this
       registrar.
    
       If the address-of-record in the To header field of a REGISTER request
       is a SIPS URI, then any Contact header field values in the request
       SHOULD also be SIPS URIs.  Clients should only register non-SIPS URIs
       under a SIPS address-of-record when the security of the resource
       represented by the contact address is guaranteed by other means.
       This may be applicable to URIs that invoke protocols other than SIP,
       or SIP devices secured by protocols other than TLS.
    
       Registrations do not need to update all bindings.  Typically, a UA
       only updates its own contact addresses.
    
    10.2.1.1 Setting the Expiration Interval of Contact Addresses
    
       When a client sends a REGISTER request, it MAY suggest an expiration
       interval that indicates how long the client would like the
       registration to be valid.  (As described in Section 10.3, the
       registrar selects the actual time interval based on its local
       policy.)
    
       There are two ways in which a client can suggest an expiration
       interval for a binding: through an Expires header field or an
       "expires" Contact header parameter.  The latter allows expiration
       intervals to be suggested on a per-binding basis when more than one
       binding is given in a single REGISTER request, whereas the former
       suggests an expiration interval for all Contact header field values
       that do not contain the "expires" parameter.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 60]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       If neither mechanism for expressing a suggested expiration time is
       present in a REGISTER, the client is indicating its desire for the
       server to choose.
    
    10.2.1.2 Preferences among Contact Addresses
    
       If more than one Contact is sent in a REGISTER request, the
       registering UA intends to associate all of the URIs in these Contact
       header field values with the address-of-record present in the To
       field.  This list can be prioritized with the "q" parameter in the
       Contact header field.  The "q" parameter indicates a relative
       preference for the particular Contact header field value compared to
       other bindings for this address-of-record.  Section 16.6 describes
       how a proxy server uses this preference indication.
    
    10.2.2 Removing Bindings
    
       Registrations are soft state and expire unless refreshed, but can
       also be explicitly removed.  A client can attempt to influence the
       expiration interval selected by the registrar as described in Section
       10.2.1.  A UA requests the immediate removal of a binding by
       specifying an expiration interval of "0" for that contact address in
       a REGISTER request.  UAs SHOULD support this mechanism so that
       bindings can be removed before their expiration interval has passed.
    
       The REGISTER-specific Contact header field value of "*" applies to
       all registrations, but it MUST NOT be used unless the Expires header
       field is present with a value of "0".
    
          Use of the "*" Contact header field value allows a registering UA
          to remove all bindings associated with an address-of-record
          without knowing their precise values.
    
    10.2.3 Fetching Bindings
    
       A success response to any REGISTER request contains the complete list
       of existing bindings, regardless of whether the request contained a
       Contact header field.  If no Contact header field is present in a
       REGISTER request, the list of bindings is left unchanged.
    
    10.2.4 Refreshing Bindings
    
       Each UA is responsible for refreshing the bindings that it has
       previously established.  A UA SHOULD NOT refresh bindings set up by
       other UAs.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 61]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The 200 (OK) response from the registrar contains a list of Contact
       fields enumerating all current bindings.  The UA compares each
       contact address to see if it created the contact address, using
       comparison rules in Section 19.1.4.  If so, it updates the expiration
       time interval according to the expires parameter or, if absent, the
       Expires field value.  The UA then issues a REGISTER request for each
       of its bindings before the expiration interval has elapsed.  It MAY
       combine several updates into one REGISTER request.
    
       A UA SHOULD use the same Call-ID for all registrations during a
       single boot cycle.  Registration refreshes SHOULD be sent to the same
       network address as the original registration, unless redirected.
    
    10.2.5 Setting the Internal Clock
    
       If the response for a REGISTER request contains a Date header field,
       the client MAY use this header field to learn the current time in
       order to set any internal clocks.
    
    10.2.6 Discovering a Registrar
    
       UAs can use three ways to determine the address to which to send
       registrations:  by configuration, using the address-of-record, and
       multicast.  A UA can be configured, in ways beyond the scope of this
       specification, with a registrar address.  If there is no configured
       registrar address, the UA SHOULD use the host part of the address-
       of-record as the Request-URI and address the request there, using the
       normal SIP server location mechanisms [4].  For example, the UA for
       the user "sip:carol@chicago.com" addresses the REGISTER request to
       "sip:chicago.com".
    
       Finally, a UA can be configured to use multicast.  Multicast
       registrations are addressed to the well-known "all SIP servers"
       multicast address "sip.mcast.net" (224.0.1.75 for IPv4).  No well-
       known IPv6 multicast address has been allocated; such an allocation
       will be documented separately when needed.  SIP UAs MAY listen to
       that address and use it to become aware of the location of other
       local users (see [33]); however, they do not respond to the request.
    
          Multicast registration may be inappropriate in some environments,
          for example, if multiple businesses share the same local area
          network.
    
    10.2.7 Transmitting a Request
    
       Once the REGISTER method has been constructed, and the destination of
       the message identified, UACs follow the procedures described in
       Section 8.1.2 to hand off the REGISTER to the transaction layer.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 62]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       If the transaction layer returns a timeout error because the REGISTER
       yielded no response, the UAC SHOULD NOT immediately re-attempt a
       registration to the same registrar.
    
          An immediate re-attempt is likely to also timeout.  Waiting some
          reasonable time interval for the conditions causing the timeout to
          be corrected reduces unnecessary load on the network.  No specific
          interval is mandated.
    
    10.2.8 Error Responses
    
       If a UA receives a 423 (Interval Too Brief) response, it MAY retry
       the registration after making the expiration interval of all contact
       addresses in the REGISTER request equal to or greater than the
       expiration interval within the Min-Expires header field of the 423
       (Interval Too Brief) response.
    
    10.3 Processing REGISTER Requests
    
       A registrar is a UAS that responds to REGISTER requests and maintains
       a list of bindings that are accessible to proxy servers and redirect
       servers within its administrative domain.  A registrar handles
       requests according to Section 8.2 and Section 17.2, but it accepts
       only REGISTER requests.  A registrar MUST not generate 6xx responses.
    
       A registrar MAY redirect REGISTER requests as appropriate.  One
       common usage would be for a registrar listening on a multicast
       interface to redirect multicast REGISTER requests to its own unicast
       interface with a 302 (Moved Temporarily) response.
    
       Registrars MUST ignore the Record-Route header field if it is
       included in a REGISTER request.  Registrars MUST NOT include a
       Record-Route header field in any response to a REGISTER request.
    
          A registrar might receive a request that traversed a proxy which
          treats REGISTER as an unknown request and which added a Record-
          Route header field value.
    
       A registrar has to know (for example, through configuration) the set
       of domain(s) for which it maintains bindings.  REGISTER requests MUST
       be processed by a registrar in the order that they are received.
       REGISTER requests MUST also be processed atomically, meaning that a
       particular REGISTER request is either processed completely or not at
       all.  Each REGISTER message MUST be processed independently of any
       other registration or binding changes.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 63]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       When receiving a REGISTER request, a registrar follows these steps:
    
          1. The registrar inspects the Request-URI to determine whether it
             has access to bindings for the domain identified in the
             Request-URI.  If not, and if the server also acts as a proxy
             server, the server SHOULD forward the request to the addressed
             domain, following the general behavior for proxying messages
             described in Section 16.
    
          2. To guarantee that the registrar supports any necessary
             extensions, the registrar MUST process the Require header field
             values as described for UASs in Section 8.2.2.
    
          3. A registrar SHOULD authenticate the UAC.  Mechanisms for the
             authentication of SIP user agents are described in Section 22.
             Registration behavior in no way overrides the generic
             authentication framework for SIP.  If no authentication
             mechanism is available, the registrar MAY take the From address
             as the asserted identity of the originator of the request.
    
          4. The registrar SHOULD determine if the authenticated user is
             authorized to modify registrations for this address-of-record.
             For example, a registrar might consult an authorization
             database that maps user names to a list of addresses-of-record
             for which that user has authorization to modify bindings.  If
             the authenticated user is not authorized to modify bindings,
             the registrar MUST return a 403 (Forbidden) and skip the
             remaining steps.
    
             In architectures that support third-party registration, one
             entity may be responsible for updating the registrations
             associated with multiple addresses-of-record.
    
          5. The registrar extracts the address-of-record from the To header
             field of the request.  If the address-of-record is not valid
             for the domain in the Request-URI, the registrar MUST send a
             404 (Not Found) response and skip the remaining steps.  The URI
             MUST then be converted to a canonical form.  To do that, all
             URI parameters MUST be removed (including the user-param), and
             any escaped characters MUST be converted to their unescaped
             form.  The result serves as an index into the list of bindings.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 64]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          6. The registrar checks whether the request contains the Contact
             header field.  If not, it skips to the last step.  If the
             Contact header field is present, the registrar checks if there
             is one Contact field value that contains the special value "*"
             and an Expires field.  If the request has additional Contact
             fields or an expiration time other than zero, the request is
             invalid, and the server MUST return a 400 (Invalid Request) and
             skip the remaining steps.  If not, the registrar checks whether
             the Call-ID agrees with the value stored for each binding.  If
             not, it MUST remove the binding.  If it does agree, it MUST
             remove the binding only if the CSeq in the request is higher
             than the value stored for that binding.  Otherwise, the update
             MUST be aborted and the request fails.
    
          7. The registrar now processes each contact address in the Contact
             header field in turn.  For each address, it determines the
             expiration interval as follows:
    
             -  If the field value has an "expires" parameter, that value
                MUST be taken as the requested expiration.
    
             -  If there is no such parameter, but the request has an
                Expires header field, that value MUST be taken as the
                requested expiration.
    
             -  If there is neither, a locally-configured default value MUST
                be taken as the requested expiration.
    
             The registrar MAY choose an expiration less than the requested
             expiration interval.  If and only if the requested expiration
             interval is greater than zero AND smaller than one hour AND
             less than a registrar-configured minimum, the registrar MAY
             reject the registration with a response of 423 (Interval Too
             Brief).  This response MUST contain a Min-Expires header field
             that states the minimum expiration interval the registrar is
             willing to honor.  It then skips the remaining steps.
    
             Allowing the registrar to set the registration interval
             protects it against excessively frequent registration refreshes
             while limiting the state that it needs to maintain and
             decreasing the likelihood of registrations going stale.  The
             expiration interval of a registration is frequently used in the
             creation of services.  An example is a follow-me service, where
             the user may only be available at a terminal for a brief
             period.  Therefore, registrars should accept brief
             registrations; a request should only be rejected if the
             interval is so short that the refreshes would degrade registrar
             performance.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 65]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             For each address, the registrar then searches the list of
             current bindings using the URI comparison rules.  If the
             binding does not exist, it is tentatively added.  If the
             binding does exist, the registrar checks the Call-ID value.  If
             the Call-ID value in the existing binding differs from the
             Call-ID value in the request, the binding MUST be removed if
             the expiration time is zero and updated otherwise.  If they are
             the same, the registrar compares the CSeq value.  If the value
             is higher than that of the existing binding, it MUST update or
             remove the binding as above.  If not, the update MUST be
             aborted and the request fails.
    
             This algorithm ensures that out-of-order requests from the same
             UA are ignored.
    
             Each binding record records the Call-ID and CSeq values from
             the request.
    
             The binding updates MUST be committed (that is, made visible to
             the proxy or redirect server) if and only if all binding
             updates and additions succeed.  If any one of them fails (for
             example, because the back-end database commit failed), the
             request MUST fail with a 500 (Server Error) response and all
             tentative binding updates MUST be removed.
    
          8. The registrar returns a 200 (OK) response.  The response MUST
             contain Contact header field values enumerating all current
             bindings.  Each Contact value MUST feature an "expires"
             parameter indicating its expiration interval chosen by the
             registrar.  The response SHOULD include a Date header field.
    
    11 Querying for Capabilities
    
       The SIP method OPTIONS allows a UA to query another UA or a proxy
       server as to its capabilities.  This allows a client to discover
       information about the supported methods, content types, extensions,
       codecs, etc. without "ringing" the other party.  For example, before
       a client inserts a Require header field into an INVITE listing an
       option that it is not certain the destination UAS supports, the
       client can query the destination UAS with an OPTIONS to see if this
       option is returned in a Supported header field.  All UAs MUST support
       the OPTIONS method.
    
       The target of the OPTIONS request is identified by the Request-URI,
       which could identify another UA or a SIP server.  If the OPTIONS is
       addressed to a proxy server, the Request-URI is set without a user
       part, similar to the way a Request-URI is set for a REGISTER request.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 66]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Alternatively, a server receiving an OPTIONS request with a Max-
       Forwards header field value of 0 MAY respond to the request
       regardless of the Request-URI.
    
          This behavior is common with HTTP/1.1.  This behavior can be used
          as a "traceroute" functionality to check the capabilities of
          individual hop servers by sending a series of OPTIONS requests
          with incremented Max-Forwards values.
    
       As is the case for general UA behavior, the transaction layer can
       return a timeout error if the OPTIONS yields no response.  This may
       indicate that the target is unreachable and hence unavailable.
    
       An OPTIONS request MAY be sent as part of an established dialog to
       query the peer on capabilities that may be utilized later in the
       dialog.
    
    11.1 Construction of OPTIONS Request
    
       An OPTIONS request is constructed using the standard rules for a SIP
       request as discussed in Section 8.1.1.
    
       A Contact header field MAY be present in an OPTIONS.
    
       An Accept header field SHOULD be included to indicate the type of
       message body the UAC wishes to receive in the response.  Typically,
       this is set to a format that is used to describe the media
       capabilities of a UA, such as SDP (application/sdp).
    
       The response to an OPTIONS request is assumed to be scoped to the
       Request-URI in the original request.  However, only when an OPTIONS
       is sent as part of an established dialog is it guaranteed that future
       requests will be received by the server that generated the OPTIONS
       response.
    
       Example OPTIONS request:
    
          OPTIONS sip:carol@chicago.com SIP/2.0
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKhjhs8ass877
          Max-Forwards: 70
          To: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
          From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
          Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
          CSeq: 63104 OPTIONS
          Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
          Accept: application/sdp
          Content-Length: 0
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 67]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    11.2 Processing of OPTIONS Request
    
       The response to an OPTIONS is constructed using the standard rules
       for a SIP response as discussed in Section 8.2.6.  The response code
       chosen MUST be the same that would have been chosen had the request
       been an INVITE.  That is, a 200 (OK) would be returned if the UAS is
       ready to accept a call, a 486 (Busy Here) would be returned if the
       UAS is busy, etc.  This allows an OPTIONS request to be used to
       determine the basic state of a UAS, which can be an indication of
       whether the UAS will accept an INVITE request.
    
       An OPTIONS request received within a dialog generates a 200 (OK)
       response that is identical to one constructed outside a dialog and
       does not have any impact on the dialog.
    
       This use of OPTIONS has limitations due to the differences in proxy
       handling of OPTIONS and INVITE requests.  While a forked INVITE can
       result in multiple 200 (OK) responses being returned, a forked
       OPTIONS will only result in a single 200 (OK) response, since it is
       treated by proxies using the non-INVITE handling.  See Section 16.7
       for the normative details.
    
       If the response to an OPTIONS is generated by a proxy server, the
       proxy returns a 200 (OK), listing the capabilities of the server.
       The response does not contain a message body.
    
       Allow, Accept, Accept-Encoding, Accept-Language, and Supported header
       fields SHOULD be present in a 200 (OK) response to an OPTIONS
       request.  If the response is generated by a proxy, the Allow header
       field SHOULD be omitted as it is ambiguous since a proxy is method
       agnostic.  Contact header fields MAY be present in a 200 (OK)
       response and have the same semantics as in a 3xx response.  That is,
       they may list a set of alternative names and methods of reaching the
       user.  A Warning header field MAY be present.
    
       A message body MAY be sent, the type of which is determined by the
       Accept header field in the OPTIONS request (application/sdp is the
       default if the Accept header field is not present).  If the types
       include one that can describe media capabilities, the UAS SHOULD
       include a body in the response for that purpose.  Details on the
       construction of such a body in the case of application/sdp are
       described in [13].
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 68]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example OPTIONS response generated by a UAS (corresponding to the
       request in Section 11.1):
    
          SIP/2.0 200 OK
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKhjhs8ass877
           ;received=192.0.2.4
          To: <sip:carol@chicago.com>;tag=93810874
          From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
          Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
          CSeq: 63104 OPTIONS
          Contact: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
          Contact: <mailto:carol@chicago.com>
          Allow: INVITE, ACK, CANCEL, OPTIONS, BYE
          Accept: application/sdp
          Accept-Encoding: gzip
          Accept-Language: en
          Supported: foo
          Content-Type: application/sdp
          Content-Length: 274
    
          (SDP not shown)
    
    12 Dialogs
    
       A key concept for a user agent is that of a dialog.  A dialog
       represents a peer-to-peer SIP relationship between two user agents
       that persists for some time.  The dialog facilitates sequencing of
       messages between the user agents and proper routing of requests
       between both of them.  The dialog represents a context in which to
       interpret SIP messages.  Section 8 discussed method independent UA
       processing for requests and responses outside of a dialog.  This
       section discusses how those requests and responses are used to
       construct a dialog, and then how subsequent requests and responses
       are sent within a dialog.
    
       A dialog is identified at each UA with a dialog ID, which consists of
       a Call-ID value, a local tag and a remote tag.  The dialog ID at each
       UA involved in the dialog is not the same.  Specifically, the local
       tag at one UA is identical to the remote tag at the peer UA.  The
       tags are opaque tokens that facilitate the generation of unique
       dialog IDs.
    
       A dialog ID is also associated with all responses and with any
       request that contains a tag in the To field.  The rules for computing
       the dialog ID of a message depend on whether the SIP element is a UAC
       or UAS.  For a UAC, the Call-ID value of the dialog ID is set to the
       Call-ID of the message, the remote tag is set to the tag in the To
       field of the message, and the local tag is set to the tag in the From
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 69]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       field of the message (these rules apply to both requests and
       responses).  As one would expect for a UAS, the Call-ID value of the
       dialog ID is set to the Call-ID of the message, the remote tag is set
       to the tag in the From field of the message, and the local tag is set
       to the tag in the To field of the message.
    
       A dialog contains certain pieces of state needed for further message
       transmissions within the dialog.  This state consists of the dialog
       ID, a local sequence number (used to order requests from the UA to
       its peer), a remote sequence number (used to order requests from its
       peer to the UA), a local URI, a remote URI, remote target, a boolean
       flag called "secure", and a route set, which is an ordered list of
       URIs.  The route set is the list of servers that need to be traversed
       to send a request to the peer.  A dialog can also be in the "early"
       state, which occurs when it is created with a provisional response,
       and then transition to the "confirmed" state when a 2xx final
       response arrives.  For other responses, or if no response arrives at
       all on that dialog, the early dialog terminates.
    
    12.1 Creation of a Dialog
    
       Dialogs are created through the generation of non-failure responses
       to requests with specific methods.  Within this specification, only
       2xx and 101-199 responses with a To tag, where the request was
       INVITE, will establish a dialog.  A dialog established by a non-final
       response to a request is in the "early" state and it is called an
       early dialog.  Extensions MAY define other means for creating
       dialogs.  Section 13 gives more details that are specific to the
       INVITE method.  Here, we describe the process for creation of dialog
       state that is not dependent on the method.
    
       UAs MUST assign values to the dialog ID components as described
       below.
    
    12.1.1 UAS behavior
    
       When a UAS responds to a request with a response that establishes a
       dialog (such as a 2xx to INVITE), the UAS MUST copy all Record-Route
       header field values from the request into the response (including the
       URIs, URI parameters, and any Record-Route header field parameters,
       whether they are known or unknown to the UAS) and MUST maintain the
       order of those values.  The UAS MUST add a Contact header field to
       the response.  The Contact header field contains an address where the
       UAS would like to be contacted for subsequent requests in the dialog
       (which includes the ACK for a 2xx response in the case of an INVITE).
       Generally, the host portion of this URI is the IP address or FQDN of
       the host.  The URI provided in the Contact header field MUST be a SIP
       or SIPS URI.  If the request that initiated the dialog contained a
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 70]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       SIPS URI in the Request-URI or in the top Record-Route header field
       value, if there was any, or the Contact header field if there was no
       Record-Route header field, the Contact header field in the response
       MUST be a SIPS URI.  The URI SHOULD have global scope (that is, the
       same URI can be used in messages outside this dialog).  The same way,
       the scope of the URI in the Contact header field of the INVITE is not
       limited to this dialog either.  It can therefore be used in messages
       to the UAC even outside this dialog.
    
       The UAS then constructs the state of the dialog.  This state MUST be
       maintained for the duration of the dialog.
    
       If the request arrived over TLS, and the Request-URI contained a SIPS
       URI, the "secure" flag is set to TRUE.
    
       The route set MUST be set to the list of URIs in the Record-Route
       header field from the request, taken in order and preserving all URI
       parameters.  If no Record-Route header field is present in the
       request, the route set MUST be set to the empty set.  This route set,
       even if empty, overrides any pre-existing route set for future
       requests in this dialog.  The remote target MUST be set to the URI
       from the Contact header field of the request.
    
       The remote sequence number MUST be set to the value of the sequence
       number in the CSeq header field of the request.  The local sequence
       number MUST be empty.  The call identifier component of the dialog ID
       MUST be set to the value of the Call-ID in the request.  The local
       tag component of the dialog ID MUST be set to the tag in the To field
       in the response to the request (which always includes a tag), and the
       remote tag component of the dialog ID MUST be set to the tag from the
       From field in the request.  A UAS MUST be prepared to receive a
       request without a tag in the From field, in which case the tag is
       considered to have a value of null.
    
          This is to maintain backwards compatibility with RFC 2543, which
          did not mandate From tags.
    
       The remote URI MUST be set to the URI in the From field, and the
       local URI MUST be set to the URI in the To field.
    
    12.1.2 UAC Behavior
    
       When a UAC sends a request that can establish a dialog (such as an
       INVITE) it MUST provide a SIP or SIPS URI with global scope (i.e.,
       the same SIP URI can be used in messages outside this dialog) in the
       Contact header field of the request.  If the request has a Request-
       URI or a topmost Route header field value with a SIPS URI, the
       Contact header field MUST contain a SIPS URI.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 71]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       When a UAC receives a response that establishes a dialog, it
       constructs the state of the dialog.  This state MUST be maintained
       for the duration of the dialog.
    
       If the request was sent over TLS, and the Request-URI contained a
       SIPS URI, the "secure" flag is set to TRUE.
    
       The route set MUST be set to the list of URIs in the Record-Route
       header field from the response, taken in reverse order and preserving
       all URI parameters.  If no Record-Route header field is present in
       the response, the route set MUST be set to the empty set.  This route
       set, even if empty, overrides any pre-existing route set for future
       requests in this dialog.  The remote target MUST be set to the URI
       from the Contact header field of the response.
    
       The local sequence number MUST be set to the value of the sequence
       number in the CSeq header field of the request.  The remote sequence
       number MUST be empty (it is established when the remote UA sends a
       request within the dialog).  The call identifier component of the
       dialog ID MUST be set to the value of the Call-ID in the request.
       The local tag component of the dialog ID MUST be set to the tag in
       the From field in the request, and the remote tag component of the
       dialog ID MUST be set to the tag in the To field of the response.  A
       UAC MUST be prepared to receive a response without a tag in the To
       field, in which case the tag is considered to have a value of null.
    
          This is to maintain backwards compatibility with RFC 2543, which
          did not mandate To tags.
    
       The remote URI MUST be set to the URI in the To field, and the local
       URI MUST be set to the URI in the From field.
    
    12.2 Requests within a Dialog
    
       Once a dialog has been established between two UAs, either of them
       MAY initiate new transactions as needed within the dialog.  The UA
       sending the request will take the UAC role for the transaction.  The
       UA receiving the request will take the UAS role.  Note that these may
       be different roles than the UAs held during the transaction that
       established the dialog.
    
       Requests within a dialog MAY contain Record-Route and Contact header
       fields.  However, these requests do not cause the dialog's route set
       to be modified, although they may modify the remote target URI.
       Specifically, requests that are not target refresh requests do not
       modify the dialog's remote target URI, and requests that are target
       refresh requests do.  For dialogs that have been established with an
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 72]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       INVITE, the only target refresh request defined is re-INVITE (see
       Section 14).  Other extensions may define different target refresh
       requests for dialogs established in other ways.
    
          Note that an ACK is NOT a target refresh request.
    
       Target refresh requests only update the dialog's remote target URI,
       and not the route set formed from the Record-Route.  Updating the
       latter would introduce severe backwards compatibility problems with
       RFC 2543-compliant systems.
    
    12.2.1 UAC Behavior
    
    12.2.1.1 Generating the Request
    
       A request within a dialog is constructed by using many of the
       components of the state stored as part of the dialog.
    
       The URI in the To field of the request MUST be set to the remote URI
       from the dialog state.  The tag in the To header field of the request
       MUST be set to the remote tag of the dialog ID.  The From URI of the
       request MUST be set to the local URI from the dialog state.  The tag
       in the From header field of the request MUST be set to the local tag
       of the dialog ID.  If the value of the remote or local tags is null,
       the tag parameter MUST be omitted from the To or From header fields,
       respectively.
    
          Usage of the URI from the To and From fields in the original
          request within subsequent requests is done for backwards
          compatibility with RFC 2543, which used the URI for dialog
          identification.  In this specification, only the tags are used for
          dialog identification.  It is expected that mandatory reflection
          of the original To and From URI in mid-dialog requests will be
          deprecated in a subsequent revision of this specification.
    
       The Call-ID of the request MUST be set to the Call-ID of the dialog.
       Requests within a dialog MUST contain strictly monotonically
       increasing and contiguous CSeq sequence numbers (increasing-by-one)
       in each direction (excepting ACK and CANCEL of course, whose numbers
       equal the requests being acknowledged or cancelled).  Therefore, if
       the local sequence number is not empty, the value of the local
       sequence number MUST be incremented by one, and this value MUST be
       placed into the CSeq header field.  If the local sequence number is
       empty, an initial value MUST be chosen using the guidelines of
       Section 8.1.1.5.  The method field in the CSeq header field value
       MUST match the method of the request.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 73]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          With a length of 32 bits, a client could generate, within a single
          call, one request a second for about 136 years before needing to
          wrap around.  The initial value of the sequence number is chosen
          so that subsequent requests within the same call will not wrap
          around.  A non-zero initial value allows clients to use a time-
          based initial sequence number.  A client could, for example,
          choose the 31 most significant bits of a 32-bit second clock as an
          initial sequence number.
    
       The UAC uses the remote target and route set to build the Request-URI
       and Route header field of the request.
    
       If the route set is empty, the UAC MUST place the remote target URI
       into the Request-URI.  The UAC MUST NOT add a Route header field to
       the request.
    
       If the route set is not empty, and the first URI in the route set
       contains the lr parameter (see Section 19.1.1), the UAC MUST place
       the remote target URI into the Request-URI and MUST include a Route
       header field containing the route set values in order, including all
       parameters.
    
       If the route set is not empty, and its first URI does not contain the
       lr parameter, the UAC MUST place the first URI from the route set
       into the Request-URI, stripping any parameters that are not allowed
       in a Request-URI.  The UAC MUST add a Route header field containing
       the remainder of the route set values in order, including all
       parameters.  The UAC MUST then place the remote target URI into the
       Route header field as the last value.
    
       For example, if the remote target is sip:user@remoteua and the route
       set contains:
    
          <sip:proxy1>,<sip:proxy2>,<sip:proxy3;lr>,<sip:proxy4>
    
       The request will be formed with the following Request-URI and Route
       header field:
    
       METHOD sip:proxy1
       Route: <sip:proxy2>,<sip:proxy3;lr>,<sip:proxy4>,<sip:user@remoteua>
    
          If the first URI of the route set does not contain the lr
          parameter, the proxy indicated does not understand the routing
          mechanisms described in this document and will act as specified in
          RFC 2543, replacing the Request-URI with the first Route header
          field value it receives while forwarding the message.  Placing the
          Request-URI at the end of the Route header field preserves the
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 74]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          information in that Request-URI across the strict router (it will
          be returned to the Request-URI when the request reaches a loose-
          router).
    
       A UAC SHOULD include a Contact header field in any target refresh
       requests within a dialog, and unless there is a need to change it,
       the URI SHOULD be the same as used in previous requests within the
       dialog.  If the "secure" flag is true, that URI MUST be a SIPS URI.
       As discussed in Section 12.2.2, a Contact header field in a target
       refresh request updates the remote target URI.  This allows a UA to
       provide a new contact address, should its address change during the
       duration of the dialog.
    
       However, requests that are not target refresh requests do not affect
       the remote target URI for the dialog.
    
       The rest of the request is formed as described in Section 8.1.1.
    
       Once the request has been constructed, the address of the server is
       computed and the request is sent, using the same procedures for
       requests outside of a dialog (Section 8.1.2).
    
          The procedures in Section 8.1.2 will normally result in the
          request being sent to the address indicated by the topmost Route
          header field value or the Request-URI if no Route header field is
          present.  Subject to certain restrictions, they allow the request
          to be sent to an alternate address (such as a default outbound
          proxy not represented in the route set).
    
    12.2.1.2 Processing the Responses
    
       The UAC will receive responses to the request from the transaction
       layer.  If the client transaction returns a timeout, this is treated
       as a 408 (Request Timeout) response.
    
       The behavior of a UAC that receives a 3xx response for a request sent
       within a dialog is the same as if the request had been sent outside a
       dialog.  This behavior is described in Section 8.1.3.4.
    
          Note, however, that when the UAC tries alternative locations, it
          still uses the route set for the dialog to build the Route header
          of the request.
    
       When a UAC receives a 2xx response to a target refresh request, it
       MUST replace the dialog's remote target URI with the URI from the
       Contact header field in that response, if present.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 75]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       If the response for a request within a dialog is a 481
       (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) or a 408 (Request Timeout), the UAC
       SHOULD terminate the dialog.  A UAC SHOULD also terminate a dialog if
       no response at all is received for the request (the client
       transaction would inform the TU about the timeout.)
    
          For INVITE initiated dialogs, terminating the dialog consists of
          sending a BYE.
    
    12.2.2 UAS Behavior
    
       Requests sent within a dialog, as any other requests, are atomic.  If
       a particular request is accepted by the UAS, all the state changes
       associated with it are performed.  If the request is rejected, none
       of the state changes are performed.
    
          Note that some requests, such as INVITEs, affect several pieces of
          state.
    
       The UAS will receive the request from the transaction layer.  If the
       request has a tag in the To header field, the UAS core computes the
       dialog identifier corresponding to the request and compares it with
       existing dialogs.  If there is a match, this is a mid-dialog request.
       In that case, the UAS first applies the same processing rules for
       requests outside of a dialog, discussed in Section 8.2.
    
       If the request has a tag in the To header field, but the dialog
       identifier does not match any existing dialogs, the UAS may have
       crashed and restarted, or it may have received a request for a
       different (possibly failed) UAS (the UASs can construct the To tags
       so that a UAS can identify that the tag was for a UAS for which it is
       providing recovery).  Another possibility is that the incoming
       request has been simply misrouted.  Based on the To tag, the UAS MAY
       either accept or reject the request.  Accepting the request for
       acceptable To tags provides robustness, so that dialogs can persist
       even through crashes.  UAs wishing to support this capability must
       take into consideration some issues such as choosing monotonically
       increasing CSeq sequence numbers even across reboots, reconstructing
       the route set, and accepting out-of-range RTP timestamps and sequence
       numbers.
    
       If the UAS wishes to reject the request because it does not wish to
       recreate the dialog, it MUST respond to the request with a 481
       (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) status code and pass that to the
       server transaction.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 76]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Requests that do not change in any way the state of a dialog may be
       received within a dialog (for example, an OPTIONS request).  They are
       processed as if they had been received outside the dialog.
    
       If the remote sequence number is empty, it MUST be set to the value
       of the sequence number in the CSeq header field value in the request.
       If the remote sequence number was not empty, but the sequence number
       of the request is lower than the remote sequence number, the request
       is out of order and MUST be rejected with a 500 (Server Internal
       Error) response.  If the remote sequence number was not empty, and
       the sequence number of the request is greater than the remote
       sequence number, the request is in order.  It is possible for the
       CSeq sequence number to be higher than the remote sequence number by
       more than one.  This is not an error condition, and a UAS SHOULD be
       prepared to receive and process requests with CSeq values more than
       one higher than the previous received request.  The UAS MUST then set
       the remote sequence number to the value of the sequence number in the
       CSeq header field value in the request.
    
          If a proxy challenges a request generated by the UAC, the UAC has
          to resubmit the request with credentials.  The resubmitted request
          will have a new CSeq number.  The UAS will never see the first
          request, and thus, it will notice a gap in the CSeq number space.
          Such a gap does not represent any error condition.
    
       When a UAS receives a target refresh request, it MUST replace the
       dialog's remote target URI with the URI from the Contact header field
       in that request, if present.
    
    12.3 Termination of a Dialog
    
       Independent of the method, if a request outside of a dialog generates
       a non-2xx final response, any early dialogs created through
       provisional responses to that request are terminated.  The mechanism
       for terminating confirmed dialogs is method specific.  In this
       specification, the BYE method terminates a session and the dialog
       associated with it.  See Section 15 for details.
    
    13 Initiating a Session
    
    13.1 Overview
    
       When a user agent client desires to initiate a session (for example,
       audio, video, or a game), it formulates an INVITE request.  The
       INVITE request asks a server to establish a session.  This request
       may be forwarded by proxies, eventually arriving at one or more UAS
       that can potentially accept the invitation.  These UASs will
       frequently need to query the user about whether to accept the
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 77]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       invitation.  After some time, those UASs can accept the invitation
       (meaning the session is to be established) by sending a 2xx response.
       If the invitation is not accepted, a 3xx, 4xx, 5xx or 6xx response is
       sent, depending on the reason for the rejection.  Before sending a
       final response, the UAS can also send provisional responses (1xx) to
       advise the UAC of progress in contacting the called user.
    
       After possibly receiving one or more provisional responses, the UAC
       will get one or more 2xx responses or one non-2xx final response.
       Because of the protracted amount of time it can take to receive final
       responses to INVITE, the reliability mechanisms for INVITE
       transactions differ from those of other requests (like OPTIONS).
       Once it receives a final response, the UAC needs to send an ACK for
       every final response it receives.  The procedure for sending this ACK
       depends on the type of response.  For final responses between 300 and
       699, the ACK processing is done in the transaction layer and follows
       one set of rules (See Section 17).  For 2xx responses, the ACK is
       generated by the UAC core.
    
       A 2xx response to an INVITE establishes a session, and it also
       creates a dialog between the UA that issued the INVITE and the UA
       that generated the 2xx response.  Therefore, when multiple 2xx
       responses are received from different remote UAs (because the INVITE
       forked), each 2xx establishes a different dialog.  All these dialogs
       are part of the same call.
    
       This section provides details on the establishment of a session using
       INVITE.  A UA that supports INVITE MUST also support ACK, CANCEL and
       BYE.
    
    13.2 UAC Processing
    
    13.2.1 Creating the Initial INVITE
    
       Since the initial INVITE represents a request outside of a dialog,
       its construction follows the procedures of Section 8.1.1.  Additional
       processing is required for the specific case of INVITE.
    
       An Allow header field (Section 20.5) SHOULD be present in the INVITE.
       It indicates what methods can be invoked within a dialog, on the UA
       sending the INVITE, for the duration of the dialog.  For example, a
       UA capable of receiving INFO requests within a dialog [34] SHOULD
       include an Allow header field listing the INFO method.
    
       A Supported header field (Section 20.37) SHOULD be present in the
       INVITE.  It enumerates all the extensions understood by the UAC.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 78]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       An Accept (Section 20.1) header field MAY be present in the INVITE.
       It indicates which Content-Types are acceptable to the UA, in both
       the response received by it, and in any subsequent requests sent to
       it within dialogs established by the INVITE.  The Accept header field
       is especially useful for indicating support of various session
       description formats.
    
       The UAC MAY add an Expires header field (Section 20.19) to limit the
       validity of the invitation.  If the time indicated in the Expires
       header field is reached and no final answer for the INVITE has been
       received, the UAC core SHOULD generate a CANCEL request for the
       INVITE, as per Section 9.
    
       A UAC MAY also find it useful to add, among others, Subject (Section
       20.36), Organization (Section 20.25) and User-Agent (Section 20.41)
       header fields.  They all contain information related to the INVITE.
    
       The UAC MAY choose to add a message body to the INVITE.  Section
       8.1.1.10 deals with how to construct the header fields -- Content-
       Type among others -- needed to describe the message body.
    
       There are special rules for message bodies that contain a session
       description - their corresponding Content-Disposition is "session".
       SIP uses an offer/answer model where one UA sends a session
       description, called the offer, which contains a proposed description
       of the session.  The offer indicates the desired communications means
       (audio, video, games), parameters of those means (such as codec
       types) and addresses for receiving media from the answerer.  The
       other UA responds with another session description, called the
       answer, which indicates which communications means are accepted, the
       parameters that apply to those means, and addresses for receiving
       media from the offerer. An offer/answer exchange is within the
       context of a dialog, so that if a SIP INVITE results in multiple
       dialogs, each is a separate offer/answer exchange.  The offer/answer
       model defines restrictions on when offers and answers can be made
       (for example, you cannot make a new offer while one is in progress).
       This results in restrictions on where the offers and answers can
       appear in SIP messages.  In this specification, offers and answers
       can only appear in INVITE requests and responses, and ACK.  The usage
       of offers and answers is further restricted.  For the initial INVITE
       transaction, the rules are:
    
          o  The initial offer MUST be in either an INVITE or, if not there,
             in the first reliable non-failure message from the UAS back to
             the UAC.  In this specification, that is the final 2xx
             response.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 79]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          o  If the initial offer is in an INVITE, the answer MUST be in a
             reliable non-failure message from UAS back to UAC which is
             correlated to that INVITE.  For this specification, that is
             only the final 2xx response to that INVITE.  That same exact
             answer MAY also be placed in any provisional responses sent
             prior to the answer.  The UAC MUST treat the first session
             description it receives as the answer, and MUST ignore any
             session descriptions in subsequent responses to the initial
             INVITE.
    
          o  If the initial offer is in the first reliable non-failure
             message from the UAS back to UAC, the answer MUST be in the
             acknowledgement for that message (in this specification, ACK
             for a 2xx response).
    
          o  After having sent or received an answer to the first offer, the
             UAC MAY generate subsequent offers in requests based on rules
             specified for that method, but only if it has received answers
             to any previous offers, and has not sent any offers to which it
             hasn't gotten an answer.
    
          o  Once the UAS has sent or received an answer to the initial
             offer, it MUST NOT generate subsequent offers in any responses
             to the initial INVITE.  This means that a UAS based on this
             specification alone can never generate subsequent offers until
             completion of the initial transaction.
    
       Concretely, the above rules specify two exchanges for UAs compliant
       to this specification alone - the offer is in the INVITE, and the
       answer in the 2xx (and possibly in a 1xx as well, with the same
       value), or the offer is in the 2xx, and the answer is in the ACK.
       All user agents that support INVITE MUST support these two exchanges.
    
       The Session Description Protocol (SDP) (RFC 2327 [1]) MUST be
       supported by all user agents as a means to describe sessions, and its
       usage for constructing offers and answers MUST follow the procedures
       defined in [13].
    
       The restrictions of the offer-answer model just described only apply
       to bodies whose Content-Disposition header field value is "session".
       Therefore, it is possible that both the INVITE and the ACK contain a
       body message (for example, the INVITE carries a photo (Content-
       Disposition: render) and the ACK a session description (Content-
       Disposition: session)).
    
       If the Content-Disposition header field is missing, bodies of
       Content-Type application/sdp imply the disposition "session", while
       other content types imply "render".
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 80]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Once the INVITE has been created, the UAC follows the procedures
       defined for sending requests outside of a dialog (Section 8).  This
       results in the construction of a client transaction that will
       ultimately send the request and deliver responses to the UAC.
    
    13.2.2 Processing INVITE Responses
    
       Once the INVITE has been passed to the INVITE client transaction, the
       UAC waits for responses for the INVITE.  If the INVITE client
       transaction returns a timeout rather than a response the TU acts as
       if a 408 (Request Timeout) response had been received, as described
       in Section 8.1.3.
    
    13.2.2.1 1xx Responses
    
       Zero, one or multiple provisional responses may arrive before one or
       more final responses are received.  Provisional responses for an
       INVITE request can create "early dialogs".  If a provisional response
       has a tag in the To field, and if the dialog ID of the response does
       not match an existing dialog, one is constructed using the procedures
       defined in Section 12.1.2.
    
       The early dialog will only be needed if the UAC needs to send a
       request to its peer within the dialog before the initial INVITE
       transaction completes.  Header fields present in a provisional
       response are applicable as long as the dialog is in the early state
       (for example, an Allow header field in a provisional response
       contains the methods that can be used in the dialog while this is in
       the early state).
    
    13.2.2.2 3xx Responses
    
       A 3xx response may contain one or more Contact header field values
       providing new addresses where the callee might be reachable.
       Depending on the status code of the 3xx response (see Section 21.3),
       the UAC MAY choose to try those new addresses.
    
    13.2.2.3 4xx, 5xx and 6xx Responses
    
       A single non-2xx final response may be received for the INVITE.  4xx,
       5xx and 6xx responses may contain a Contact header field value
       indicating the location where additional information about the error
       can be found.  Subsequent final responses (which would only arrive
       under error conditions) MUST be ignored.
    
       All early dialogs are considered terminated upon reception of the
       non-2xx final response.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 81]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       After having received the non-2xx final response the UAC core
       considers the INVITE transaction completed.  The INVITE client
       transaction handles the generation of ACKs for the response (see
       Section 17).
    
    13.2.2.4 2xx Responses
    
       Multiple 2xx responses may arrive at the UAC for a single INVITE
       request due to a forking proxy.  Each response is distinguished by
       the tag parameter in the To header field, and each represents a
       distinct dialog, with a distinct dialog identifier.
    
       If the dialog identifier in the 2xx response matches the dialog
       identifier of an existing dialog, the dialog MUST be transitioned to
       the "confirmed" state, and the route set for the dialog MUST be
       recomputed based on the 2xx response using the procedures of Section
       12.2.1.2.  Otherwise, a new dialog in the "confirmed" state MUST be
       constructed using the procedures of Section 12.1.2.
    
          Note that the only piece of state that is recomputed is the route
          set.  Other pieces of state such as the highest sequence numbers
          (remote and local) sent within the dialog are not recomputed.  The
          route set only is recomputed for backwards compatibility.  RFC
          2543 did not mandate mirroring of the Record-Route header field in
          a 1xx, only 2xx.  However, we cannot update the entire state of
          the dialog, since mid-dialog requests may have been sent within
          the early dialog, modifying the sequence numbers, for example.
    
       The UAC core MUST generate an ACK request for each 2xx received from
       the transaction layer.  The header fields of the ACK are constructed
       in the same way as for any request sent within a dialog (see Section
       12) with the exception of the CSeq and the header fields related to
       authentication.  The sequence number of the CSeq header field MUST be
       the same as the INVITE being acknowledged, but the CSeq method MUST
       be ACK.  The ACK MUST contain the same credentials as the INVITE.  If
       the 2xx contains an offer (based on the rules above), the ACK MUST
       carry an answer in its body.  If the offer in the 2xx response is not
       acceptable, the UAC core MUST generate a valid answer in the ACK and
       then send a BYE immediately.
    
       Once the ACK has been constructed, the procedures of [4] are used to
       determine the destination address, port and transport.  However, the
       request is passed to the transport layer directly for transmission,
       rather than a client transaction.  This is because the UAC core
       handles retransmissions of the ACK, not the transaction layer.  The
       ACK MUST be passed to the client transport every time a
       retransmission of the 2xx final response that triggered the ACK
       arrives.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 82]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The UAC core considers the INVITE transaction completed 64*T1 seconds
       after the reception of the first 2xx response.  At this point all the
       early dialogs that have not transitioned to established dialogs are
       terminated.  Once the INVITE transaction is considered completed by
       the UAC core, no more new 2xx responses are expected to arrive.
    
       If, after acknowledging any 2xx response to an INVITE, the UAC does
       not want to continue with that dialog, then the UAC MUST terminate
       the dialog by sending a BYE request as described in Section 15.
    
    13.3 UAS Processing
    
    13.3.1 Processing of the INVITE
    
       The UAS core will receive INVITE requests from the transaction layer.
       It first performs the request processing procedures of Section 8.2,
       which are applied for both requests inside and outside of a dialog.
    
       Assuming these processing states are completed without generating a
       response, the UAS core performs the additional processing steps:
    
          1. If the request is an INVITE that contains an Expires header
             field, the UAS core sets a timer for the number of seconds
             indicated in the header field value.  When the timer fires, the
             invitation is considered to be expired.  If the invitation
             expires before the UAS has generated a final response, a 487
             (Request Terminated) response SHOULD be generated.
    
          2. If the request is a mid-dialog request, the method-independent
             processing described in Section 12.2.2 is first applied.  It
             might also modify the session; Section 14 provides details.
    
          3. If the request has a tag in the To header field but the dialog
             identifier does not match any of the existing dialogs, the UAS
             may have crashed and restarted, or may have received a request
             for a different (possibly failed) UAS.  Section 12.2.2 provides
             guidelines to achieve a robust behavior under such a situation.
    
       Processing from here forward assumes that the INVITE is outside of a
       dialog, and is thus for the purposes of establishing a new session.
    
       The INVITE may contain a session description, in which case the UAS
       is being presented with an offer for that session.  It is possible
       that the user is already a participant in that session, even though
       the INVITE is outside of a dialog.  This can happen when a user is
       invited to the same multicast conference by multiple other
       participants.  If desired, the UAS MAY use identifiers within the
       session description to detect this duplication.  For example, SDP
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 83]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       contains a session id and version number in the origin (o) field.  If
       the user is already a member of the session, and the session
       parameters contained in the session description have not changed, the
       UAS MAY silently accept the INVITE (that is, send a 2xx response
       without prompting the user).
    
       If the INVITE does not contain a session description, the UAS is
       being asked to participate in a session, and the UAC has asked that
       the UAS provide the offer of the session.  It MUST provide the offer
       in its first non-failure reliable message back to the UAC.  In this
       specification, that is a 2xx response to the INVITE.
    
       The UAS can indicate progress, accept, redirect, or reject the
       invitation.  In all of these cases, it formulates a response using
       the procedures described in Section 8.2.6.
    
    13.3.1.1 Progress
    
       If the UAS is not able to answer the invitation immediately, it can
       choose to indicate some kind of progress to the UAC (for example, an
       indication that a phone is ringing).  This is accomplished with a
       provisional response between 101 and 199.  These provisional
       responses establish early dialogs and therefore follow the procedures
       of Section 12.1.1 in addition to those of Section 8.2.6.  A UAS MAY
       send as many provisional responses as it likes.  Each of these MUST
       indicate the same dialog ID.  However, these will not be delivered
       reliably.
    
       If the UAS desires an extended period of time to answer the INVITE,
       it will need to ask for an "extension" in order to prevent proxies
       from canceling the transaction.  A proxy has the option of canceling
       a transaction when there is a gap of 3 minutes between responses in a
       transaction.  To prevent cancellation, the UAS MUST send a non-100
       provisional response at every minute, to handle the possibility of
       lost provisional responses.
    
          An INVITE transaction can go on for extended durations when the
          user is placed on hold, or when interworking with PSTN systems
          which allow communications to take place without answering the
          call.  The latter is common in Interactive Voice Response (IVR)
          systems.
    
    13.3.1.2 The INVITE is Redirected
    
       If the UAS decides to redirect the call, a 3xx response is sent.  A
       300 (Multiple Choices), 301 (Moved Permanently) or 302 (Moved
       Temporarily) response SHOULD contain a Contact header field
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 84]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       containing one or more URIs of new addresses to be tried.  The
       response is passed to the INVITE server transaction, which will deal
       with its retransmissions.
    
    13.3.1.3 The INVITE is Rejected
    
       A common scenario occurs when the callee is currently not willing or
       able to take additional calls at this end system.  A 486 (Busy Here)
       SHOULD be returned in such a scenario.  If the UAS knows that no
       other end system will be able to accept this call, a 600 (Busy
       Everywhere) response SHOULD be sent instead.  However, it is unlikely
       that a UAS will be able to know this in general, and thus this
       response will not usually be used.  The response is passed to the
       INVITE server transaction, which will deal with its retransmissions.
    
       A UAS rejecting an offer contained in an INVITE SHOULD return a 488
       (Not Acceptable Here) response.  Such a response SHOULD include a
       Warning header field value explaining why the offer was rejected.
    
    13.3.1.4 The INVITE is Accepted
    
       The UAS core generates a 2xx response.  This response establishes a
       dialog, and therefore follows the procedures of Section 12.1.1 in
       addition to those of Section 8.2.6.
    
       A 2xx response to an INVITE SHOULD contain the Allow header field and
       the Supported header field, and MAY contain the Accept header field.
       Including these header fields allows the UAC to determine the
       features and extensions supported by the UAS for the duration of the
       call, without probing.
    
       If the INVITE request contained an offer, and the UAS had not yet
       sent an answer, the 2xx MUST contain an answer.  If the INVITE did
       not contain an offer, the 2xx MUST contain an offer if the UAS had
       not yet sent an offer.
    
       Once the response has been constructed, it is passed to the INVITE
       server transaction.  Note, however, that the INVITE server
       transaction will be destroyed as soon as it receives this final
       response and passes it to the transport.  Therefore, it is necessary
       to periodically pass the response directly to the transport until the
       ACK arrives.  The 2xx response is passed to the transport with an
       interval that starts at T1 seconds and doubles for each
       retransmission until it reaches T2 seconds (T1 and T2 are defined in
       Section 17).  Response retransmissions cease when an ACK request for
       the response is received.  This is independent of whatever transport
       protocols are used to send the response.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 85]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Since 2xx is retransmitted end-to-end, there may be hops between
          UAS and UAC that are UDP.  To ensure reliable delivery across
          these hops, the response is retransmitted periodically even if the
          transport at the UAS is reliable.
    
       If the server retransmits the 2xx response for 64*T1 seconds without
       receiving an ACK, the dialog is confirmed, but the session SHOULD be
       terminated.  This is accomplished with a BYE, as described in Section
       15.
    
    14 Modifying an Existing Session
    
       A successful INVITE request (see Section 13) establishes both a
       dialog between two user agents and a session using the offer-answer
       model.  Section 12 explains how to modify an existing dialog using a
       target refresh request (for example, changing the remote target URI
       of the dialog).  This section describes how to modify the actual
       session.  This modification can involve changing addresses or ports,
       adding a media stream, deleting a media stream, and so on.  This is
       accomplished by sending a new INVITE request within the same dialog
       that established the session.  An INVITE request sent within an
       existing dialog is known as a re-INVITE.
    
          Note that a single re-INVITE can modify the dialog and the
          parameters of the session at the same time.
    
       Either the caller or callee can modify an existing session.
    
       The behavior of a UA on detection of media failure is a matter of
       local policy.  However, automated generation of re-INVITE or BYE is
       NOT RECOMMENDED to avoid flooding the network with traffic when there
       is congestion.  In any case, if these messages are sent
       automatically, they SHOULD be sent after some randomized interval.
    
          Note that the paragraph above refers to automatically generated
          BYEs and re-INVITEs.  If the user hangs up upon media failure, the
          UA would send a BYE request as usual.
    
    14.1 UAC Behavior
    
       The same offer-answer model that applies to session descriptions in
       INVITEs (Section 13.2.1) applies to re-INVITEs.  As a result, a UAC
       that wants to add a media stream, for example, will create a new
       offer that contains this media stream, and send that in an INVITE
       request to its peer.  It is important to note that the full
       description of the session, not just the change, is sent.  This
       supports stateless session processing in various elements, and
       supports failover and recovery capabilities.  Of course, a UAC MAY
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 86]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       send a re-INVITE with no session description, in which case the first
       reliable non-failure response to the re-INVITE will contain the offer
       (in this specification, that is a 2xx response).
    
       If the session description format has the capability for version
       numbers, the offerer SHOULD indicate that the version of the session
       description has changed.
    
       The To, From, Call-ID, CSeq, and Request-URI of a re-INVITE are set
       following the same rules as for regular requests within an existing
       dialog, described in Section 12.
    
       A UAC MAY choose not to add an Alert-Info header field or a body with
       Content-Disposition "alert" to re-INVITEs because UASs do not
       typically alert the user upon reception of a re-INVITE.
    
       Unlike an INVITE, which can fork, a re-INVITE will never fork, and
       therefore, only ever generate a single final response.  The reason a
       re-INVITE will never fork is that the Request-URI identifies the
       target as the UA instance it established the dialog with, rather than
       identifying an address-of-record for the user.
    
       Note that a UAC MUST NOT initiate a new INVITE transaction within a
       dialog while another INVITE transaction is in progress in either
       direction.
    
          1. If there is an ongoing INVITE client transaction, the TU MUST
             wait until the transaction reaches the completed or terminated
             state before initiating the new INVITE.
    
          2. If there is an ongoing INVITE server transaction, the TU MUST
             wait until the transaction reaches the confirmed or terminated
             state before initiating the new INVITE.
    
       However, a UA MAY initiate a regular transaction while an INVITE
       transaction is in progress.  A UA MAY also initiate an INVITE
       transaction while a regular transaction is in progress.
    
       If a UA receives a non-2xx final response to a re-INVITE, the session
       parameters MUST remain unchanged, as if no re-INVITE had been issued.
       Note that, as stated in Section 12.2.1.2, if the non-2xx final
       response is a 481 (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist), or a 408
       (Request Timeout), or no response at all is received for the re-
       INVITE (that is, a timeout is returned by the INVITE client
       transaction), the UAC will terminate the dialog.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 87]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       If a UAC receives a 491 response to a re-INVITE, it SHOULD start a
       timer with a value T chosen as follows:
    
          1. If the UAC is the owner of the Call-ID of the dialog ID
             (meaning it generated the value), T has a randomly chosen value
             between 2.1 and 4 seconds in units of 10 ms.
    
          2. If the UAC is not the owner of the Call-ID of the dialog ID, T
             has a randomly chosen value of between 0 and 2 seconds in units
             of 10 ms.
    
       When the timer fires, the UAC SHOULD attempt the re-INVITE once more,
       if it still desires for that session modification to take place.  For
       example, if the call was already hung up with a BYE, the re-INVITE
       would not take place.
    
       The rules for transmitting a re-INVITE and for generating an ACK for
       a 2xx response to re-INVITE are the same as for the initial INVITE
       (Section 13.2.1).
    
    14.2 UAS Behavior
    
       Section 13.3.1 describes the procedure for distinguishing incoming
       re-INVITEs from incoming initial INVITEs and handling a re-INVITE for
       an existing dialog.
    
       A UAS that receives a second INVITE before it sends the final
       response to a first INVITE with a lower CSeq sequence number on the
       same dialog MUST return a 500 (Server Internal Error) response to the
       second INVITE and MUST include a Retry-After header field with a
       randomly chosen value of between 0 and 10 seconds.
    
       A UAS that receives an INVITE on a dialog while an INVITE it had sent
       on that dialog is in progress MUST return a 491 (Request Pending)
       response to the received INVITE.
    
       If a UA receives a re-INVITE for an existing dialog, it MUST check
       any version identifiers in the session description or, if there are
       no version identifiers, the content of the session description to see
       if it has changed.  If the session description has changed, the UAS
       MUST adjust the session parameters accordingly, possibly after asking
       the user for confirmation.
    
          Versioning of the session description can be used to accommodate
          the capabilities of new arrivals to a conference, add or delete
          media, or change from a unicast to a multicast conference.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 88]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       If the new session description is not acceptable, the UAS can reject
       it by returning a 488 (Not Acceptable Here) response for the re-
       INVITE.  This response SHOULD include a Warning header field.
    
       If a UAS generates a 2xx response and never receives an ACK, it
       SHOULD generate a BYE to terminate the dialog.
    
       A UAS MAY choose not to generate 180 (Ringing) responses for a re-
       INVITE because UACs do not typically render this information to the
       user.  For the same reason, UASs MAY choose not to use an Alert-Info
       header field or a body with Content-Disposition "alert" in responses
       to a re-INVITE.
    
       A UAS providing an offer in a 2xx (because the INVITE did not contain
       an offer) SHOULD construct the offer as if the UAS were making a
       brand new call, subject to the constraints of sending an offer that
       updates an existing session, as described in [13] in the case of SDP.
       Specifically, this means that it SHOULD include as many media formats
       and media types that the UA is willing to support.  The UAS MUST
       ensure that the session description overlaps with its previous
       session description in media formats, transports, or other parameters
       that require support from the peer.  This is to avoid the need for
       the peer to reject the session description.  If, however, it is
       unacceptable to the UAC, the UAC SHOULD generate an answer with a
       valid session description, and then send a BYE to terminate the
       session.
    
    15 Terminating a Session
    
       This section describes the procedures for terminating a session
       established by SIP.  The state of the session and the state of the
       dialog are very closely related.  When a session is initiated with an
       INVITE, each 1xx or 2xx response from a distinct UAS creates a
       dialog, and if that response completes the offer/answer exchange, it
       also creates a session.  As a result, each session is "associated"
       with a single dialog - the one which resulted in its creation.  If an
       initial INVITE generates a non-2xx final response, that terminates
       all sessions (if any) and all dialogs (if any) that were created
       through responses to the request.  By virtue of completing the
       transaction, a non-2xx final response also prevents further sessions
       from being created as a result of the INVITE.  The BYE request is
       used to terminate a specific session or attempted session.  In this
       case, the specific session is the one with the peer UA on the other
       side of the dialog.  When a BYE is received on a dialog, any session
       associated with that dialog SHOULD terminate.  A UA MUST NOT send a
       BYE outside of a dialog.  The caller's UA MAY send a BYE for either
       confirmed or early dialogs, and the callee's UA MAY send a BYE on
       confirmed dialogs, but MUST NOT send a BYE on early dialogs.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 89]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       However, the callee's UA MUST NOT send a BYE on a confirmed dialog
       until it has received an ACK for its 2xx response or until the server
       transaction times out.  If no SIP extensions have defined other
       application layer states associated with the dialog, the BYE also
       terminates the dialog.
    
       The impact of a non-2xx final response to INVITE on dialogs and
       sessions makes the use of CANCEL attractive.  The CANCEL attempts to
       force a non-2xx response to the INVITE (in particular, a 487).
       Therefore, if a UAC wishes to give up on its call attempt entirely,
       it can send a CANCEL.  If the INVITE results in 2xx final response(s)
       to the INVITE, this means that a UAS accepted the invitation while
       the CANCEL was in progress.  The UAC MAY continue with the sessions
       established by any 2xx responses, or MAY terminate them with BYE.
    
          The notion of "hanging up" is not well defined within SIP.  It is
          specific to a particular, albeit common, user interface.
          Typically, when the user hangs up, it indicates a desire to
          terminate the attempt to establish a session, and to terminate any
          sessions already created.  For the caller's UA, this would imply a
          CANCEL request if the initial INVITE has not generated a final
          response, and a BYE to all confirmed dialogs after a final
          response.  For the callee's UA, it would typically imply a BYE;
          presumably, when the user picked up the phone, a 2xx was
          generated, and so hanging up would result in a BYE after the ACK
          is received.  This does not mean a user cannot hang up before
          receipt of the ACK, it just means that the software in his phone
          needs to maintain state for a short while in order to clean up
          properly.  If the particular UI allows for the user to reject a
          call before its answered, a 403 (Forbidden) is a good way to
          express that.  As per the rules above, a BYE can't be sent.
    
    15.1 Terminating a Session with a BYE Request
    
    15.1.1 UAC Behavior
    
       A BYE request is constructed as would any other request within a
       dialog, as described in Section 12.
    
       Once the BYE is constructed, the UAC core creates a new non-INVITE
       client transaction, and passes it the BYE request.  The UAC MUST
       consider the session terminated (and therefore stop sending or
       listening for media) as soon as the BYE request is passed to the
       client transaction.  If the response for the BYE is a 481
       (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) or a 408 (Request Timeout) or no
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 90]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       response at all is received for the BYE (that is, a timeout is
       returned by the client transaction), the UAC MUST consider the
       session and the dialog terminated.
    
    15.1.2 UAS Behavior
    
       A UAS first processes the BYE request according to the general UAS
       processing described in Section 8.2.  A UAS core receiving a BYE
       request checks if it matches an existing dialog.  If the BYE does not
       match an existing dialog, the UAS core SHOULD generate a 481
       (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) response and pass that to the
       server transaction.
    
          This rule means that a BYE sent without tags by a UAC will be
          rejected.  This is a change from RFC 2543, which allowed BYE
          without tags.
    
       A UAS core receiving a BYE request for an existing dialog MUST follow
       the procedures of Section 12.2.2 to process the request.  Once done,
       the UAS SHOULD terminate the session (and therefore stop sending and
       listening for media).  The only case where it can elect not to are
       multicast sessions, where participation is possible even if the other
       participant in the dialog has terminated its involvement in the
       session.  Whether or not it ends its participation on the session,
       the UAS core MUST generate a 2xx response to the BYE, and MUST pass
       that to the server transaction for transmission.
    
       The UAS MUST still respond to any pending requests received for that
       dialog.  It is RECOMMENDED that a 487 (Request Terminated) response
       be generated to those pending requests.
    
    16 Proxy Behavior
    
    16.1 Overview
    
       SIP proxies are elements that route SIP requests to user agent
       servers and SIP responses to user agent clients.  A request may
       traverse several proxies on its way to a UAS.  Each will make routing
       decisions, modifying the request before forwarding it to the next
       element.  Responses will route through the same set of proxies
       traversed by the request in the reverse order.
    
       Being a proxy is a logical role for a SIP element.  When a request
       arrives, an element that can play the role of a proxy first decides
       if it needs to respond to the request on its own.  For instance, the
       request may be malformed or the element may need credentials from the
       client before acting as a proxy.  The element MAY respond with any
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 91]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       appropriate error code.  When responding directly to a request, the
       element is playing the role of a UAS and MUST behave as described in
       Section 8.2.
    
       A proxy can operate in either a stateful or stateless mode for each
       new request.  When stateless, a proxy acts as a simple forwarding
       element.  It forwards each request downstream to a single element
       determined by making a targeting and routing decision based on the
       request.  It simply forwards every response it receives upstream.  A
       stateless proxy discards information about a message once the message
       has been forwarded.  A stateful proxy remembers information
       (specifically, transaction state) about each incoming request and any
       requests it sends as a result of processing the incoming request.  It
       uses this information to affect the processing of future messages
       associated with that request.  A stateful proxy MAY choose to "fork"
       a request, routing it to multiple destinations.  Any request that is
       forwarded to more than one location MUST be handled statefully.
    
       In some circumstances, a proxy MAY forward requests using stateful
       transports (such as TCP) without being transaction-stateful.  For
       instance, a proxy MAY forward a request from one TCP connection to
       another transaction statelessly as long as it places enough
       information in the message to be able to forward the response down
       the same connection the request arrived on.  Requests forwarded
       between different types of transports where the proxy's TU must take
       an active role in ensuring reliable delivery on one of the transports
       MUST be forwarded transaction statefully.
    
       A stateful proxy MAY transition to stateless operation at any time
       during the processing of a request, so long as it did not do anything
       that would otherwise prevent it from being stateless initially
       (forking, for example, or generation of a 100 response).  When
       performing such a transition, all state is simply discarded.  The
       proxy SHOULD NOT initiate a CANCEL request.
    
       Much of the processing involved when acting statelessly or statefully
       for a request is identical.  The next several subsections are written
       from the point of view of a stateful proxy.  The last section calls
       out those places where a stateless proxy behaves differently.
    
    16.2 Stateful Proxy
    
       When stateful, a proxy is purely a SIP transaction processing engine.
       Its behavior is modeled here in terms of the server and client
       transactions defined in Section 17.  A stateful proxy has a server
       transaction associated with one or more client transactions by a
       higher layer proxy processing component (see figure 3), known as a
       proxy core.  An incoming request is processed by a server
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 92]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       transaction.  Requests from the server transaction are passed to a
       proxy core.  The proxy core determines where to route the request,
       choosing one or more next-hop locations.  An outgoing request for
       each next-hop location is processed by its own associated client
       transaction.  The proxy core collects the responses from the client
       transactions and uses them to send responses to the server
       transaction.
    
       A stateful proxy creates a new server transaction for each new
       request received.  Any retransmissions of the request will then be
       handled by that server transaction per Section 17.  The proxy core
       MUST behave as a UAS with respect to sending an immediate provisional
       on that server transaction (such as 100 Trying) as described in
       Section 8.2.6.  Thus, a stateful proxy SHOULD NOT generate 100
       (Trying) responses to non-INVITE requests.
    
       This is a model of proxy behavior, not of software.  An
       implementation is free to take any approach that replicates the
       external behavior this model defines.
    
       For all new requests, including any with unknown methods, an element
       intending to proxy the request MUST:
    
          1. Validate the request (Section 16.3)
    
          2. Preprocess routing information (Section 16.4)
    
          3. Determine target(s) for the request (Section 16.5)
    
                +--------------------+
                |                    | +---+
                |                    | | C |
                |                    | | T |
                |                    | +---+
          +---+ |       Proxy        | +---+   CT = Client Transaction
          | S | |  "Higher" Layer    | | C |
          | T | |                    | | T |   ST = Server Transaction
          +---+ |                    | +---+
                |                    | +---+
                |                    | | C |
                |                    | | T |
                |                    | +---+
                +--------------------+
    
                   Figure 3: Stateful Proxy Model
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 93]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          4. Forward the request to each target (Section 16.6)
    
          5. Process all responses (Section 16.7)
    
    16.3 Request Validation
    
       Before an element can proxy a request, it MUST verify the message's
       validity.  A valid message must pass the following checks:
    
          1. Reasonable Syntax
    
          2. URI scheme
    
          3. Max-Forwards
    
          4. (Optional) Loop Detection
    
          5. Proxy-Require
    
          6. Proxy-Authorization
    
       If any of these checks fail, the element MUST behave as a user agent
       server (see Section 8.2) and respond with an error code.
    
       Notice that a proxy is not required to detect merged requests and
       MUST NOT treat merged requests as an error condition.  The endpoints
       receiving the requests will resolve the merge as described in Section
       8.2.2.2.
    
       1. Reasonable syntax check
    
          The request MUST be well-formed enough to be handled with a server
          transaction.  Any components involved in the remainder of these
          Request Validation steps or the Request Forwarding section MUST be
          well-formed.  Any other components, well-formed or not, SHOULD be
          ignored and remain unchanged when the message is forwarded.  For
          instance, an element would not reject a request because of a
          malformed Date header field.  Likewise, a proxy would not remove a
          malformed Date header field before forwarding a request.
    
          This protocol is designed to be extended.  Future extensions may
          define new methods and header fields at any time.  An element MUST
          NOT refuse to proxy a request because it contains a method or
          header field it does not know about.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 94]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       2. URI scheme check
    
          If the Request-URI has a URI whose scheme is not understood by the
          proxy, the proxy SHOULD reject the request with a 416 (Unsupported
          URI Scheme) response.
    
       3. Max-Forwards check
    
          The Max-Forwards header field (Section 20.22) is used to limit the
          number of elements a SIP request can traverse.
    
          If the request does not contain a Max-Forwards header field, this
          check is passed.
    
          If the request contains a Max-Forwards header field with a field
          value greater than zero, the check is passed.
    
          If the request contains a Max-Forwards header field with a field
          value of zero (0), the element MUST NOT forward the request.  If
          the request was for OPTIONS, the element MAY act as the final
          recipient and respond per Section 11.  Otherwise, the element MUST
          return a 483 (Too many hops) response.
    
       4. Optional Loop Detection check
    
          An element MAY check for forwarding loops before forwarding a
          request.  If the request contains a Via header field with a sent-
          by value that equals a value placed into previous requests by the
          proxy, the request has been forwarded by this element before.  The
          request has either looped or is legitimately spiraling through the
          element.  To determine if the request has looped, the element MAY
          perform the branch parameter calculation described in Step 8 of
          Section 16.6 on this message and compare it to the parameter
          received in that Via header field.  If the parameters match, the
          request has looped.  If they differ, the request is spiraling, and
          processing continues.  If a loop is detected, the element MAY
          return a 482 (Loop Detected) response.
    
       5. Proxy-Require check
    
          Future extensions to this protocol may introduce features that
          require special handling by proxies.  Endpoints will include a
          Proxy-Require header field in requests that use these features,
          telling the proxy not to process the request unless the feature is
          understood.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 95]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          If the request contains a Proxy-Require header field (Section
          20.29) with one or more option-tags this element does not
          understand, the element MUST return a 420 (Bad Extension)
          response.  The response MUST include an Unsupported (Section
          20.40) header field listing those option-tags the element did not
          understand.
    
       6. Proxy-Authorization check
    
          If an element requires credentials before forwarding a request,
          the request MUST be inspected as described in Section 22.3.  That
          section also defines what the element must do if the inspection
          fails.
    
    16.4 Route Information Preprocessing
    
       The proxy MUST inspect the Request-URI of the request.  If the
       Request-URI of the request contains a value this proxy previously
       placed into a Record-Route header field (see Section 16.6 item 4),
       the proxy MUST replace the Request-URI in the request with the last
       value from the Route header field, and remove that value from the
       Route header field.  The proxy MUST then proceed as if it received
       this modified request.
    
          This will only happen when the element sending the request to the
          proxy (which may have been an endpoint) is a strict router.  This
          rewrite on receive is necessary to enable backwards compatibility
          with those elements.  It also allows elements following this
          specification to preserve the Request-URI through strict-routing
          proxies (see Section 12.2.1.1).
    
          This requirement does not obligate a proxy to keep state in order
          to detect URIs it previously placed in Record-Route header fields.
          Instead, a proxy need only place enough information in those URIs
          to recognize them as values it provided when they later appear.
    
       If the Request-URI contains a maddr parameter, the proxy MUST check
       to see if its value is in the set of addresses or domains the proxy
       is configured to be responsible for.  If the Request-URI has a maddr
       parameter with a value the proxy is responsible for, and the request
       was received using the port and transport indicated (explicitly or by
       default) in the Request-URI, the proxy MUST strip the maddr and any
       non-default port or transport parameter and continue processing as if
       those values had not been present in the request.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 96]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          A request may arrive with a maddr matching the proxy, but on a
          port or transport different from that indicated in the URI.  Such
          a request needs to be forwarded to the proxy using the indicated
          port and transport.
    
       If the first value in the Route header field indicates this proxy,
       the proxy MUST remove that value from the request.
    
    16.5 Determining Request Targets
    
       Next, the proxy calculates the target(s) of the request.  The set of
       targets will either be predetermined by the contents of the request
       or will be obtained from an abstract location service.  Each target
       in the set is represented as a URI.
    
       If the Request-URI of the request contains an maddr parameter, the
       Request-URI MUST be placed into the target set as the only target
       URI, and the proxy MUST proceed to Section 16.6.
    
       If the domain of the Request-URI indicates a domain this element is
       not responsible for, the Request-URI MUST be placed into the target
       set as the only target, and the element MUST proceed to the task of
       Request Forwarding (Section 16.6).
    
          There are many circumstances in which a proxy might receive a
          request for a domain it is not responsible for.  A firewall proxy
          handling outgoing calls (the way HTTP proxies handle outgoing
          requests) is an example of where this is likely to occur.
    
       If the target set for the request has not been predetermined as
       described above, this implies that the element is responsible for the
       domain in the Request-URI, and the element MAY use whatever mechanism
       it desires to determine where to send the request.  Any of these
       mechanisms can be modeled as accessing an abstract Location Service.
       This may consist of obtaining information from a location service
       created by a SIP Registrar, reading a database, consulting a presence
       server, utilizing other protocols, or simply performing an
       algorithmic substitution on the Request-URI.  When accessing the
       location service constructed by a registrar, the Request-URI MUST
       first be canonicalized as described in Section 10.3 before being used
       as an index.  The output of these mechanisms is used to construct the
       target set.
    
       If the Request-URI does not provide sufficient information for the
       proxy to determine the target set, it SHOULD return a 485 (Ambiguous)
       response.  This response SHOULD contain a Contact header field
       containing URIs of new addresses to be tried.  For example, an INVITE
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 97]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       to sip:John.Smith@company.com may be ambiguous at a proxy whose
       location service has multiple John Smiths listed.  See Section
       21.4.23 for details.
    
       Any information in or about the request or the current environment of
       the element MAY be used in the construction of the target set.  For
       instance, different sets may be constructed depending on contents or
       the presence of header fields and bodies, the time of day of the
       request's arrival, the interface on which the request arrived,
       failure of previous requests, or even the element's current level of
       utilization.
    
       As potential targets are located through these services, their URIs
       are added to the target set.  Targets can only be placed in the
       target set once.  If a target URI is already present in the set
       (based on the definition of equality for the URI type), it MUST NOT
       be added again.
    
       A proxy MUST NOT add additional targets to the target set if the
       Request-URI of the original request does not indicate a resource this
       proxy is responsible for.
    
          A proxy can only change the Request-URI of a request during
          forwarding if it is responsible for that URI.  If the proxy is not
          responsible for that URI, it will not recurse on 3xx or 416
          responses as described below.
    
       If the Request-URI of the original request indicates a resource this
       proxy is responsible for, the proxy MAY continue to add targets to
       the set after beginning Request Forwarding.  It MAY use any
       information obtained during that processing to determine new targets.
       For instance, a proxy may choose to incorporate contacts obtained in
       a redirect response (3xx) into the target set.  If a proxy uses a
       dynamic source of information while building the target set (for
       instance, if it consults a SIP Registrar), it SHOULD monitor that
       source for the duration of processing the request.  New locations
       SHOULD be added to the target set as they become available.  As
       above, any given URI MUST NOT be added to the set more than once.
    
          Allowing a URI to be added to the set only once reduces
          unnecessary network traffic, and in the case of incorporating
          contacts from redirect requests prevents infinite recursion.
    
       For example, a trivial location service is a "no-op", where the
       target URI is equal to the incoming request URI.  The request is sent
       to a specific next hop proxy for further processing.  During request
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 98]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       forwarding of Section 16.6, Item 6, the identity of that next hop,
       expressed as a SIP or SIPS URI, is inserted as the top-most Route
       header field value into the request.
    
       If the Request-URI indicates a resource at this proxy that does not
       exist, the proxy MUST return a 404 (Not Found) response.
    
       If the target set remains empty after applying all of the above, the
       proxy MUST return an error response, which SHOULD be the 480
       (Temporarily Unavailable) response.
    
    16.6 Request Forwarding
    
       As soon as the target set is non-empty, a proxy MAY begin forwarding
       the request.  A stateful proxy MAY process the set in any order.  It
       MAY process multiple targets serially, allowing each client
       transaction to complete before starting the next.  It MAY start
       client transactions with every target in parallel.  It also MAY
       arbitrarily divide the set into groups, processing the groups
       serially and processing the targets in each group in parallel.
    
       A common ordering mechanism is to use the qvalue parameter of targets
       obtained from Contact header fields (see Section 20.10).  Targets are
       processed from highest qvalue to lowest.  Targets with equal qvalues
       may be processed in parallel.
    
       A stateful proxy must have a mechanism to maintain the target set as
       responses are received and associate the responses to each forwarded
       request with the original request.  For the purposes of this model,
       this mechanism is a "response context" created by the proxy layer
       before forwarding the first request.
    
       For each target, the proxy forwards the request following these
       steps:
    
          1.  Make a copy of the received request
    
          2.  Update the Request-URI
    
          3.  Update the Max-Forwards header field
    
          4.  Optionally add a Record-route header field value
    
          5.  Optionally add additional header fields
    
          6.  Postprocess routing information
    
          7.  Determine the next-hop address, port, and transport
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                    [Page 99]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          8.  Add a Via header field value
    
          9.  Add a Content-Length header field if necessary
    
          10. Forward the new request
    
          11. Set timer C
    
       Each of these steps is detailed below:
    
          1. Copy request
    
             The proxy starts with a copy of the received request.  The copy
             MUST initially contain all of the header fields from the
             received request.  Fields not detailed in the processing
             described below MUST NOT be removed.  The copy SHOULD maintain
             the ordering of the header fields as in the received request.
             The proxy MUST NOT reorder field values with a common field
             name (See Section 7.3.1).  The proxy MUST NOT add to, modify,
             or remove the message body.
    
             An actual implementation need not perform a copy; the primary
             requirement is that the processing for each next hop begin with
             the same request.
    
          2. Request-URI
    
             The Request-URI in the copy's start line MUST be replaced with
             the URI for this target.  If the URI contains any parameters
             not allowed in a Request-URI, they MUST be removed.
    
             This is the essence of a proxy's role.  This is the mechanism
             through which a proxy routes a request toward its destination.
    
             In some circumstances, the received Request-URI is placed into
             the target set without being modified.  For that target, the
             replacement above is effectively a no-op.
    
          3. Max-Forwards
    
             If the copy contains a Max-Forwards header field, the proxy
             MUST decrement its value by one (1).
    
             If the copy does not contain a Max-Forwards header field, the
             proxy MUST add one with a field value, which SHOULD be 70.
    
             Some existing UAs will not provide a Max-Forwards header field
             in a request.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 100]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          4. Record-Route
    
             If this proxy wishes to remain on the path of future requests
             in a dialog created by this request (assuming the request
             creates a dialog), it MUST insert a Record-Route header field
             value into the copy before any existing Record-Route header
             field values, even if a Route header field is already present.
    
             Requests establishing a dialog may contain a preloaded Route
             header field.
    
             If this request is already part of a dialog, the proxy SHOULD
             insert a Record-Route header field value if it wishes to remain
             on the path of future requests in the dialog.  In normal
             endpoint operation as described in Section 12, these Record-
             Route header field values will not have any effect on the route
             sets used by the endpoints.
    
             The proxy will remain on the path if it chooses to not insert a
             Record-Route header field value into requests that are already
             part of a dialog.  However, it would be removed from the path
             when an endpoint that has failed reconstitutes the dialog.
    
             A proxy MAY insert a Record-Route header field value into any
             request.  If the request does not initiate a dialog, the
             endpoints will ignore the value.  See Section 12 for details on
             how endpoints use the Record-Route header field values to
             construct Route header fields.
    
             Each proxy in the path of a request chooses whether to add a
             Record-Route header field value independently - the presence of
             a Record-Route header field in a request does not obligate this
             proxy to add a value.
    
             The URI placed in the Record-Route header field value MUST be a
             SIP or SIPS URI.  This URI MUST contain an lr parameter (see
             Section 19.1.1).  This URI MAY be different for each
             destination the request is forwarded to.  The URI SHOULD NOT
             contain the transport parameter unless the proxy has knowledge
             (such as in a private network) that the next downstream element
             that will be in the path of subsequent requests supports that
             transport.
    
             The URI this proxy provides will be used by some other element
             to make a routing decision.  This proxy, in general, has no way
             of knowing the capabilities of that element, so it must
             restrict itself to the mandatory elements of a SIP
             implementation: SIP URIs and either the TCP or UDP transports.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 101]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             The URI placed in the Record-Route header field MUST resolve to
             the element inserting it (or a suitable stand-in) when the
             server location procedures of [4] are applied to it, so that
             subsequent requests reach the same SIP element.  If the
             Request-URI contains a SIPS URI, or the topmost Route header
             field value (after the post processing of bullet 6) contains a
             SIPS URI, the URI placed into the Record-Route header field
             MUST be a SIPS URI.  Furthermore, if the request was not
             received over TLS, the proxy MUST insert a Record-Route header
             field.  In a similar fashion, a proxy that receives a request
             over TLS, but generates a request without a SIPS URI in the
             Request-URI or topmost Route header field value (after the post
             processing of bullet 6), MUST insert a Record-Route header
             field that is not a SIPS URI.
    
             A proxy at a security perimeter must remain on the perimeter
             throughout the dialog.
    
             If the URI placed in the Record-Route header field needs to be
             rewritten when it passes back through in a response, the URI
             MUST be distinct enough to locate at that time.  (The request
             may spiral through this proxy, resulting in more than one
             Record-Route header field value being added).  Item 8 of
             Section 16.7 recommends a mechanism to make the URI
             sufficiently distinct.
    
             The proxy MAY include parameters in the Record-Route header
             field value.  These will be echoed in some responses to the
             request such as the 200 (OK) responses to INVITE.  Such
             parameters may be useful for keeping state in the message
             rather than the proxy.
    
             If a proxy needs to be in the path of any type of dialog (such
             as one straddling a firewall), it SHOULD add a Record-Route
             header field value to every request with a method it does not
             understand since that method may have dialog semantics.
    
             The URI a proxy places into a Record-Route header field is only
             valid for the lifetime of any dialog created by the transaction
             in which it occurs.  A dialog-stateful proxy, for example, MAY
             refuse to accept future requests with that value in the
             Request-URI after the dialog has terminated.  Non-dialog-
             stateful proxies, of course, have no concept of when the dialog
             has terminated, but they MAY encode enough information in the
             value to compare it against the dialog identifier of future
             requests and MAY reject requests not matching that information.
             Endpoints MUST NOT use a URI obtained from a Record-Route
             header field outside the dialog in which it was provided.  See
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 102]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             Section 12 for more information on an endpoint's use of
             Record-Route header fields.
    
             Record-routing may be required by certain services where the
             proxy needs to observe all messages in a dialog.  However, it
             slows down processing and impairs scalability and thus proxies
             should only record-route if required for a particular service.
    
             The Record-Route process is designed to work for any SIP
             request that initiates a dialog.  INVITE is the only such
             request in this specification, but extensions to the protocol
             MAY define others.
    
          5. Add Additional Header Fields
    
             The proxy MAY add any other appropriate header fields to the
             copy at this point.
    
          6. Postprocess routing information
    
             A proxy MAY have a local policy that mandates that a request
             visit a specific set of proxies before being delivered to the
             destination.  A proxy MUST ensure that all such proxies are
             loose routers.  Generally, this can only be known with
             certainty if the proxies are within the same administrative
             domain.  This set of proxies is represented by a set of URIs
             (each of which contains the lr parameter).  This set MUST be
             pushed into the Route header field of the copy ahead of any
             existing values, if present.  If the Route header field is
             absent, it MUST be added, containing that list of URIs.
    
             If the proxy has a local policy that mandates that the request
             visit one specific proxy, an alternative to pushing a Route
             value into the Route header field is to bypass the forwarding
             logic of item 10 below, and instead just send the request to
             the address, port, and transport for that specific proxy.  If
             the request has a Route header field, this alternative MUST NOT
             be used unless it is known that next hop proxy is a loose
             router.  Otherwise, this approach MAY be used, but the Route
             insertion mechanism above is preferred for its robustness,
             flexibility, generality and consistency of operation.
             Furthermore, if the Request-URI contains a SIPS URI, TLS MUST
             be used to communicate with that proxy.
    
             If the copy contains a Route header field, the proxy MUST
             inspect the URI in its first value.  If that URI does not
             contain an lr parameter, the proxy MUST modify the copy as
             follows:
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 103]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             -  The proxy MUST place the Request-URI into the Route header
                field as the last value.
    
             -  The proxy MUST then place the first Route header field value
                into the Request-URI and remove that value from the Route
                header field.
    
             Appending the Request-URI to the Route header field is part of
             a mechanism used to pass the information in that Request-URI
             through strict-routing elements.  "Popping" the first Route
             header field value into the Request-URI formats the message the
             way a strict-routing element expects to receive it (with its
             own URI in the Request-URI and the next location to visit in
             the first Route header field value).
    
          7. Determine Next-Hop Address, Port, and Transport
    
             The proxy MAY have a local policy to send the request to a
             specific IP address, port, and transport, independent of the
             values of the Route and Request-URI.  Such a policy MUST NOT be
             used if the proxy is not certain that the IP address, port, and
             transport correspond to a server that is a loose router.
             However, this mechanism for sending the request through a
             specific next hop is NOT RECOMMENDED; instead a Route header
             field should be used for that purpose as described above.
    
             In the absence of such an overriding mechanism, the proxy
             applies the procedures listed in [4] as follows to determine
             where to send the request.  If the proxy has reformatted the
             request to send to a strict-routing element as described in
             step 6 above, the proxy MUST apply those procedures to the
             Request-URI of the request.  Otherwise, the proxy MUST apply
             the procedures to the first value in the Route header field, if
             present, else the Request-URI.  The procedures will produce an
             ordered set of (address, port, transport) tuples.
             Independently of which URI is being used as input to the
             procedures of [4], if the Request-URI specifies a SIPS
             resource, the proxy MUST follow the procedures of [4] as if the
             input URI were a SIPS URI.
    
             As described in [4], the proxy MUST attempt to deliver the
             message to the first tuple in that set, and proceed through the
             set in order until the delivery attempt succeeds.
    
             For each tuple attempted, the proxy MUST format the message as
             appropriate for the tuple and send the request using a new
             client transaction as detailed in steps 8 through 10.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 104]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             Since each attempt uses a new client transaction, it represents
             a new branch.  Thus, the branch parameter provided with the Via
             header field inserted in step 8 MUST be different for each
             attempt.
    
             If the client transaction reports failure to send the request
             or a timeout from its state machine, the proxy continues to the
             next address in that ordered set.  If the ordered set is
             exhausted, the request cannot be forwarded to this element in
             the target set.  The proxy does not need to place anything in
             the response context, but otherwise acts as if this element of
             the target set returned a 408 (Request Timeout) final response.
    
          8. Add a Via header field value
    
             The proxy MUST insert a Via header field value into the copy
             before the existing Via header field values.  The construction
             of this value follows the same guidelines of Section 8.1.1.7.
             This implies that the proxy will compute its own branch
             parameter, which will be globally unique for that branch, and
             contain the requisite magic cookie. Note that this implies that
             the branch parameter will be different for different instances
             of a spiraled or looped request through a proxy.
    
             Proxies choosing to detect loops have an additional constraint
             in the value they use for construction of the branch parameter.
             A proxy choosing to detect loops SHOULD create a branch
             parameter separable into two parts by the implementation.  The
             first part MUST satisfy the constraints of Section 8.1.1.7 as
             described above.  The second is used to perform loop detection
             and distinguish loops from spirals.
    
             Loop detection is performed by verifying that, when a request
             returns to a proxy, those fields having an impact on the
             processing of the request have not changed.  The value placed
             in this part of the branch parameter SHOULD reflect all of
             those fields (including any Route, Proxy-Require and Proxy-
             Authorization header fields).  This is to ensure that if the
             request is routed back to the proxy and one of those fields
             changes, it is treated as a spiral and not a loop (see Section
             16.3).  A common way to create this value is to compute a
             cryptographic hash of the To tag, From tag, Call-ID header
             field, the Request-URI of the request received (before
             translation), the topmost Via header, and the sequence number
             from the CSeq header field, in addition to any Proxy-Require
             and Proxy-Authorization header fields that may be present.  The
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 105]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             algorithm used to compute the hash is implementation-dependent,
             but MD5 (RFC 1321 [35]), expressed in hexadecimal, is a
             reasonable choice.  (Base64 is not permissible for a token.)
    
             If a proxy wishes to detect loops, the "branch" parameter it
             supplies MUST depend on all information affecting processing of
             a request, including the incoming Request-URI and any header
             fields affecting the request's admission or routing.  This is
             necessary to distinguish looped requests from requests whose
             routing parameters have changed before returning to this
             server.
    
             The request method MUST NOT be included in the calculation of
             the branch parameter.  In particular, CANCEL and ACK requests
             (for non-2xx responses) MUST have the same branch value as the
             corresponding request they cancel or acknowledge.  The branch
             parameter is used in correlating those requests at the server
             handling them (see Sections 17.2.3 and 9.2).
    
          9. Add a Content-Length header field if necessary
    
             If the request will be sent to the next hop using a stream-
             based transport and the copy contains no Content-Length header
             field, the proxy MUST insert one with the correct value for the
             body of the request (see Section 20.14).
    
          10. Forward Request
    
             A stateful proxy MUST create a new client transaction for this
             request as described in Section 17.1 and instructs the
             transaction to send the request using the address, port and
             transport determined in step 7.
    
          11. Set timer C
    
             In order to handle the case where an INVITE request never
             generates a final response, the TU uses a timer which is called
             timer C.  Timer C MUST be set for each client transaction when
             an INVITE request is proxied.  The timer MUST be larger than 3
             minutes.  Section 16.7 bullet 2 discusses how this timer is
             updated with provisional responses, and Section 16.8 discusses
             processing when it fires.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 106]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    16.7 Response Processing
    
       When a response is received by an element, it first tries to locate a
       client transaction (Section 17.1.3) matching the response.  If none
       is found, the element MUST process the response (even if it is an
       informational response) as a stateless proxy (described below).  If a
       match is found, the response is handed to the client transaction.
    
          Forwarding responses for which a client transaction (or more
          generally any knowledge of having sent an associated request) is
          not found improves robustness.  In particular, it ensures that
          "late" 2xx responses to INVITE requests are forwarded properly.
    
       As client transactions pass responses to the proxy layer, the
       following processing MUST take place:
    
          1.  Find the appropriate response context
    
          2.  Update timer C for provisional responses
    
          3.  Remove the topmost Via
    
          4.  Add the response to the response context
    
          5.  Check to see if this response should be forwarded immediately
    
          6.  When necessary, choose the best final response from the
              response context
    
       If no final response has been forwarded after every client
       transaction associated with the response context has been terminated,
       the proxy must choose and forward the "best" response from those it
       has seen so far.
    
       The following processing MUST be performed on each response that is
       forwarded.  It is likely that more than one response to each request
       will be forwarded: at least each provisional and one final response.
    
          7.  Aggregate authorization header field values if necessary
    
          8.  Optionally rewrite Record-Route header field values
    
          9.  Forward the response
    
          10. Generate any necessary CANCEL requests
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 107]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Each of the above steps are detailed below:
    
          1.  Find Context
    
             The proxy locates the "response context" it created before
             forwarding the original request using the key described in
             Section 16.6.  The remaining processing steps take place in
             this context.
    
          2.  Update timer C for provisional responses
    
             For an INVITE transaction, if the response is a provisional
             response with status codes 101 to 199 inclusive (i.e., anything
             but 100), the proxy MUST reset timer C for that client
             transaction.  The timer MAY be reset to a different value, but
             this value MUST be greater than 3 minutes.
    
          3.  Via
    
             The proxy removes the topmost Via header field value from the
             response.
    
             If no Via header field values remain in the response, the
             response was meant for this element and MUST NOT be forwarded.
             The remainder of the processing described in this section is
             not performed on this message, the UAC processing rules
             described in Section 8.1.3 are followed instead (transport
             layer processing has already occurred).
    
             This will happen, for instance, when the element generates
             CANCEL requests as described in Section 10.
    
          4.  Add response to context
    
             Final responses received are stored in the response context
             until a final response is generated on the server transaction
             associated with this context.  The response may be a candidate
             for the best final response to be returned on that server
             transaction.  Information from this response may be needed in
             forming the best response, even if this response is not chosen.
    
             If the proxy chooses to recurse on any contacts in a 3xx
             response by adding them to the target set, it MUST remove them
             from the response before adding the response to the response
             context.  However, a proxy SHOULD NOT recurse to a non-SIPS URI
             if the Request-URI of the original request was a SIPS URI.  If
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 108]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             the proxy recurses on all of the contacts in a 3xx response,
             the proxy SHOULD NOT add the resulting contactless response to
             the response context.
    
             Removing the contact before adding the response to the response
             context prevents the next element upstream from retrying a
             location this proxy has already attempted.
    
             3xx responses may contain a mixture of SIP, SIPS, and non-SIP
             URIs.  A proxy may choose to recurse on the SIP and SIPS URIs
             and place the remainder into the response context to be
             returned, potentially in the final response.
    
             If a proxy receives a 416 (Unsupported URI Scheme) response to
             a request whose Request-URI scheme was not SIP, but the scheme
             in the original received request was SIP or SIPS (that is, the
             proxy changed the scheme from SIP or SIPS to something else
             when it proxied a request), the proxy SHOULD add a new URI to
             the target set.  This URI SHOULD be a SIP URI version of the
             non-SIP URI that was just tried.  In the case of the tel URL,
             this is accomplished by placing the telephone-subscriber part
             of the tel URL into the user part of the SIP URI, and setting
             the hostpart to the domain where the prior request was sent.
             See Section 19.1.6 for more detail on forming SIP URIs from tel
             URLs.
    
             As with a 3xx response, if a proxy "recurses" on the 416 by
             trying a SIP or SIPS URI instead, the 416 response SHOULD NOT
             be added to the response context.
    
          5.  Check response for forwarding
    
             Until a final response has been sent on the server transaction,
             the following responses MUST be forwarded immediately:
    
             -  Any provisional response other than 100 (Trying)
    
             -  Any 2xx response
    
             If a 6xx response is received, it is not immediately forwarded,
             but the stateful proxy SHOULD cancel all client pending
             transactions as described in Section 10, and it MUST NOT create
             any new branches in this context.
    
             This is a change from RFC 2543, which mandated that the proxy
             was to forward the 6xx response immediately.  For an INVITE
             transaction, this approach had the problem that a 2xx response
             could arrive on another branch, in which case the proxy would
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 109]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             have to forward the 2xx.  The result was that the UAC could
             receive a 6xx response followed by a 2xx response, which should
             never be allowed to happen.  Under the new rules, upon
             receiving a 6xx, a proxy will issue a CANCEL request, which
             will generally result in 487 responses from all outstanding
             client transactions, and then at that point the 6xx is
             forwarded upstream.
    
             After a final response has been sent on the server transaction,
             the following responses MUST be forwarded immediately:
    
             -  Any 2xx response to an INVITE request
    
             A stateful proxy MUST NOT immediately forward any other
             responses.  In particular, a stateful proxy MUST NOT forward
             any 100 (Trying) response.  Those responses that are candidates
             for forwarding later as the "best" response have been gathered
             as described in step "Add Response to Context".
    
             Any response chosen for immediate forwarding MUST be processed
             as described in steps "Aggregate Authorization Header Field
             Values" through "Record-Route".
    
             This step, combined with the next, ensures that a stateful
             proxy will forward exactly one final response to a non-INVITE
             request, and either exactly one non-2xx response or one or more
             2xx responses to an INVITE request.
    
          6.  Choosing the best response
    
             A stateful proxy MUST send a final response to a response
             context's server transaction if no final responses have been
             immediately forwarded by the above rules and all client
             transactions in this response context have been terminated.
    
             The stateful proxy MUST choose the "best" final response among
             those received and stored in the response context.
    
             If there are no final responses in the context, the proxy MUST
             send a 408 (Request Timeout) response to the server
             transaction.
    
             Otherwise, the proxy MUST forward a response from the responses
             stored in the response context.  It MUST choose from the 6xx
             class responses if any exist in the context.  If no 6xx class
             responses are present, the proxy SHOULD choose from the lowest
             response class stored in the response context.  The proxy MAY
             select any response within that chosen class.  The proxy SHOULD
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 110]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             give preference to responses that provide information affecting
             resubmission of this request, such as 401, 407, 415, 420, and
             484 if the 4xx class is chosen.
    
             A proxy which receives a 503 (Service Unavailable) response
             SHOULD NOT forward it upstream unless it can determine that any
             subsequent requests it might proxy will also generate a 503.
             In other words, forwarding a 503 means that the proxy knows it
             cannot service any requests, not just the one for the Request-
             URI in the request which generated the 503.  If the only
             response that was received is a 503, the proxy SHOULD generate
             a 500 response and forward that upstream.
    
             The forwarded response MUST be processed as described in steps
             "Aggregate Authorization Header Field Values" through "Record-
             Route".
    
             For example, if a proxy forwarded a request to 4 locations, and
             received 503, 407, 501, and 404 responses, it may choose to
             forward the 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response.
    
             1xx and 2xx responses may be involved in the establishment of
             dialogs.  When a request does not contain a To tag, the To tag
             in the response is used by the UAC to distinguish multiple
             responses to a dialog creating request.  A proxy MUST NOT
             insert a tag into the To header field of a 1xx or 2xx response
             if the request did not contain one.  A proxy MUST NOT modify
             the tag in the To header field of a 1xx or 2xx response.
    
             Since a proxy may not insert a tag into the To header field of
             a 1xx response to a request that did not contain one, it cannot
             issue non-100 provisional responses on its own.  However, it
             can branch the request to a UAS sharing the same element as the
             proxy.  This UAS can return its own provisional responses,
             entering into an early dialog with the initiator of the
             request.  The UAS does not have to be a discreet process from
             the proxy.  It could be a virtual UAS implemented in the same
             code space as the proxy.
    
             3-6xx responses are delivered hop-by-hop.  When issuing a 3-6xx
             response, the element is effectively acting as a UAS, issuing
             its own response, usually based on the responses received from
             downstream elements.  An element SHOULD preserve the To tag
             when simply forwarding a 3-6xx response to a request that did
             not contain a To tag.
    
             A proxy MUST NOT modify the To tag in any forwarded response to
             a request that contains a To tag.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 111]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             While it makes no difference to the upstream elements if the
             proxy replaced the To tag in a forwarded 3-6xx response,
             preserving the original tag may assist with debugging.
    
             When the proxy is aggregating information from several
             responses, choosing a To tag from among them is arbitrary, and
             generating a new To tag may make debugging easier.  This
             happens, for instance, when combining 401 (Unauthorized) and
             407 (Proxy Authentication Required) challenges, or combining
             Contact values from unencrypted and unauthenticated 3xx
             responses.
    
          7.  Aggregate Authorization Header Field Values
    
             If the selected response is a 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy
             Authentication Required), the proxy MUST collect any WWW-
             Authenticate and Proxy-Authenticate header field values from
             all other 401 (Unauthorized) and 407 (Proxy Authentication
             Required) responses received so far in this response context
             and add them to this response without modification before
             forwarding.  The resulting 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy
             Authentication Required) response could have several WWW-
             Authenticate AND Proxy-Authenticate header field values.
    
             This is necessary because any or all of the destinations the
             request was forwarded to may have requested credentials.  The
             client needs to receive all of those challenges and supply
             credentials for each of them when it retries the request.
             Motivation for this behavior is provided in Section 26.
    
          8.  Record-Route
    
             If the selected response contains a Record-Route header field
             value originally provided by this proxy, the proxy MAY choose
             to rewrite the value before forwarding the response.  This
             allows the proxy to provide different URIs for itself to the
             next upstream and downstream elements.  A proxy may choose to
             use this mechanism for any reason.  For instance, it is useful
             for multi-homed hosts.
    
             If the proxy received the request over TLS, and sent it out
             over a non-TLS connection, the proxy MUST rewrite the URI in
             the Record-Route header field to be a SIPS URI.  If the proxy
             received the request over a non-TLS connection, and sent it out
             over TLS, the proxy MUST rewrite the URI in the Record-Route
             header field to be a SIP URI.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 112]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             The new URI provided by the proxy MUST satisfy the same
             constraints on URIs placed in Record-Route header fields in
             requests (see Step 4 of Section 16.6) with the following
             modifications:
    
             The URI SHOULD NOT contain the transport parameter unless the
             proxy has knowledge that the next upstream (as opposed to
             downstream) element that will be in the path of subsequent
             requests supports that transport.
    
             When a proxy does decide to modify the Record-Route header
             field in the response, one of the operations it performs is
             locating the Record-Route value that it had inserted.  If the
             request spiraled, and the proxy inserted a Record-Route value
             in each iteration of the spiral, locating the correct value in
             the response (which must be the proper iteration in the reverse
             direction) is tricky.  The rules above recommend that a proxy
             wishing to rewrite Record-Route header field values insert
             sufficiently distinct URIs into the Record-Route header field
             so that the right one may be selected for rewriting.  A
             RECOMMENDED mechanism to achieve this is for the proxy to
             append a unique identifier for the proxy instance to the user
             portion of the URI.
    
             When the response arrives, the proxy modifies the first
             Record-Route whose identifier matches the proxy instance.  The
             modification results in a URI without this piece of data
             appended to the user portion of the URI.  Upon the next
             iteration, the same algorithm (find the topmost Record-Route
             header field value with the parameter) will correctly extract
             the next Record-Route header field value inserted by that
             proxy.
    
             Not every response to a request to which a proxy adds a
             Record-Route header field value will contain a Record-Route
             header field.  If the response does contain a Record-Route
             header field, it will contain the value the proxy added.
    
          9.  Forward response
    
             After performing the processing described in steps "Aggregate
             Authorization Header Field Values" through "Record-Route", the
             proxy MAY perform any feature specific manipulations on the
             selected response.  The proxy MUST NOT add to, modify, or
             remove the message body.  Unless otherwise specified, the proxy
             MUST NOT remove any header field values other than the Via
             header field value discussed in Section 16.7 Item 3.  In
             particular, the proxy MUST NOT remove any "received" parameter
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 113]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             it may have added to the next Via header field value while
             processing the request associated with this response.  The
             proxy MUST pass the response to the server transaction
             associated with the response context.  This will result in the
             response being sent to the location now indicated in the
             topmost Via header field value.  If the server transaction is
             no longer available to handle the transmission, the element
             MUST forward the response statelessly by sending it to the
             server transport.  The server transaction might indicate
             failure to send the response or signal a timeout in its state
             machine.  These errors would be logged for diagnostic purposes
             as appropriate, but the protocol requires no remedial action
             from the proxy.
    
             The proxy MUST maintain the response context until all of its
             associated transactions have been terminated, even after
             forwarding a final response.
    
          10. Generate CANCELs
    
             If the forwarded response was a final response, the proxy MUST
             generate a CANCEL request for all pending client transactions
             associated with this response context.  A proxy SHOULD also
             generate a CANCEL request for all pending client transactions
             associated with this response context when it receives a 6xx
             response.  A pending client transaction is one that has
             received a provisional response, but no final response (it is
             in the proceeding state) and has not had an associated CANCEL
             generated for it.  Generating CANCEL requests is described in
             Section 9.1.
    
             The requirement to CANCEL pending client transactions upon
             forwarding a final response does not guarantee that an endpoint
             will not receive multiple 200 (OK) responses to an INVITE.  200
             (OK) responses on more than one branch may be generated before
             the CANCEL requests can be sent and processed.  Further, it is
             reasonable to expect that a future extension may override this
             requirement to issue CANCEL requests.
    
    16.8 Processing Timer C
    
       If timer C should fire, the proxy MUST either reset the timer with
       any value it chooses, or terminate the client transaction.  If the
       client transaction has received a provisional response, the proxy
       MUST generate a CANCEL request matching that transaction.  If the
       client transaction has not received a provisional response, the proxy
       MUST behave as if the transaction received a 408 (Request Timeout)
       response.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 114]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Allowing the proxy to reset the timer allows the proxy to dynamically
       extend the transaction's lifetime based on current conditions (such
       as utilization) when the timer fires.
    
    16.9 Handling Transport Errors
    
       If the transport layer notifies a proxy of an error when it tries to
       forward a request (see Section 18.4), the proxy MUST behave as if the
       forwarded request received a 503 (Service Unavailable) response.
    
       If the proxy is notified of an error when forwarding a response, it
       drops the response.  The proxy SHOULD NOT cancel any outstanding
       client transactions associated with this response context due to this
       notification.
    
          If a proxy cancels its outstanding client transactions, a single
          malicious or misbehaving client can cause all transactions to fail
          through its Via header field.
    
    16.10 CANCEL Processing
    
       A stateful proxy MAY generate a CANCEL to any other request it has
       generated at any time (subject to receiving a provisional response to
       that request as described in section 9.1).  A proxy MUST cancel any
       pending client transactions associated with a response context when
       it receives a matching CANCEL request.
    
       A stateful proxy MAY generate CANCEL requests for pending INVITE
       client transactions based on the period specified in the INVITE's
       Expires header field elapsing.  However, this is generally
       unnecessary since the endpoints involved will take care of signaling
       the end of the transaction.
    
       While a CANCEL request is handled in a stateful proxy by its own
       server transaction, a new response context is not created for it.
       Instead, the proxy layer searches its existing response contexts for
       the server transaction handling the request associated with this
       CANCEL.  If a matching response context is found, the element MUST
       immediately return a 200 (OK) response to the CANCEL request.  In
       this case, the element is acting as a user agent server as defined in
       Section 8.2.  Furthermore, the element MUST generate CANCEL requests
       for all pending client transactions in the context as described in
       Section 16.7 step 10.
    
       If a response context is not found, the element does not have any
       knowledge of the request to apply the CANCEL to.  It MUST statelessly
       forward the CANCEL request (it may have statelessly forwarded the
       associated request previously).
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 115]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    16.11 Stateless Proxy
    
       When acting statelessly, a proxy is a simple message forwarder.  Much
       of the processing performed when acting statelessly is the same as
       when behaving statefully.  The differences are detailed here.
    
       A stateless proxy does not have any notion of a transaction, or of
       the response context used to describe stateful proxy behavior.
       Instead, the stateless proxy takes messages, both requests and
       responses, directly from the transport layer (See section 18).  As a
       result, stateless proxies do not retransmit messages on their own.
       They do, however, forward all retransmissions they receive (they do
       not have the ability to distinguish a retransmission from the
       original message).  Furthermore, when handling a request statelessly,
       an element MUST NOT generate its own 100 (Trying) or any other
       provisional response.
    
       A stateless proxy MUST validate a request as described in Section
       16.3
    
       A stateless proxy MUST follow the request processing steps described
       in Sections 16.4 through 16.5 with the following exception:
    
          o  A stateless proxy MUST choose one and only one target from the
             target set.  This choice MUST only rely on fields in the
             message and time-invariant properties of the server.  In
             particular, a retransmitted request MUST be forwarded to the
             same destination each time it is processed.  Furthermore,
             CANCEL and non-Routed ACK requests MUST generate the same
             choice as their associated INVITE.
    
       A stateless proxy MUST follow the request processing steps described
       in Section 16.6 with the following exceptions:
    
          o  The requirement for unique branch IDs across space and time
             applies to stateless proxies as well.  However, a stateless
             proxy cannot simply use a random number generator to compute
             the first component of the branch ID, as described in Section
             16.6 bullet 8.  This is because retransmissions of a request
             need to have the same value, and a stateless proxy cannot tell
             a retransmission from the original request.  Therefore, the
             component of the branch parameter that makes it unique MUST be
             the same each time a retransmitted request is forwarded.  Thus
             for a stateless proxy, the branch parameter MUST be computed as
             a combinatoric function of message parameters which are
             invariant on retransmission.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 116]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             The stateless proxy MAY use any technique it likes to guarantee
             uniqueness of its branch IDs across transactions.  However, the
             following procedure is RECOMMENDED.  The proxy examines the
             branch ID in the topmost Via header field of the received
             request.  If it begins with the magic cookie, the first
             component of the branch ID of the outgoing request is computed
             as a hash of the received branch ID.  Otherwise, the first
             component of the branch ID is computed as a hash of the topmost
             Via, the tag in the To header field, the tag in the From header
             field, the Call-ID header field, the CSeq number (but not
             method), and the Request-URI from the received request.  One of
             these fields will always vary across two different
             transactions.
    
          o  All other message transformations specified in Section 16.6
             MUST result in the same transformation of a retransmitted
             request.  In particular, if the proxy inserts a Record-Route
             value or pushes URIs into the Route header field, it MUST place
             the same values in retransmissions of the request.  As for the
             Via branch parameter, this implies that the transformations
             MUST be based on time-invariant configuration or
             retransmission-invariant properties of the request.
    
          o  A stateless proxy determines where to forward the request as
             described for stateful proxies in Section 16.6 Item 10.  The
             request is sent directly to the transport layer instead of
             through a client transaction.
    
             Since a stateless proxy must forward retransmitted requests to
             the same destination and add identical branch parameters to
             each of them, it can only use information from the message
             itself and time-invariant configuration data for those
             calculations.  If the configuration state is not time-invariant
             (for example, if a routing table is updated) any requests that
             could be affected by the change may not be forwarded
             statelessly during an interval equal to the transaction timeout
             window before or after the change.  The method of processing
             the affected requests in that interval is an implementation
             decision.  A common solution is to forward them transaction
             statefully.
    
       Stateless proxies MUST NOT perform special processing for CANCEL
       requests.  They are processed by the above rules as any other
       requests.  In particular, a stateless proxy applies the same Route
       header field processing to CANCEL requests that it applies to any
       other request.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 117]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Response processing as described in Section 16.7 does not apply to a
       proxy behaving statelessly.  When a response arrives at a stateless
       proxy, the proxy MUST inspect the sent-by value in the first
       (topmost) Via header field value.  If that address matches the proxy,
       (it equals a value this proxy has inserted into previous requests)
       the proxy MUST remove that header field value from the response and
       forward the result to the location indicated in the next Via header
       field value.  The proxy MUST NOT add to, modify, or remove the
       message body.  Unless specified otherwise, the proxy MUST NOT remove
       any other header field values.  If the address does not match the
       proxy, the message MUST be silently discarded.
    
    16.12 Summary of Proxy Route Processing
    
       In the absence of local policy to the contrary, the processing a
       proxy performs on a request containing a Route header field can be
       summarized in the following steps.
    
          1.  The proxy will inspect the Request-URI.  If it indicates a
              resource owned by this proxy, the proxy will replace it with
              the results of running a location service.  Otherwise, the
              proxy will not change the Request-URI.
    
          2.  The proxy will inspect the URI in the topmost Route header
              field value.  If it indicates this proxy, the proxy removes it
              from the Route header field (this route node has been
              reached).
    
          3.  The proxy will forward the request to the resource indicated
              by the URI in the topmost Route header field value or in the
              Request-URI if no Route header field is present.  The proxy
              determines the address, port and transport to use when
              forwarding the request by applying the procedures in [4] to
              that URI.
    
       If no strict-routing elements are encountered on the path of the
       request, the Request-URI will always indicate the target of the
       request.
    
    16.12.1 Examples
    
    16.12.1.1 Basic SIP Trapezoid
    
       This scenario is the basic SIP trapezoid, U1 -> P1 -> P2 -> U2, with
       both proxies record-routing.  Here is the flow.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 118]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       U1 sends:
    
          INVITE sip:callee@domain.com SIP/2.0
          Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
    
       to P1.  P1 is an outbound proxy.  P1 is not responsible for
       domain.com, so it looks it up in DNS and sends it there.  It also
       adds a Record-Route header field value:
    
          INVITE sip:callee@domain.com SIP/2.0
          Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
          Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
    
       P2 gets this.  It is responsible for domain.com so it runs a location
       service and rewrites the Request-URI.  It also adds a Record-Route
       header field value.  There is no Route header field, so it resolves
       the new Request-URI to determine where to send the request:
    
          INVITE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
          Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
          Record-Route: <sip:p2.domain.com;lr>
          Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
    
       The callee at u2.domain.com gets this and responds with a 200 OK:
    
          SIP/2.0 200 OK
          Contact: sip:callee@u2.domain.com
          Record-Route: <sip:p2.domain.com;lr>
          Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
    
       The callee at u2 also sets its dialog state's remote target URI to
       sip:caller@u1.example.com and its route set to:
    
          (<sip:p2.domain.com;lr>,<sip:p1.example.com;lr>)
    
       This is forwarded by P2 to P1 to U1 as normal.  Now, U1 sets its
       dialog state's remote target URI to sip:callee@u2.domain.com and its
       route set to:
    
          (<sip:p1.example.com;lr>,<sip:p2.domain.com;lr>)
    
       Since all the route set elements contain the lr parameter, U1
       constructs the following BYE request:
    
          BYE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>,<sip:p2.domain.com;lr>
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 119]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       As any other element (including proxies) would do, it resolves the
       URI in the topmost Route header field value using DNS to determine
       where to send the request.  This goes to P1.  P1 notices that it is
       not responsible for the resource indicated in the Request-URI so it
       doesn't change it.  It does see that it is the first value in the
       Route header field, so it removes that value, and forwards the
       request to P2:
    
          BYE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:p2.domain.com;lr>
    
       P2 also notices it is not responsible for the resource indicated by
       the Request-URI (it is responsible for domain.com, not
       u2.domain.com), so it doesn't change it.  It does see itself in the
       first Route header field value, so it removes it and forwards the
       following to u2.domain.com based on a DNS lookup against the
       Request-URI:
    
          BYE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
    
    16.12.1.2 Traversing a Strict-Routing Proxy
    
       In this scenario, a dialog is established across four proxies, each
       of which adds Record-Route header field values.  The third proxy
       implements the strict-routing procedures specified in RFC 2543 and
       many works in progress.
    
          U1->P1->P2->P3->P4->U2
    
       The INVITE arriving at U2 contains:
    
          INVITE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
          Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
          Record-Route: <sip:p4.domain.com;lr>
          Record-Route: <sip:p3.middle.com>
          Record-Route: <sip:p2.example.com;lr>
          Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
    
       Which U2 responds to with a 200 OK.  Later, U2 sends the following
       BYE request to P4 based on the first Route header field value.
    
          BYE sip:caller@u1.example.com SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:p4.domain.com;lr>
          Route: <sip:p3.middle.com>
          Route: <sip:p2.example.com;lr>
          Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 120]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       P4 is not responsible for the resource indicated in the Request-URI
       so it will leave it alone.  It notices that it is the element in the
       first Route header field value so it removes it.  It then prepares to
       send the request based on the now first Route header field value of
       sip:p3.middle.com, but it notices that this URI does not contain the
       lr parameter, so before sending, it reformats the request to be:
    
          BYE sip:p3.middle.com SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:p2.example.com;lr>
          Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
          Route: <sip:caller@u1.example.com>
    
       P3 is a strict router, so it forwards the following to P2:
    
          BYE sip:p2.example.com;lr SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
          Route: <sip:caller@u1.example.com>
    
       P2 sees the request-URI is a value it placed into a Record-Route
       header field, so before further processing, it rewrites the request
       to be:
    
          BYE sip:caller@u1.example.com SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
    
       P2 is not responsible for u1.example.com, so it sends the request to
       P1 based on the resolution of the Route header field value.
    
       P1 notices itself in the topmost Route header field value, so it
       removes it, resulting in:
    
          BYE sip:caller@u1.example.com SIP/2.0
    
       Since P1 is not responsible for u1.example.com and there is no Route
       header field, P1 will forward the request to u1.example.com based on
       the Request-URI.
    
    16.12.1.3 Rewriting Record-Route Header Field Values
    
       In this scenario, U1 and U2 are in different private namespaces and
       they enter a dialog through a proxy P1, which acts as a gateway
       between the namespaces.
    
          U1->P1->U2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 121]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       U1 sends:
    
          INVITE sip:callee@gateway.leftprivatespace.com SIP/2.0
          Contact: <sip:caller@u1.leftprivatespace.com>
    
       P1 uses its location service and sends the following to U2:
    
          INVITE sip:callee@rightprivatespace.com SIP/2.0
          Contact: <sip:caller@u1.leftprivatespace.com>
          Record-Route: <sip:gateway.rightprivatespace.com;lr>
    
       U2 sends this 200 (OK) back to P1:
    
          SIP/2.0 200 OK
          Contact: <sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com>
          Record-Route: <sip:gateway.rightprivatespace.com;lr>
    
       P1 rewrites its Record-Route header parameter to provide a value that
       U1 will find useful, and sends the following to U1:
    
          SIP/2.0 200 OK
          Contact: <sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com>
          Record-Route: <sip:gateway.leftprivatespace.com;lr>
    
       Later, U1 sends the following BYE request to P1:
    
          BYE sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com SIP/2.0
          Route: <sip:gateway.leftprivatespace.com;lr>
    
       which P1 forwards to U2 as:
    
          BYE sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com SIP/2.0
    
    17 Transactions
    
       SIP is a transactional protocol: interactions between components take
       place in a series of independent message exchanges.  Specifically, a
       SIP transaction consists of a single request and any responses to
       that request, which include zero or more provisional responses and
       one or more final responses.  In the case of a transaction where the
       request was an INVITE (known as an INVITE transaction), the
       transaction also includes the ACK only if the final response was not
       a 2xx response.  If the response was a 2xx, the ACK is not considered
       part of the transaction.
    
          The reason for this separation is rooted in the importance of
          delivering all 200 (OK) responses to an INVITE to the UAC.  To
          deliver them all to the UAC, the UAS alone takes responsibility
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 122]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          for retransmitting them (see Section 13.3.1.4), and the UAC alone
          takes responsibility for acknowledging them with ACK (see Section
          13.2.2.4).  Since this ACK is retransmitted only by the UAC, it is
          effectively considered its own transaction.
    
       Transactions have a client side and a server side.  The client side
       is known as a client transaction and the server side as a server
       transaction.  The client transaction sends the request, and the
       server transaction sends the response.  The client and server
       transactions are logical functions that are embedded in any number of
       elements.  Specifically, they exist within user agents and stateful
       proxy servers.  Consider the example in Section 4.  In this example,
       the UAC executes the client transaction, and its outbound proxy
       executes the server transaction.  The outbound proxy also executes a
       client transaction, which sends the request to a server transaction
       in the inbound proxy.  That proxy also executes a client transaction,
       which in turn sends the request to a server transaction in the UAS.
       This is shown in Figure 4.
    
       +---------+        +---------+        +---------+        +---------+
       |      +-+|Request |+-+   +-+|Request |+-+   +-+|Request |+-+      |
       |      |C||------->||S|   |C||------->||S|   |C||------->||S|      |
       |      |l||        ||e|   |l||        ||e|   |l||        ||e|      |
       |      |i||        ||r|   |i||        ||r|   |i||        ||r|      |
       |      |e||        ||v|   |e||        ||v|   |e||        ||v|      |
       |      |n||        ||e|   |n||        ||e|   |n||        ||e|      |
       |      |t||        ||r|   |t||        ||r|   |t||        ||r|      |
       |      | ||        || |   | ||        || |   | ||        || |      |
       |      |T||        ||T|   |T||        ||T|   |T||        ||T|      |
       |      |r||        ||r|   |r||        ||r|   |r||        ||r|      |
       |      |a||        ||a|   |a||        ||a|   |a||        ||a|      |
       |      |n||        ||n|   |n||        ||n|   |n||        ||n|      |
       |      |s||Response||s|   |s||Response||s|   |s||Response||s|      |
       |      +-+|<-------|+-+   +-+|<-------|+-+   +-+|<-------|+-+      |
       +---------+        +---------+        +---------+        +---------+
          UAC               Outbound           Inbound              UAS
                            Proxy               Proxy
    
                      Figure 4: Transaction relationships
    
       A stateless proxy does not contain a client or server transaction.
       The transaction exists between the UA or stateful proxy on one side,
       and the UA or stateful proxy on the other side.  As far as SIP
       transactions are concerned, stateless proxies are effectively
       transparent.  The purpose of the client transaction is to receive a
       request from the element in which the client is embedded (call this
       element the "Transaction User" or TU; it can be a UA or a stateful
       proxy), and reliably deliver the request to a server transaction.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 123]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The client transaction is also responsible for receiving responses
       and delivering them to the TU, filtering out any response
       retransmissions or disallowed responses (such as a response to ACK).
       Additionally, in the case of an INVITE request, the client
       transaction is responsible for generating the ACK request for any
       final response accepting a 2xx response.
    
       Similarly, the purpose of the server transaction is to receive
       requests from the transport layer and deliver them to the TU.  The
       server transaction filters any request retransmissions from the
       network.  The server transaction accepts responses from the TU and
       delivers them to the transport layer for transmission over the
       network.  In the case of an INVITE transaction, it absorbs the ACK
       request for any final response excepting a 2xx response.
    
       The 2xx response and its ACK receive special treatment.  This
       response is retransmitted only by a UAS, and its ACK generated only
       by the UAC.  This end-to-end treatment is needed so that a caller
       knows the entire set of users that have accepted the call.  Because
       of this special handling, retransmissions of the 2xx response are
       handled by the UA core, not the transaction layer.  Similarly,
       generation of the ACK for the 2xx is handled by the UA core.  Each
       proxy along the path merely forwards each 2xx response to INVITE and
       its corresponding ACK.
    
    17.1 Client Transaction
    
       The client transaction provides its functionality through the
       maintenance of a state machine.
    
       The TU communicates with the client transaction through a simple
       interface.  When the TU wishes to initiate a new transaction, it
       creates a client transaction and passes it the SIP request to send
       and an IP address, port, and transport to which to send it.  The
       client transaction begins execution of its state machine.  Valid
       responses are passed up to the TU from the client transaction.
    
       There are two types of client transaction state machines, depending
       on the method of the request passed by the TU.  One handles client
       transactions for INVITE requests.  This type of machine is referred
       to as an INVITE client transaction.  Another type handles client
       transactions for all requests except INVITE and ACK.  This is
       referred to as a non-INVITE client transaction.  There is no client
       transaction for ACK.  If the TU wishes to send an ACK, it passes one
       directly to the transport layer for transmission.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 124]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The INVITE transaction is different from those of other methods
       because of its extended duration.  Normally, human input is required
       in order to respond to an INVITE.  The long delays expected for
       sending a response argue for a three-way handshake.  On the other
       hand, requests of other methods are expected to complete rapidly.
       Because of the non-INVITE transaction's reliance on a two-way
       handshake, TUs SHOULD respond immediately to non-INVITE requests.
    
    17.1.1 INVITE Client Transaction
    
    17.1.1.1 Overview of INVITE Transaction
    
       The INVITE transaction consists of a three-way handshake.  The client
       transaction sends an INVITE, the server transaction sends responses,
       and the client transaction sends an ACK.  For unreliable transports
       (such as UDP), the client transaction retransmits requests at an
       interval that starts at T1 seconds and doubles after every
       retransmission.  T1 is an estimate of the round-trip time (RTT), and
       it defaults to 500 ms.  Nearly all of the transaction timers
       described here scale with T1, and changing T1 adjusts their values.
       The request is not retransmitted over reliable transports.  After
       receiving a 1xx response, any retransmissions cease altogether, and
       the client waits for further responses.  The server transaction can
       send additional 1xx responses, which are not transmitted reliably by
       the server transaction.  Eventually, the server transaction decides
       to send a final response.  For unreliable transports, that response
       is retransmitted periodically, and for reliable transports, it is
       sent once.  For each final response that is received at the client
       transaction, the client transaction sends an ACK, the purpose of
       which is to quench retransmissions of the response.
    
    17.1.1.2 Formal Description
    
       The state machine for the INVITE client transaction is shown in
       Figure 5.  The initial state, "calling", MUST be entered when the TU
       initiates a new client transaction with an INVITE request.  The
       client transaction MUST pass the request to the transport layer for
       transmission (see Section 18).  If an unreliable transport is being
       used, the client transaction MUST start timer A with a value of T1.
       If a reliable transport is being used, the client transaction SHOULD
       NOT start timer A (Timer A controls request retransmissions).  For
       any transport, the client transaction MUST start timer B with a value
       of 64*T1 seconds (Timer B controls transaction timeouts).
    
       When timer A fires, the client transaction MUST retransmit the
       request by passing it to the transport layer, and MUST reset the
       timer with a value of 2*T1.  The formal definition of retransmit
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 125]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       within the context of the transaction layer is to take the message
       previously sent to the transport layer and pass it to the transport
       layer once more.
    
       When timer A fires 2*T1 seconds later, the request MUST be
       retransmitted again (assuming the client transaction is still in this
       state).  This process MUST continue so that the request is
       retransmitted with intervals that double after each transmission.
       These retransmissions SHOULD only be done while the client
       transaction is in the "calling" state.
    
       The default value for T1 is 500 ms.  T1 is an estimate of the RTT
       between the client and server transactions.  Elements MAY (though it
       is NOT RECOMMENDED) use smaller values of T1 within closed, private
       networks that do not permit general Internet connection.  T1 MAY be
       chosen larger, and this is RECOMMENDED if it is known in advance
       (such as on high latency access links) that the RTT is larger.
       Whatever the value of T1, the exponential backoffs on retransmissions
       described in this section MUST be used.
    
       If the client transaction is still in the "Calling" state when timer
       B fires, the client transaction SHOULD inform the TU that a timeout
       has occurred.  The client transaction MUST NOT generate an ACK.  The
       value of 64*T1 is equal to the amount of time required to send seven
       requests in the case of an unreliable transport.
    
       If the client transaction receives a provisional response while in
       the "Calling" state, it transitions to the "Proceeding" state. In the
       "Proceeding" state, the client transaction SHOULD NOT retransmit the
       request any longer. Furthermore, the provisional response MUST be
       passed to the TU.  Any further provisional responses MUST be passed
       up to the TU while in the "Proceeding" state.
    
       When in either the "Calling" or "Proceeding" states, reception of a
       response with status code from 300-699 MUST cause the client
       transaction to transition to "Completed".  The client transaction
       MUST pass the received response up to the TU, and the client
       transaction MUST generate an ACK request, even if the transport is
       reliable (guidelines for constructing the ACK from the response are
       given in Section 17.1.1.3) and then pass the ACK to the transport
       layer for transmission.  The ACK MUST be sent to the same address,
       port, and transport to which the original request was sent.  The
       client transaction SHOULD start timer D when it enters the
       "Completed" state, with a value of at least 32 seconds for unreliable
       transports, and a value of zero seconds for reliable transports.
       Timer D reflects the amount of time that the server transaction can
       remain in the "Completed" state when unreliable transports are used.
       This is equal to Timer H in the INVITE server transaction, whose
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 126]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       default is 64*T1.  However, the client transaction does not know the
       value of T1 in use by the server transaction, so an absolute minimum
       of 32s is used instead of basing Timer D on T1.
    
       Any retransmissions of the final response that are received while in
       the "Completed" state MUST cause the ACK to be re-passed to the
       transport layer for retransmission, but the newly received response
       MUST NOT be passed up to the TU.  A retransmission of the response is
       defined as any response which would match the same client transaction
       based on the rules of Section 17.1.3.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 127]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
                                   |INVITE from TU
                 Timer A fires     |INVITE sent
                 Reset A,          V                      Timer B fires
                 INVITE sent +-----------+                or Transport Err.
                   +---------|           |---------------+inform TU
                   |         |  Calling  |               |
                   +-------->|           |-------------->|
                             +-----------+ 2xx           |
                                |  |       2xx to TU     |
                                |  |1xx                  |
        300-699 +---------------+  |1xx to TU            |
       ACK sent |                  |                     |
    resp. to TU |  1xx             V                     |
                |  1xx to TU  -----------+               |
                |  +---------|           |               |
                |  |         |Proceeding |-------------->|
                |  +-------->|           | 2xx           |
                |            +-----------+ 2xx to TU     |
                |       300-699    |                     |
                |       ACK sent,  |                     |
                |       resp. to TU|                     |
                |                  |                     |      NOTE:
                |  300-699         V                     |
                |  ACK sent  +-----------+Transport Err. |  transitions
                |  +---------|           |Inform TU      |  labeled with
                |  |         | Completed |-------------->|  the event
                |  +-------->|           |               |  over the action
                |            +-----------+               |  to take
                |              ^   |                     |
                |              |   | Timer D fires       |
                +--------------+   | -                   |
                                   |                     |
                                   V                     |
                             +-----------+               |
                             |           |               |
                             | Terminated|<--------------+
                             |           |
                             +-----------+
    
                     Figure 5: INVITE client transaction
    
       If timer D fires while the client transaction is in the "Completed"
       state, the client transaction MUST move to the terminated state.
    
       When in either the "Calling" or "Proceeding" states, reception of a
       2xx response MUST cause the client transaction to enter the
       "Terminated" state, and the response MUST be passed up to the TU.
       The handling of this response depends on whether the TU is a proxy
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 128]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       core or a UAC core.  A UAC core will handle generation of the ACK for
       this response, while a proxy core will always forward the 200 (OK)
       upstream.  The differing treatment of 200 (OK) between proxy and UAC
       is the reason that handling of it does not take place in the
       transaction layer.
    
       The client transaction MUST be destroyed the instant it enters the
       "Terminated" state.  This is actually necessary to guarantee correct
       operation.  The reason is that 2xx responses to an INVITE are treated
       differently; each one is forwarded by proxies, and the ACK handling
       in a UAC is different.  Thus, each 2xx needs to be passed to a proxy
       core (so that it can be forwarded) and to a UAC core (so it can be
       acknowledged).  No transaction layer processing takes place.
       Whenever a response is received by the transport, if the transport
       layer finds no matching client transaction (using the rules of
       Section 17.1.3), the response is passed directly to the core.  Since
       the matching client transaction is destroyed by the first 2xx,
       subsequent 2xx will find no match and therefore be passed to the
       core.
    
    17.1.1.3 Construction of the ACK Request
    
       This section specifies the construction of ACK requests sent within
       the client transaction.  A UAC core that generates an ACK for 2xx
       MUST instead follow the rules described in Section 13.
    
       The ACK request constructed by the client transaction MUST contain
       values for the Call-ID, From, and Request-URI that are equal to the
       values of those header fields in the request passed to the transport
       by the client transaction (call this the "original request").  The To
       header field in the ACK MUST equal the To header field in the
       response being acknowledged, and therefore will usually differ from
       the To header field in the original request by the addition of the
       tag parameter.  The ACK MUST contain a single Via header field, and
       this MUST be equal to the top Via header field of the original
       request.  The CSeq header field in the ACK MUST contain the same
       value for the sequence number as was present in the original request,
       but the method parameter MUST be equal to "ACK".
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 129]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       If the INVITE request whose response is being acknowledged had Route
       header fields, those header fields MUST appear in the ACK.  This is
       to ensure that the ACK can be routed properly through any downstream
       stateless proxies.
    
       Although any request MAY contain a body, a body in an ACK is special
       since the request cannot be rejected if the body is not understood.
       Therefore, placement of bodies in ACK for non-2xx is NOT RECOMMENDED,
       but if done, the body types are restricted to any that appeared in
       the INVITE, assuming that the response to the INVITE was not 415.  If
       it was, the body in the ACK MAY be any type listed in the Accept
       header field in the 415.
    
       For example, consider the following request:
    
       INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
       Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKkjshdyff
       To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
       From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=88sja8x
       Max-Forwards: 70
       Call-ID: 987asjd97y7atg
       CSeq: 986759 INVITE
    
       The ACK request for a non-2xx final response to this request would
       look like this:
    
       ACK sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
       Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKkjshdyff
       To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=99sa0xk
       From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=88sja8x
       Max-Forwards: 70
       Call-ID: 987asjd97y7atg
       CSeq: 986759 ACK
    
    17.1.2 Non-INVITE Client Transaction
    
    17.1.2.1 Overview of the non-INVITE Transaction
    
       Non-INVITE transactions do not make use of ACK.  They are simple
       request-response interactions.  For unreliable transports, requests
       are retransmitted at an interval which starts at T1 and doubles until
       it hits T2.  If a provisional response is received, retransmissions
       continue for unreliable transports, but at an interval of T2.  The
       server transaction retransmits the last response it sent, which can
       be a provisional or final response, only when a retransmission of the
       request is received.  This is why request retransmissions need to
       continue even after a provisional response; they are to ensure
       reliable delivery of the final response.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 130]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Unlike an INVITE transaction, a non-INVITE transaction has no special
       handling for the 2xx response.  The result is that only a single 2xx
       response to a non-INVITE is ever delivered to a UAC.
    
    17.1.2.2 Formal Description
    
       The state machine for the non-INVITE client transaction is shown in
       Figure 6.  It is very similar to the state machine for INVITE.
    
       The "Trying" state is entered when the TU initiates a new client
       transaction with a request.  When entering this state, the client
       transaction SHOULD set timer F to fire in 64*T1 seconds.  The request
       MUST be passed to the transport layer for transmission.  If an
       unreliable transport is in use, the client transaction MUST set timer
       E to fire in T1 seconds.  If timer E fires while still in this state,
       the timer is reset, but this time with a value of MIN(2*T1, T2).
       When the timer fires again, it is reset to a MIN(4*T1, T2).  This
       process continues so that retransmissions occur with an exponentially
       increasing interval that caps at T2.  The default value of T2 is 4s,
       and it represents the amount of time a non-INVITE server transaction
       will take to respond to a request, if it does not respond
       immediately.  For the default values of T1 and T2, this results in
       intervals of 500 ms, 1 s, 2 s, 4 s, 4 s, 4 s, etc.
    
       If Timer F fires while the client transaction is still in the
       "Trying" state, the client transaction SHOULD inform the TU about the
       timeout, and then it SHOULD enter the "Terminated" state.  If a
       provisional response is received while in the "Trying" state, the
       response MUST be passed to the TU, and then the client transaction
       SHOULD move to the "Proceeding" state.  If a final response (status
       codes 200-699) is received while in the "Trying" state, the response
       MUST be passed to the TU, and the client transaction MUST transition
       to the "Completed" state.
    
       If Timer E fires while in the "Proceeding" state, the request MUST be
       passed to the transport layer for retransmission, and Timer E MUST be
       reset with a value of T2 seconds.  If timer F fires while in the
       "Proceeding" state, the TU MUST be informed of a timeout, and the
       client transaction MUST transition to the terminated state.  If a
       final response (status codes 200-699) is received while in the
       "Proceeding" state, the response MUST be passed to the TU, and the
       client transaction MUST transition to the "Completed" state.
    
       Once the client transaction enters the "Completed" state, it MUST set
       Timer K to fire in T4 seconds for unreliable transports, and zero
       seconds for reliable transports.  The "Completed" state exists to
       buffer any additional response retransmissions that may be received
       (which is why the client transaction remains there only for
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 131]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       unreliable transports).  T4 represents the amount of time the network
       will take to clear messages between client and server transactions.
       The default value of T4 is 5s.  A response is a retransmission when
       it matches the same transaction, using the rules specified in Section
       17.1.3.  If Timer K fires while in this state, the client transaction
       MUST transition to the "Terminated" state.
    
       Once the transaction is in the terminated state, it MUST be destroyed
       immediately.
    
    17.1.3 Matching Responses to Client Transactions
    
       When the transport layer in the client receives a response, it has to
       determine which client transaction will handle the response, so that
       the processing of Sections 17.1.1 and 17.1.2 can take place.  The
       branch parameter in the top Via header field is used for this
       purpose.  A response matches a client transaction under two
       conditions:
    
          1.  If the response has the same value of the branch parameter in
              the top Via header field as the branch parameter in the top
              Via header field of the request that created the transaction.
    
          2.  If the method parameter in the CSeq header field matches the
              method of the request that created the transaction.  The
              method is needed since a CANCEL request constitutes a
              different transaction, but shares the same value of the branch
              parameter.
    
       If a request is sent via multicast, it is possible that it will
       generate multiple responses from different servers.  These responses
       will all have the same branch parameter in the topmost Via, but vary
       in the To tag.  The first response received, based on the rules
       above, will be used, and others will be viewed as retransmissions.
       That is not an error; multicast SIP provides only a rudimentary
       "single-hop-discovery-like" service that is limited to processing a
       single response.  See Section 18.1.1 for details.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 132]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    17.1.4 Handling Transport Errors
    
                                       |Request from TU
                                       |send request
                   Timer E             V
                   send request  +-----------+
                       +---------|           |-------------------+
                       |         |  Trying   |  Timer F          |
                       +-------->|           |  or Transport Err.|
                                 +-----------+  inform TU        |
                    200-699         |  |                         |
                    resp. to TU     |  |1xx                      |
                    +---------------+  |resp. to TU              |
                    |                  |                         |
                    |   Timer E        V       Timer F           |
                    |   send req +-----------+ or Transport Err. |
                    |  +---------|           | inform TU         |
                    |  |         |Proceeding |------------------>|
                    |  +-------->|           |-----+             |
                    |            +-----------+     |1xx          |
                    |              |      ^        |resp to TU   |
                    | 200-699      |      +--------+             |
                    | resp. to TU  |                             |
                    |              |                             |
                    |              V                             |
                    |            +-----------+                   |
                    |            |           |                   |
                    |            | Completed |                   |
                    |            |           |                   |
                    |            +-----------+                   |
                    |              ^   |                         |
                    |              |   | Timer K                 |
                    +--------------+   | -                       |
                                       |                         |
                                       V                         |
                 NOTE:           +-----------+                   |
                                 |           |                   |
             transitions         | Terminated|<------------------+
             labeled with        |           |
             the event           +-----------+
             over the action
             to take
    
                     Figure 6: non-INVITE client transaction
    
       When the client transaction sends a request to the transport layer to
       be sent, the following procedures are followed if the transport layer
       indicates a failure.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 133]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The client transaction SHOULD inform the TU that a transport failure
       has occurred, and the client transaction SHOULD transition directly
       to the "Terminated" state.  The TU will handle the failover
       mechanisms described in [4].
    
    17.2 Server Transaction
    
       The server transaction is responsible for the delivery of requests to
       the TU and the reliable transmission of responses.  It accomplishes
       this through a state machine.  Server transactions are created by the
       core when a request is received, and transaction handling is desired
       for that request (this is not always the case).
    
       As with the client transactions, the state machine depends on whether
       the received request is an INVITE request.
    
    17.2.1 INVITE Server Transaction
    
       The state diagram for the INVITE server transaction is shown in
       Figure 7.
    
       When a server transaction is constructed for a request, it enters the
       "Proceeding" state.  The server transaction MUST generate a 100
       (Trying) response unless it knows that the TU will generate a
       provisional or final response within 200 ms, in which case it MAY
       generate a 100 (Trying) response.  This provisional response is
       needed to quench request retransmissions rapidly in order to avoid
       network congestion.  The 100 (Trying) response is constructed
       according to the procedures in Section 8.2.6, except that the
       insertion of tags in the To header field of the response (when none
       was present in the request) is downgraded from MAY to SHOULD NOT.
       The request MUST be passed to the TU.
    
       The TU passes any number of provisional responses to the server
       transaction.  So long as the server transaction is in the
       "Proceeding" state, each of these MUST be passed to the transport
       layer for transmission.  They are not sent reliably by the
       transaction layer (they are not retransmitted by it) and do not cause
       a change in the state of the server transaction.  If a request
       retransmission is received while in the "Proceeding" state, the most
       recent provisional response that was received from the TU MUST be
       passed to the transport layer for retransmission.  A request is a
       retransmission if it matches the same server transaction based on the
       rules of Section 17.2.3.
    
       If, while in the "Proceeding" state, the TU passes a 2xx response to
       the server transaction, the server transaction MUST pass this
       response to the transport layer for transmission.  It is not
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 134]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       retransmitted by the server transaction; retransmissions of 2xx
       responses are handled by the TU.  The server transaction MUST then
       transition to the "Terminated" state.
    
       While in the "Proceeding" state, if the TU passes a response with
       status code from 300 to 699 to the server transaction, the response
       MUST be passed to the transport layer for transmission, and the state
       machine MUST enter the "Completed" state.  For unreliable transports,
       timer G is set to fire in T1 seconds, and is not set to fire for
       reliable transports.
    
          This is a change from RFC 2543, where responses were always
          retransmitted, even over reliable transports.
    
       When the "Completed" state is entered, timer H MUST be set to fire in
       64*T1 seconds for all transports.  Timer H determines when the server
       transaction abandons retransmitting the response.  Its value is
       chosen to equal Timer B, the amount of time a client transaction will
       continue to retry sending a request.  If timer G fires, the response
       is passed to the transport layer once more for retransmission, and
       timer G is set to fire in MIN(2*T1, T2) seconds.  From then on, when
       timer G fires, the response is passed to the transport again for
       transmission, and timer G is reset with a value that doubles, unless
       that value exceeds T2, in which case it is reset with the value of
       T2.  This is identical to the retransmit behavior for requests in the
       "Trying" state of the non-INVITE client transaction.  Furthermore,
       while in the "Completed" state, if a request retransmission is
       received, the server SHOULD pass the response to the transport for
       retransmission.
    
       If an ACK is received while the server transaction is in the
       "Completed" state, the server transaction MUST transition to the
       "Confirmed" state.  As Timer G is ignored in this state, any
       retransmissions of the response will cease.
    
       If timer H fires while in the "Completed" state, it implies that the
       ACK was never received.  In this case, the server transaction MUST
       transition to the "Terminated" state, and MUST indicate to the TU
       that a transaction failure has occurred.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 135]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
                                   |INVITE
                                   |pass INV to TU
                INVITE             V send 100 if TU won't in 200ms
                send response+-----------+
                    +--------|           |--------+101-199 from TU
                    |        | Proceeding|        |send response
                    +------->|           |<-------+
                             |           |          Transport Err.
                             |           |          Inform TU
                             |           |--------------->+
                             +-----------+                |
                300-699 from TU |     |2xx from TU        |
                send response   |     |send response      |
                                |     +------------------>+
                                |                         |
                INVITE          V          Timer G fires  |
                send response+-----------+ send response  |
                    +--------|           |--------+       |
                    |        | Completed |        |       |
                    +------->|           |<-------+       |
                             +-----------+                |
                                |     |                   |
                            ACK |     |                   |
                            -   |     +------------------>+
                                |        Timer H fires    |
                                V        or Transport Err.|
                             +-----------+  Inform TU     |
                             |           |                |
                             | Confirmed |                |
                             |           |                |
                             +-----------+                |
                                   |                      |
                                   |Timer I fires         |
                                   |-                     |
                                   |                      |
                                   V                      |
                             +-----------+                |
                             |           |                |
                             | Terminated|<---------------+
                             |           |
                             +-----------+
    
                  Figure 7: INVITE server transaction
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 136]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The purpose of the "Confirmed" state is to absorb any additional ACK
       messages that arrive, triggered from retransmissions of the final
       response.  When this state is entered, timer I is set to fire in T4
       seconds for unreliable transports, and zero seconds for reliable
       transports.  Once timer I fires, the server MUST transition to the
       "Terminated" state.
    
       Once the transaction is in the "Terminated" state, it MUST be
       destroyed immediately.  As with client transactions, this is needed
       to ensure reliability of the 2xx responses to INVITE.
    
    17.2.2 Non-INVITE Server Transaction
    
       The state machine for the non-INVITE server transaction is shown in
       Figure 8.
    
       The state machine is initialized in the "Trying" state and is passed
       a request other than INVITE or ACK when initialized.  This request is
       passed up to the TU.  Once in the "Trying" state, any further request
       retransmissions are discarded.  A request is a retransmission if it
       matches the same server transaction, using the rules specified in
       Section 17.2.3.
    
       While in the "Trying" state, if the TU passes a provisional response
       to the server transaction, the server transaction MUST enter the
       "Proceeding" state.  The response MUST be passed to the transport
       layer for transmission.  Any further provisional responses that are
       received from the TU while in the "Proceeding" state MUST be passed
       to the transport layer for transmission.  If a retransmission of the
       request is received while in the "Proceeding" state, the most
       recently sent provisional response MUST be passed to the transport
       layer for retransmission.  If the TU passes a final response (status
       codes 200-699) to the server while in the "Proceeding" state, the
       transaction MUST enter the "Completed" state, and the response MUST
       be passed to the transport layer for transmission.
    
       When the server transaction enters the "Completed" state, it MUST set
       Timer J to fire in 64*T1 seconds for unreliable transports, and zero
       seconds for reliable transports.  While in the "Completed" state, the
       server transaction MUST pass the final response to the transport
       layer for retransmission whenever a retransmission of the request is
       received.  Any other final responses passed by the TU to the server
       transaction MUST be discarded while in the "Completed" state.  The
       server transaction remains in this state until Timer J fires, at
       which point it MUST transition to the "Terminated" state.
    
       The server transaction MUST be destroyed the instant it enters the
       "Terminated" state.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 137]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    17.2.3 Matching Requests to Server Transactions
    
       When a request is received from the network by the server, it has to
       be matched to an existing transaction.  This is accomplished in the
       following manner.
    
       The branch parameter in the topmost Via header field of the request
       is examined.  If it is present and begins with the magic cookie
       "z9hG4bK", the request was generated by a client transaction
       compliant to this specification.  Therefore, the branch parameter
       will be unique across all transactions sent by that client.  The
       request matches a transaction if:
    
          1. the branch parameter in the request is equal to the one in the
             top Via header field of the request that created the
             transaction, and
    
          2. the sent-by value in the top Via of the request is equal to the
             one in the request that created the transaction, and
    
          3. the method of the request matches the one that created the
             transaction, except for ACK, where the method of the request
             that created the transaction is INVITE.
    
       This matching rule applies to both INVITE and non-INVITE transactions
       alike.
    
          The sent-by value is used as part of the matching process because
          there could be accidental or malicious duplication of branch
          parameters from different clients.
    
       If the branch parameter in the top Via header field is not present,
       or does not contain the magic cookie, the following procedures are
       used.  These exist to handle backwards compatibility with RFC 2543
       compliant implementations.
    
       The INVITE request matches a transaction if the Request-URI, To tag,
       From tag, Call-ID, CSeq, and top Via header field match those of the
       INVITE request which created the transaction.  In this case, the
       INVITE is a retransmission of the original one that created the
       transaction.  The ACK request matches a transaction if the Request-
       URI, From tag, Call-ID, CSeq number (not the method), and top Via
       header field match those of the INVITE request which created the
       transaction, and the To tag of the ACK matches the To tag of the
       response sent by the server transaction.  Matching is done based on
       the matching rules defined for each of those header fields.
       Inclusion of the tag in the To header field in the ACK matching
       process helps disambiguate ACK for 2xx from ACK for other responses
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 138]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       at a proxy, which may have forwarded both responses (This can occur
       in unusual conditions.  Specifically, when a proxy forked a request,
       and then crashes, the responses may be delivered to another proxy,
       which might end up forwarding multiple responses upstream).  An ACK
       request that matches an INVITE transaction matched by a previous ACK
       is considered a retransmission of that previous ACK.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 139]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
                                      |Request received
                                      |pass to TU
                                      V
                                +-----------+
                                |           |
                                | Trying    |-------------+
                                |           |             |
                                +-----------+             |200-699 from TU
                                      |                   |send response
                                      |1xx from TU        |
                                      |send response      |
                                      |                   |
                   Request            V      1xx from TU  |
                   send response+-----------+send response|
                       +--------|           |--------+    |
                       |        | Proceeding|        |    |
                       +------->|           |<-------+    |
                +<--------------|           |             |
                |Trnsprt Err    +-----------+             |
                |Inform TU            |                   |
                |                     |                   |
                |                     |200-699 from TU    |
                |                     |send response      |
                |  Request            V                   |
                |  send response+-----------+             |
                |      +--------|           |             |
                |      |        | Completed |<------------+
                |      +------->|           |
                +<--------------|           |
                |Trnsprt Err    +-----------+
                |Inform TU            |
                |                     |Timer J fires
                |                     |-
                |                     |
                |                     V
                |               +-----------+
                |               |           |
                +-------------->| Terminated|
                                |           |
                                +-----------+
    
                    Figure 8: non-INVITE server transaction
    
       For all other request methods, a request is matched to a transaction
       if the Request-URI, To tag, From tag, Call-ID, CSeq (including the
       method), and top Via header field match those of the request that
       created the transaction.  Matching is done based on the matching
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 140]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       rules defined for each of those header fields.  When a non-INVITE
       request matches an existing transaction, it is a retransmission of
       the request that created that transaction.
    
       Because the matching rules include the Request-URI, the server cannot
       match a response to a transaction.  When the TU passes a response to
       the server transaction, it must pass it to the specific server
       transaction for which the response is targeted.
    
    17.2.4 Handling Transport Errors
    
       When the server transaction sends a response to the transport layer
       to be sent, the following procedures are followed if the transport
       layer indicates a failure.
    
       First, the procedures in [4] are followed, which attempt to deliver
       the response to a backup.  If those should all fail, based on the
       definition of failure in [4], the server transaction SHOULD inform
       the TU that a failure has occurred, and SHOULD transition to the
       terminated state.
    
    18 Transport
    
       The transport layer is responsible for the actual transmission of
       requests and responses over network transports.  This includes
       determination of the connection to use for a request or response in
       the case of connection-oriented transports.
    
       The transport layer is responsible for managing persistent
       connections for transport protocols like TCP and SCTP, or TLS over
       those, including ones opened to the transport layer.  This includes
       connections opened by the client or server transports, so that
       connections are shared between client and server transport functions.
       These connections are indexed by the tuple formed from the address,
       port, and transport protocol at the far end of the connection.  When
       a connection is opened by the transport layer, this index is set to
       the destination IP, port and transport.  When the connection is
       accepted by the transport layer, this index is set to the source IP
       address, port number, and transport.  Note that, because the source
       port is often ephemeral, but it cannot be known whether it is
       ephemeral or selected through procedures in [4], connections accepted
       by the transport layer will frequently not be reused.  The result is
       that two proxies in a "peering" relationship using a connection-
       oriented transport frequently will have two connections in use, one
       for transactions initiated in each direction.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 141]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       It is RECOMMENDED that connections be kept open for some
       implementation-defined duration after the last message was sent or
       received over that connection.  This duration SHOULD at least equal
       the longest amount of time the element would need in order to bring a
       transaction from instantiation to the terminated state.  This is to
       make it likely that transactions are completed over the same
       connection on which they are initiated (for example, request,
       response, and in the case of INVITE, ACK for non-2xx responses).
       This usually means at least 64*T1 (see Section 17.1.1.1 for a
       definition of T1).  However, it could be larger in an element that
       has a TU using a large value for timer C (bullet 11 of Section 16.6),
       for example.
    
       All SIP elements MUST implement UDP and TCP.  SIP elements MAY
       implement other protocols.
    
          Making TCP mandatory for the UA is a substantial change from RFC
          2543.  It has arisen out of the need to handle larger messages,
          which MUST use TCP, as discussed below.  Thus, even if an element
          never sends large messages, it may receive one and needs to be
          able to handle them.
    
    18.1 Clients
    
    18.1.1 Sending Requests
    
       The client side of the transport layer is responsible for sending the
       request and receiving responses.  The user of the transport layer
       passes the client transport the request, an IP address, port,
       transport, and possibly TTL for multicast destinations.
    
       If a request is within 200 bytes of the path MTU, or if it is larger
       than 1300 bytes and the path MTU is unknown, the request MUST be sent
       using an RFC 2914 [43] congestion controlled transport protocol, such
       as TCP. If this causes a change in the transport protocol from the
       one indicated in the top Via, the value in the top Via MUST be
       changed.  This prevents fragmentation of messages over UDP and
       provides congestion control for larger messages.  However,
       implementations MUST be able to handle messages up to the maximum
       datagram packet size.  For UDP, this size is 65,535 bytes, including
       IP and UDP headers.
    
          The 200 byte "buffer" between the message size and the MTU
          accommodates the fact that the response in SIP can be larger than
          the request.  This happens due to the addition of Record-Route
          header field values to the responses to INVITE, for example.  With
          the extra buffer, the response can be about 170 bytes larger than
          the request, and still not be fragmented on IPv4 (about 30 bytes
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 142]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          is consumed by IP/UDP, assuming no IPSec).  1300 is chosen when
          path MTU is not known, based on the assumption of a 1500 byte
          Ethernet MTU.
    
       If an element sends a request over TCP because of these message size
       constraints, and that request would have otherwise been sent over
       UDP, if the attempt to establish the connection generates either an
       ICMP Protocol Not Supported, or results in a TCP reset, the element
       SHOULD retry the request, using UDP.  This is only to provide
       backwards compatibility with RFC 2543 compliant implementations that
       do not support TCP.  It is anticipated that this behavior will be
       deprecated in a future revision of this specification.
    
       A client that sends a request to a multicast address MUST add the
       "maddr" parameter to its Via header field value containing the
       destination multicast address, and for IPv4, SHOULD add the "ttl"
       parameter with a value of 1.  Usage of IPv6 multicast is not defined
       in this specification, and will be a subject of future
       standardization when the need arises.
    
       These rules result in a purposeful limitation of multicast in SIP.
       Its primary function is to provide a "single-hop-discovery-like"
       service, delivering a request to a group of homogeneous servers,
       where it is only required to process the response from any one of
       them.  This functionality is most useful for registrations.  In fact,
       based on the transaction processing rules in Section 17.1.3, the
       client transaction will accept the first response, and view any
       others as retransmissions because they all contain the same Via
       branch identifier.
    
       Before a request is sent, the client transport MUST insert a value of
       the "sent-by" field into the Via header field.  This field contains
       an IP address or host name, and port.  The usage of an FQDN is
       RECOMMENDED.  This field is used for sending responses under certain
       conditions, described below.  If the port is absent, the default
       value depends on the transport.  It is 5060 for UDP, TCP and SCTP,
       5061 for TLS.
    
       For reliable transports, the response is normally sent on the
       connection on which the request was received.  Therefore, the client
       transport MUST be prepared to receive the response on the same
       connection used to send the request.  Under error conditions, the
       server may attempt to open a new connection to send the response.  To
       handle this case, the transport layer MUST also be prepared to
       receive an incoming connection on the source IP address from which
       the request was sent and port number in the "sent-by" field.  It also
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 143]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       MUST be prepared to receive incoming connections on any address and
       port that would be selected by a server based on the procedures
       described in Section 5 of [4].
    
       For unreliable unicast transports, the client transport MUST be
       prepared to receive responses on the source IP address from which the
       request is sent (as responses are sent back to the source address)
       and the port number in the "sent-by" field.  Furthermore, as with
       reliable transports, in certain cases the response will be sent
       elsewhere.  The client MUST be prepared to receive responses on any
       address and port that would be selected by a server based on the
       procedures described in Section 5 of [4].
    
       For multicast, the client transport MUST be prepared to receive
       responses on the same multicast group and port to which the request
       is sent (that is, it needs to be a member of the multicast group it
       sent the request to.)
    
       If a request is destined to an IP address, port, and transport to
       which an existing connection is open, it is RECOMMENDED that this
       connection be used to send the request, but another connection MAY be
       opened and used.
    
       If a request is sent using multicast, it is sent to the group
       address, port, and TTL provided by the transport user.  If a request
       is sent using unicast unreliable transports, it is sent to the IP
       address and port provided by the transport user.
    
    18.1.2 Receiving Responses
    
       When a response is received, the client transport examines the top
       Via header field value.  If the value of the "sent-by" parameter in
       that header field value does not correspond to a value that the
       client transport is configured to insert into requests, the response
       MUST be silently discarded.
    
       If there are any client transactions in existence, the client
       transport uses the matching procedures of Section 17.1.3 to attempt
       to match the response to an existing transaction.  If there is a
       match, the response MUST be passed to that transaction.  Otherwise,
       the response MUST be passed to the core (whether it be stateless
       proxy, stateful proxy, or UA) for further processing.  Handling of
       these "stray" responses is dependent on the core (a proxy will
       forward them, while a UA will discard, for example).
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 144]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    18.2 Servers
    
    18.2.1 Receiving Requests
    
       A server SHOULD be prepared to receive requests on any IP address,
       port and transport combination that can be the result of a DNS lookup
       on a SIP or SIPS URI [4] that is handed out for the purposes of
       communicating with that server.  In this context, "handing out"
       includes placing a URI in a Contact header field in a REGISTER
       request or a redirect response, or in a Record-Route header field in
       a request or response.  A URI can also be "handed out" by placing it
       on a web page or business card.  It is also RECOMMENDED that a server
       listen for requests on the default SIP ports (5060 for TCP and UDP,
       5061 for TLS over TCP) on all public interfaces.  The typical
       exception would be private networks, or when multiple server
       instances are running on the same host.  For any port and interface
       that a server listens on for UDP, it MUST listen on that same port
       and interface for TCP.  This is because a message may need to be sent
       using TCP, rather than UDP, if it is too large.  As a result, the
       converse is not true.  A server need not listen for UDP on a
       particular address and port just because it is listening on that same
       address and port for TCP.  There may, of course, be other reasons why
       a server needs to listen for UDP on a particular address and port.
    
       When the server transport receives a request over any transport, it
       MUST examine the value of the "sent-by" parameter in the top Via
       header field value.  If the host portion of the "sent-by" parameter
       contains a domain name, or if it contains an IP address that differs
       from the packet source address, the server MUST add a "received"
       parameter to that Via header field value.  This parameter MUST
       contain the source address from which the packet was received.  This
       is to assist the server transport layer in sending the response,
       since it must be sent to the source IP address from which the request
       came.
    
       Consider a request received by the server transport which looks like,
       in part:
    
          INVITE sip:bob@Biloxi.com SIP/2.0
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bobspc.biloxi.com:5060
    
       The request is received with a source IP address of 192.0.2.4.
       Before passing the request up, the transport adds a "received"
       parameter, so that the request would look like, in part:
    
          INVITE sip:bob@Biloxi.com SIP/2.0
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bobspc.biloxi.com:5060;received=192.0.2.4
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 145]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Next, the server transport attempts to match the request to a server
       transaction.  It does so using the matching rules described in
       Section 17.2.3.  If a matching server transaction is found, the
       request is passed to that transaction for processing.  If no match is
       found, the request is passed to the core, which may decide to
       construct a new server transaction for that request.  Note that when
       a UAS core sends a 2xx response to INVITE, the server transaction is
       destroyed.  This means that when the ACK arrives, there will be no
       matching server transaction, and based on this rule, the ACK is
       passed to the UAS core, where it is processed.
    
    18.2.2 Sending Responses
    
       The server transport uses the value of the top Via header field in
       order to determine where to send a response.  It MUST follow the
       following process:
    
          o  If the "sent-protocol" is a reliable transport protocol such as
             TCP or SCTP, or TLS over those, the response MUST be sent using
             the existing connection to the source of the original request
             that created the transaction, if that connection is still open.
             This requires the server transport to maintain an association
             between server transactions and transport connections.  If that
             connection is no longer open, the server SHOULD open a
             connection to the IP address in the "received" parameter, if
             present, using the port in the "sent-by" value, or the default
             port for that transport, if no port is specified.  If that
             connection attempt fails, the server SHOULD use the procedures
             in [4] for servers in order to determine the IP address and
             port to open the connection and send the response to.
    
          o  Otherwise, if the Via header field value contains a "maddr"
             parameter, the response MUST be forwarded to the address listed
             there, using the port indicated in "sent-by", or port 5060 if
             none is present.  If the address is a multicast address, the
             response SHOULD be sent using the TTL indicated in the "ttl"
             parameter, or with a TTL of 1 if that parameter is not present.
    
          o  Otherwise (for unreliable unicast transports), if the top Via
             has a "received" parameter, the response MUST be sent to the
             address in the "received" parameter, using the port indicated
             in the "sent-by" value, or using port 5060 if none is specified
             explicitly.  If this fails, for example, elicits an ICMP "port
             unreachable" response, the procedures of Section 5 of [4]
             SHOULD be used to determine where to send the response.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 146]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          o  Otherwise, if it is not receiver-tagged, the response MUST be
             sent to the address indicated by the "sent-by" value, using the
             procedures in Section 5 of [4].
    
    18.3 Framing
    
       In the case of message-oriented transports (such as UDP), if the
       message has a Content-Length header field, the message body is
       assumed to contain that many bytes.  If there are additional bytes in
       the transport packet beyond the end of the body, they MUST be
       discarded.  If the transport packet ends before the end of the
       message body, this is considered an error.  If the message is a
       response, it MUST be discarded.  If the message is a request, the
       element SHOULD generate a 400 (Bad Request) response.  If the message
       has no Content-Length header field, the message body is assumed to
       end at the end of the transport packet.
    
       In the case of stream-oriented transports such as TCP, the Content-
       Length header field indicates the size of the body.  The Content-
       Length header field MUST be used with stream oriented transports.
    
    18.4 Error Handling
    
       Error handling is independent of whether the message was a request or
       response.
    
       If the transport user asks for a message to be sent over an
       unreliable transport, and the result is an ICMP error, the behavior
       depends on the type of ICMP error.  Host, network, port or protocol
       unreachable errors, or parameter problem errors SHOULD cause the
       transport layer to inform the transport user of a failure in sending.
       Source quench and TTL exceeded ICMP errors SHOULD be ignored.
    
       If the transport user asks for a request to be sent over a reliable
       transport, and the result is a connection failure, the transport
       layer SHOULD inform the transport user of a failure in sending.
    
    19 Common Message Components
    
       There are certain components of SIP messages that appear in various
       places within SIP messages (and sometimes, outside of them) that
       merit separate discussion.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 147]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    19.1 SIP and SIPS Uniform Resource Indicators
    
       A SIP or SIPS URI identifies a communications resource.  Like all
       URIs, SIP and SIPS URIs may be placed in web pages, email messages,
       or printed literature.  They contain sufficient information to
       initiate and maintain a communication session with the resource.
    
       Examples of communications resources include the following:
    
          o  a user of an online service
    
          o  an appearance on a multi-line phone
    
          o  a mailbox on a messaging system
    
          o  a PSTN number at a gateway service
    
          o  a group (such as "sales" or "helpdesk") in an organization
    
       A SIPS URI specifies that the resource be contacted securely.  This
       means, in particular, that TLS is to be used between the UAC and the
       domain that owns the URI.  From there, secure communications are used
       to reach the user, where the specific security mechanism depends on
       the policy of the domain.  Any resource described by a SIP URI can be
       "upgraded" to a SIPS URI by just changing the scheme, if it is
       desired to communicate with that resource securely.
    
    19.1.1 SIP and SIPS URI Components
    
       The "sip:" and "sips:" schemes follow the guidelines in RFC 2396 [5].
       They use a form similar to the mailto URL, allowing the specification
       of SIP request-header fields and the SIP message-body.  This makes it
       possible to specify the subject, media type, or urgency of sessions
       initiated by using a URI on a web page or in an email message.  The
       formal syntax for a SIP or SIPS URI is presented in Section 25.  Its
       general form, in the case of a SIP URI, is:
    
          sip:user:password@host:port;uri-parameters?headers
    
       The format for a SIPS URI is the same, except that the scheme is
       "sips" instead of sip.  These tokens, and some of the tokens in their
       expansions, have the following meanings:
    
          user: The identifier of a particular resource at the host being
             addressed.  The term "host" in this context frequently refers
             to a domain.  The "userinfo" of a URI consists of this user
             field, the password field, and the @ sign following them.  The
             userinfo part of a URI is optional and MAY be absent when the
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 148]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             destination host does not have a notion of users or when the
             host itself is the resource being identified.  If the @ sign is
             present in a SIP or SIPS URI, the user field MUST NOT be empty.
    
             If the host being addressed can process telephone numbers, for
             instance, an Internet telephony gateway, a telephone-
             subscriber field defined in RFC 2806 [9] MAY be used to
             populate the user field.  There are special escaping rules for
             encoding telephone-subscriber fields in SIP and SIPS URIs
             described in Section 19.1.2.
    
          password: A password associated with the user.  While the SIP and
             SIPS URI syntax allows this field to be present, its use is NOT
             RECOMMENDED, because the passing of authentication information
             in clear text (such as URIs) has proven to be a security risk
             in almost every case where it has been used.  For instance,
             transporting a PIN number in this field exposes the PIN.
    
             Note that the password field is just an extension of the user
             portion.  Implementations not wishing to give special
             significance to the password portion of the field MAY simply
             treat "user:password" as a single string.
    
          host: The host providing the SIP resource.  The host part contains
             either a fully-qualified domain name or numeric IPv4 or IPv6
             address.  Using the fully-qualified domain name form is
             RECOMMENDED whenever possible.
    
          port: The port number where the request is to be sent.
    
          URI parameters: Parameters affecting a request constructed from
             the URI.
    
             URI parameters are added after the hostport component and are
             separated by semi-colons.
    
             URI parameters take the form:
    
                parameter-name "=" parameter-value
    
             Even though an arbitrary number of URI parameters may be
             included in a URI, any given parameter-name MUST NOT appear
             more than once.
    
             This extensible mechanism includes the transport, maddr, ttl,
             user, method and lr parameters.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 149]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             The transport parameter determines the transport mechanism to
             be used for sending SIP messages, as specified in [4].  SIP can
             use any network transport protocol.  Parameter names are
             defined for UDP (RFC 768 [14]), TCP (RFC 761 [15]), and SCTP
             (RFC 2960 [16]).  For a SIPS URI, the transport parameter MUST
             indicate a reliable transport.
    
             The maddr parameter indicates the server address to be
             contacted for this user, overriding any address derived from
             the host field.  When an maddr parameter is present, the port
             and transport components of the URI apply to the address
             indicated in the maddr parameter value.  [4] describes the
             proper interpretation of the transport, maddr, and hostport in
             order to obtain the destination address, port, and transport
             for sending a request.
    
             The maddr field has been used as a simple form of loose source
             routing.  It allows a URI to specify a proxy that must be
             traversed en-route to the destination.  Continuing to use the
             maddr parameter this way is strongly discouraged (the
             mechanisms that enable it are deprecated).  Implementations
             should instead use the Route mechanism described in this
             document, establishing a pre-existing route set if necessary
             (see Section 8.1.1.1).  This provides a full URI to describe
             the node to be traversed.
    
             The ttl parameter determines the time-to-live value of the UDP
             multicast packet and MUST only be used if maddr is a multicast
             address and the transport protocol is UDP.  For example, to
             specify a call to alice@atlanta.com using multicast to
             239.255.255.1 with a ttl of 15, the following URI would be
             used:
    
                sip:alice@atlanta.com;maddr=239.255.255.1;ttl=15
    
             The set of valid telephone-subscriber strings is a subset of
             valid user strings.  The user URI parameter exists to
             distinguish telephone numbers from user names that happen to
             look like telephone numbers.  If the user string contains a
             telephone number formatted as a telephone-subscriber, the user
             parameter value "phone" SHOULD be present.  Even without this
             parameter, recipients of SIP and SIPS URIs MAY interpret the
             pre-@ part as a telephone number if local restrictions on the
             name space for user name allow it.
    
             The method of the SIP request constructed from the URI can be
             specified with the method parameter.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 150]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             The lr parameter, when present, indicates that the element
             responsible for this resource implements the routing mechanisms
             specified in this document.  This parameter will be used in the
             URIs proxies place into Record-Route header field values, and
             may appear in the URIs in a pre-existing route set.
    
             This parameter is used to achieve backwards compatibility with
             systems implementing the strict-routing mechanisms of RFC 2543
             and the rfc2543bis drafts up to bis-05.  An element preparing
             to send a request based on a URI not containing this parameter
             can assume the receiving element implements strict-routing and
             reformat the message to preserve the information in the
             Request-URI.
    
             Since the uri-parameter mechanism is extensible, SIP elements
             MUST silently ignore any uri-parameters that they do not
             understand.
    
          Headers: Header fields to be included in a request constructed
             from the URI.
    
             Headers fields in the SIP request can be specified with the "?"
             mechanism within a URI.  The header names and values are
             encoded in ampersand separated hname = hvalue pairs.  The
             special hname "body" indicates that the associated hvalue is
             the message-body of the SIP request.
    
       Table 1 summarizes the use of SIP and SIPS URI components based on
       the context in which the URI appears.  The external column describes
       URIs appearing anywhere outside of a SIP message, for instance on a
       web page or business card.  Entries marked "m" are mandatory, those
       marked "o" are optional, and those marked "-" are not allowed.
       Elements processing URIs SHOULD ignore any disallowed components if
       they are present.  The second column indicates the default value of
       an optional element if it is not present.  "--" indicates that the
       element is either not optional, or has no default value.
    
       URIs in Contact header fields have different restrictions depending
       on the context in which the header field appears.  One set applies to
       messages that establish and maintain dialogs (INVITE and its 200 (OK)
       response).  The other applies to registration and redirection
       messages (REGISTER, its 200 (OK) response, and 3xx class responses to
       any method).
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 151]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    19.1.2 Character Escaping Requirements
    
                                                           dialog
                                              reg./redir. Contact/
                  default  Req.-URI  To  From  Contact   R-R/Route  external
    user          --          o      o    o       o          o         o
    password      --          o      o    o       o          o         o
    host          --          m      m    m       m          m         m
    port          (1)         o      -    -       o          o         o
    user-param    ip          o      o    o       o          o         o
    method        INVITE      -      -    -       -          -         o
    maddr-param   --          o      -    -       o          o         o
    ttl-param     1           o      -    -       o          -         o
    transp.-param (2)         o      -    -       o          o         o
    lr-param      --          o      -    -       -          o         o
    other-param   --          o      o    o       o          o         o
    headers       --          -      -    -       o          -         o
    
       (1): The default port value is transport and scheme dependent.  The
       default  is  5060  for  sip: using UDP, TCP, or SCTP.  The default is
       5061 for sip: using TLS over TCP and sips: over TCP.
    
       (2): The default transport is scheme dependent.  For sip:, it is UDP.
       For sips:, it is TCP.
    
       Table 1: Use and default values of URI components for SIP header
       field values, Request-URI and references
    
       SIP follows the requirements and guidelines of RFC 2396 [5] when
       defining the set of characters that must be escaped in a SIP URI, and
       uses its ""%" HEX HEX" mechanism for escaping.  From RFC 2396 [5]:
    
          The set of characters actually reserved within any given URI
          component is defined by that component.  In general, a character
          is reserved if the semantics of the URI changes if the character
          is replaced with its escaped US-ASCII encoding [5].  Excluded US-
          ASCII characters (RFC 2396 [5]), such as space and control
          characters and characters used as URI delimiters, also MUST be
          escaped.  URIs MUST NOT contain unescaped space and control
          characters.
    
       For each component, the set of valid BNF expansions defines exactly
       which characters may appear unescaped.  All other characters MUST be
       escaped.
    
       For example, "@" is not in the set of characters in the user
       component, so the user "j@s0n" must have at least the @ sign encoded,
       as in "j%40s0n".
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 152]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Expanding the hname and hvalue tokens in Section 25 show that all URI
       reserved characters in header field names and values MUST be escaped.
    
       The telephone-subscriber subset of the user component has special
       escaping considerations.  The set of characters not reserved in the
       RFC 2806 [9] description of telephone-subscriber contains a number of
       characters in various syntax elements that need to be escaped when
       used in SIP URIs.  Any characters occurring in a telephone-subscriber
       that do not appear in an expansion of the BNF for the user rule MUST
       be escaped.
    
       Note that character escaping is not allowed in the host component of
       a SIP or SIPS URI (the % character is not valid in its expansion).
       This is likely to change in the future as requirements for
       Internationalized Domain Names are finalized.  Current
       implementations MUST NOT attempt to improve robustness by treating
       received escaped characters in the host component as literally
       equivalent to their unescaped counterpart.  The behavior required to
       meet the requirements of IDN may be significantly different.
    
    19.1.3 Example SIP and SIPS URIs
    
       sip:alice@atlanta.com
       sip:alice:secretword@atlanta.com;transport=tcp
       sips:alice@atlanta.com?subject=project%20x&priority=urgent
       sip:+1-212-555-1212:1234@gateway.com;user=phone
       sips:1212@gateway.com
       sip:alice@192.0.2.4
       sip:atlanta.com;method=REGISTER?to=alice%40atlanta.com
       sip:alice;day=tuesday@atlanta.com
    
       The last sample URI above has a user field value of
       "alice;day=tuesday".  The escaping rules defined above allow a
       semicolon to appear unescaped in this field.  For the purposes of
       this protocol, the field is opaque.  The structure of that value is
       only useful to the SIP element responsible for the resource.
    
    19.1.4 URI Comparison
    
       Some operations in this specification require determining whether two
       SIP or SIPS URIs are equivalent.  In this specification, registrars
       need to compare bindings in Contact URIs in REGISTER requests (see
       Section 10.3.).  SIP and SIPS URIs are compared for equality
       according to the following rules:
    
          o  A SIP and SIPS URI are never equivalent.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 153]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          o  Comparison of the userinfo of SIP and SIPS URIs is case-
             sensitive.  This includes userinfo containing passwords or
             formatted as telephone-subscribers.  Comparison of all other
             components of the URI is case-insensitive unless explicitly
             defined otherwise.
    
          o  The ordering of parameters and header fields is not significant
             in comparing SIP and SIPS URIs.
    
          o  Characters other than those in the "reserved" set (see RFC 2396
             [5]) are equivalent to their ""%" HEX HEX" encoding.
    
          o  An IP address that is the result of a DNS lookup of a host name
             does not match that host name.
    
          o  For two URIs to be equal, the user, password, host, and port
             components must match.
    
             A URI omitting the user component will not match a URI that
             includes one.  A URI omitting the password component will not
             match a URI that includes one.
    
             A URI omitting any component with a default value will not
             match a URI explicitly containing that component with its
             default value.  For instance, a URI omitting the optional port
             component will not match a URI explicitly declaring port 5060.
             The same is true for the transport-parameter, ttl-parameter,
             user-parameter, and method components.
    
                Defining sip:user@host to not be equivalent to
                sip:user@host:5060 is a change from RFC 2543.  When deriving
                addresses from URIs, equivalent addresses are expected from
                equivalent URIs.  The URI sip:user@host:5060 will always
                resolve to port 5060.  The URI sip:user@host may resolve to
                other ports through the DNS SRV mechanisms detailed in [4].
    
          o  URI uri-parameter components are compared as follows:
    
             -  Any uri-parameter appearing in both URIs must match.
    
             -  A user, ttl, or method uri-parameter appearing in only one
                URI never matches, even if it contains the default value.
    
             -  A URI that includes an maddr parameter will not match a URI
                that contains no maddr parameter.
    
             -  All other uri-parameters appearing in only one URI are
                ignored when comparing the URIs.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 154]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          o  URI header components are never ignored.  Any present header
             component MUST be present in both URIs and match for the URIs
             to match.  The matching rules are defined for each header field
             in Section 20.
    
       The URIs within each of the following sets are equivalent:
    
       sip:%61lice@atlanta.com;transport=TCP
       sip:alice@AtLanTa.CoM;Transport=tcp
    
       sip:carol@chicago.com
       sip:carol@chicago.com;newparam=5
       sip:carol@chicago.com;security=on
    
       sip:biloxi.com;transport=tcp;method=REGISTER?to=sip:bob%40biloxi.com
       sip:biloxi.com;method=REGISTER;transport=tcp?to=sip:bob%40biloxi.com
    
       sip:alice@atlanta.com?subject=project%20x&priority=urgent
       sip:alice@atlanta.com?priority=urgent&subject=project%20x
    
       The URIs within each of the following sets are not equivalent:
    
       SIP:ALICE@AtLanTa.CoM;Transport=udp             (different usernames)
       sip:alice@AtLanTa.CoM;Transport=UDP
    
       sip:bob@biloxi.com                   (can resolve to different ports)
       sip:bob@biloxi.com:5060
    
       sip:bob@biloxi.com              (can resolve to different transports)
       sip:bob@biloxi.com;transport=udp
    
       sip:bob@biloxi.com     (can resolve to different port and transports)
       sip:bob@biloxi.com:6000;transport=tcp
    
       sip:carol@chicago.com                    (different header component)
       sip:carol@chicago.com?Subject=next%20meeting
    
       sip:bob@phone21.boxesbybob.com   (even though that's what
       sip:bob@192.0.2.4                 phone21.boxesbybob.com resolves to)
    
       Note that equality is not transitive:
    
          o  sip:carol@chicago.com and sip:carol@chicago.com;security=on are
             equivalent
    
          o  sip:carol@chicago.com and sip:carol@chicago.com;security=off
             are equivalent
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 155]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          o  sip:carol@chicago.com;security=on and
             sip:carol@chicago.com;security=off are not equivalent
    
    19.1.5 Forming Requests from a URI
    
       An implementation needs to take care when forming requests directly
       from a URI.  URIs from business cards, web pages, and even from
       sources inside the protocol such as registered contacts may contain
       inappropriate header fields or body parts.
    
       An implementation MUST include any provided transport, maddr, ttl, or
       user parameter in the Request-URI of the formed request.  If the URI
       contains a method parameter, its value MUST be used as the method of
       the request.  The method parameter MUST NOT be placed in the
       Request-URI.  Unknown URI parameters MUST be placed in the message's
       Request-URI.
    
       An implementation SHOULD treat the presence of any headers or body
       parts in the URI as a desire to include them in the message, and
       choose to honor the request on a per-component basis.
    
       An implementation SHOULD NOT honor these obviously dangerous header
       fields: From, Call-ID, CSeq, Via, and Record-Route.
    
       An implementation SHOULD NOT honor any requested Route header field
       values in order to not be used as an unwitting agent in malicious
       attacks.
    
       An implementation SHOULD NOT honor requests to include header fields
       that may cause it to falsely advertise its location or capabilities.
       These include: Accept, Accept-Encoding, Accept-Language, Allow,
       Contact (in its dialog usage), Organization, Supported, and User-
       Agent.
    
       An implementation SHOULD verify the accuracy of any requested
       descriptive header fields, including: Content-Disposition, Content-
       Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Length, Content-Type, Date,
       Mime-Version, and Timestamp.
    
       If the request formed from constructing a message from a given URI is
       not a valid SIP request, the URI is invalid.  An implementation MUST
       NOT proceed with transmitting the request.  It should instead pursue
       the course of action due an invalid URI in the context it occurs.
    
          The constructed request can be invalid in many ways.  These
          include, but are not limited to, syntax error in header fields,
          invalid combinations of URI parameters, or an incorrect
          description of the message body.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 156]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Sending a request formed from a given URI may require capabilities
       unavailable to the implementation.  The URI might indicate use of an
       unimplemented transport or extension, for example.  An implementation
       SHOULD refuse to send these requests rather than modifying them to
       match their capabilities.  An implementation MUST NOT send a request
       requiring an extension that it does not support.
    
          For example, such a request can be formed through the presence of
          a Require header parameter or a method URI parameter with an
          unknown or explicitly unsupported value.
    
    19.1.6 Relating SIP URIs and tel URLs
    
       When a tel URL (RFC 2806 [9]) is converted to a SIP or SIPS URI, the
       entire telephone-subscriber portion of the tel URL, including any
       parameters, is placed into the userinfo part of the SIP or SIPS URI.
    
       Thus, tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22 becomes
    
          sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
    
       or
          sips:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
    
       not
          sip:+358-555-1234567@foo.com;postd=pp22;user=phone
    
       or
    
          sips:+358-555-1234567@foo.com;postd=pp22;user=phone
    
       In general, equivalent "tel" URLs converted to SIP or SIPS URIs in
       this fashion may not produce equivalent SIP or SIPS URIs.  The
       userinfo of SIP and SIPS URIs are compared as a case-sensitive
       string.  Variance in case-insensitive portions of tel URLs and
       reordering of tel URL parameters does not affect tel URL equivalence,
       but does affect the equivalence of SIP URIs formed from them.
    
       For example,
    
          tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22
          tel:+358-555-1234567;POSTD=PP22
    
       are equivalent, while
    
          sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
          sip:+358-555-1234567;POSTD=PP22@foo.com;user=phone
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 157]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       are not.
    
       Likewise,
    
          tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22;isub=1411
          tel:+358-555-1234567;isub=1411;postd=pp22
    
       are equivalent, while
    
          sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22;isub=1411@foo.com;user=phone
          sip:+358-555-1234567;isub=1411;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
    
       are not.
    
       To mitigate this problem, elements constructing telephone-subscriber
       fields to place in the userinfo part of a SIP or SIPS URI SHOULD fold
       any case-insensitive portion of telephone-subscriber to lower case,
       and order the telephone-subscriber parameters lexically by parameter
       name, excepting isdn-subaddress and post-dial, which occur first and
       in that order.  (All components of a tel URL except for future-
       extension parameters are defined to be compared case-insensitive.)
    
       Following this suggestion, both
    
          tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22
          tel:+358-555-1234567;POSTD=PP22
    
          become
    
            sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
    
       and both
    
            tel:+358-555-1234567;tsp=a.b;phone-context=5
            tel:+358-555-1234567;phone-context=5;tsp=a.b
    
          become
    
            sip:+358-555-1234567;phone-context=5;tsp=a.b@foo.com;user=phone
    
    19.2 Option Tags
    
       Option tags are unique identifiers used to designate new options
       (extensions) in SIP.  These tags are used in Require (Section 20.32),
       Proxy-Require (Section 20.29), Supported (Section 20.37) and
       Unsupported (Section 20.40) header fields.  Note that these options
       appear as parameters in those header fields in an option-tag = token
       form (see Section 25 for the definition of token).
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 158]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Option tags are defined in standards track RFCs.  This is a change
       from past practice, and is instituted to ensure continuing multi-
       vendor interoperability (see discussion in Section 20.32 and Section
       20.37).  An IANA registry of option tags is used to ensure easy
       reference.
    
    19.3 Tags
    
       The "tag" parameter is used in the To and From header fields of SIP
       messages.  It serves as a general mechanism to identify a dialog,
       which is the combination of the Call-ID along with two tags, one from
       each participant in the dialog.  When a UA sends a request outside of
       a dialog, it contains a From tag only, providing "half" of the dialog
       ID.  The dialog is completed from the response(s), each of which
       contributes the second half in the To header field.  The forking of
       SIP requests means that multiple dialogs can be established from a
       single request.  This also explains the need for the two-sided dialog
       identifier; without a contribution from the recipients, the
       originator could not disambiguate the multiple dialogs established
       from a single request.
    
       When a tag is generated by a UA for insertion into a request or
       response, it MUST be globally unique and cryptographically random
       with at least 32 bits of randomness.  A property of this selection
       requirement is that a UA will place a different tag into the From
       header of an INVITE than it would place into the To header of the
       response to the same INVITE.  This is needed in order for a UA to
       invite itself to a session, a common case for "hairpinning" of calls
       in PSTN gateways.  Similarly, two INVITEs for different calls will
       have different From tags, and two responses for different calls will
       have different To tags.
    
       Besides the requirement for global uniqueness, the algorithm for
       generating a tag is implementation-specific.  Tags are helpful in
       fault tolerant systems, where a dialog is to be recovered on an
       alternate server after a failure.  A UAS can select the tag in such a
       way that a backup can recognize a request as part of a dialog on the
       failed server, and therefore determine that it should attempt to
       recover the dialog and any other state associated with it.
    
    20 Header Fields
    
       The general syntax for header fields is covered in Section 7.3.  This
       section lists the full set of header fields along with notes on
       syntax, meaning, and usage.  Throughout this section, we use [HX.Y]
       to refer to Section X.Y of the current HTTP/1.1 specification RFC
       2616 [8].  Examples of each header field are given.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 159]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Information about header fields in relation to methods and proxy
       processing is summarized in Tables 2 and 3.
    
       The "where" column describes the request and response types in which
       the header field can be used.  Values in this column are:
    
          R: header field may only appear in requests;
    
          r: header field may only appear in responses;
    
          2xx, 4xx, etc.: A numerical value or range indicates response
               codes with which the header field can be used;
    
          c: header field is copied from the request to the response.
    
          An empty entry in the "where" column indicates that the header
               field may be present in all requests and responses.
    
       The "proxy" column describes the operations a proxy may perform on a
       header field:
    
          a: A proxy can add or concatenate the header field if not present.
    
          m: A proxy can modify an existing header field value.
    
          d: A proxy can delete a header field value.
    
          r: A proxy must be able to read the header field, and thus this
               header field cannot be encrypted.
    
       The next six columns relate to the presence of a header field in a
       method:
    
          c: Conditional; requirements on the header field depend on the
               context of the message.
    
          m: The header field is mandatory.
    
          m*: The header field SHOULD be sent, but clients/servers need to
               be prepared to receive messages without that header field.
    
          o: The header field is optional.
    
          t: The header field SHOULD be sent, but clients/servers need to be
               prepared to receive messages without that header field.
    
               If a stream-based protocol (such as TCP) is used as a
               transport, then the header field MUST be sent.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 160]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          *: The header field is required if the message body is not empty.
               See Sections 20.14, 20.15 and 7.4 for details.
    
          -: The header field is not applicable.
    
       "Optional" means that an element MAY include the header field in a
       request or response, and a UA MAY ignore the header field if present
       in the request or response (The exception to this rule is the Require
       header field discussed in 20.32).  A "mandatory" header field MUST be
       present in a request, and MUST be understood by the UAS receiving the
       request.  A mandatory response header field MUST be present in the
       response, and the header field MUST be understood by the UAC
       processing the response.  "Not applicable" means that the header
       field MUST NOT be present in a request.  If one is placed in a
       request by mistake, it MUST be ignored by the UAS receiving the
       request.  Similarly, a header field labeled "not applicable" for a
       response means that the UAS MUST NOT place the header field in the
       response, and the UAC MUST ignore the header field in the response.
    
       A UA SHOULD ignore extension header parameters that are not
       understood.
    
       A compact form of some common header field names is also defined for
       use when overall message size is an issue.
    
       The Contact, From, and To header fields contain a URI.  If the URI
       contains a comma, question mark or semicolon, the URI MUST be
       enclosed in angle brackets (< and >).  Any URI parameters are
       contained within these brackets.  If the URI is not enclosed in angle
       brackets, any semicolon-delimited parameters are header-parameters,
       not URI parameters.
    
    20.1 Accept
    
       The Accept header field follows the syntax defined in [H14.1].  The
       semantics are also identical, with the exception that if no Accept
       header field is present, the server SHOULD assume a default value of
       application/sdp.
    
       An empty Accept header field means that no formats are acceptable.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 161]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example:
    
          Header field          where   proxy ACK BYE CAN INV OPT REG
          ___________________________________________________________
          Accept                  R            -   o   -   o   m*  o
          Accept                 2xx           -   -   -   o   m*  o
          Accept                 415           -   c   -   c   c   c
          Accept-Encoding         R            -   o   -   o   o   o
          Accept-Encoding        2xx           -   -   -   o   m*  o
          Accept-Encoding        415           -   c   -   c   c   c
          Accept-Language         R            -   o   -   o   o   o
          Accept-Language        2xx           -   -   -   o   m*  o
          Accept-Language        415           -   c   -   c   c   c
          Alert-Info              R      ar    -   -   -   o   -   -
          Alert-Info             180     ar    -   -   -   o   -   -
          Allow                   R            -   o   -   o   o   o
          Allow                  2xx           -   o   -   m*  m*  o
          Allow                   r            -   o   -   o   o   o
          Allow                  405           -   m   -   m   m   m
          Authentication-Info    2xx           -   o   -   o   o   o
          Authorization           R            o   o   o   o   o   o
          Call-ID                 c       r    m   m   m   m   m   m
          Call-Info                      ar    -   -   -   o   o   o
          Contact                 R            o   -   -   m   o   o
          Contact                1xx           -   -   -   o   -   -
          Contact                2xx           -   -   -   m   o   o
          Contact                3xx      d    -   o   -   o   o   o
          Contact                485           -   o   -   o   o   o
          Content-Disposition                  o   o   -   o   o   o
          Content-Encoding                     o   o   -   o   o   o
          Content-Language                     o   o   -   o   o   o
          Content-Length                 ar    t   t   t   t   t   t
          Content-Type                         *   *   -   *   *   *
          CSeq                    c       r    m   m   m   m   m   m
          Date                            a    o   o   o   o   o   o
          Error-Info           300-699    a    -   o   o   o   o   o
          Expires                              -   -   -   o   -   o
          From                    c       r    m   m   m   m   m   m
          In-Reply-To             R            -   -   -   o   -   -
          Max-Forwards            R      amr   m   m   m   m   m   m
          Min-Expires            423           -   -   -   -   -   m
          MIME-Version                         o   o   -   o   o   o
          Organization                   ar    -   -   -   o   o   o
    
                 Table 2: Summary of header fields, A--O
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 162]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Header field              where       proxy ACK BYE CAN INV OPT REG
       ___________________________________________________________________
       Priority                    R          ar    -   -   -   o   -   -
       Proxy-Authenticate         407         ar    -   m   -   m   m   m
       Proxy-Authenticate         401         ar    -   o   o   o   o   o
       Proxy-Authorization         R          dr    o   o   -   o   o   o
       Proxy-Require               R          ar    -   o   -   o   o   o
       Record-Route                R          ar    o   o   o   o   o   -
       Record-Route             2xx,18x       mr    -   o   o   o   o   -
       Reply-To                                     -   -   -   o   -   -
       Require                                ar    -   c   -   c   c   c
       Retry-After          404,413,480,486         -   o   o   o   o   o
                                500,503             -   o   o   o   o   o
                                600,603             -   o   o   o   o   o
       Route                       R          adr   c   c   c   c   c   c
       Server                      r                -   o   o   o   o   o
       Subject                     R                -   -   -   o   -   -
       Supported                   R                -   o   o   m*  o   o
       Supported                  2xx               -   o   o   m*  m*  o
       Timestamp                                    o   o   o   o   o   o
       To                        c(1)          r    m   m   m   m   m   m
       Unsupported                420               -   m   -   m   m   m
       User-Agent                                   o   o   o   o   o   o
       Via                         R          amr   m   m   m   m   m   m
       Via                        rc          dr    m   m   m   m   m   m
       Warning                     r                -   o   o   o   o   o
       WWW-Authenticate           401         ar    -   m   -   m   m   m
       WWW-Authenticate           407         ar    -   o   -   o   o   o
    
       Table 3: Summary of header fields, P--Z; (1): copied with possible
       addition of tag
    
          Accept: application/sdp;level=1, application/x-private, text/html
    
    20.2 Accept-Encoding
    
       The Accept-Encoding header field is similar to Accept, but restricts
       the content-codings [H3.5] that are acceptable in the response.  See
       [H14.3].  The semantics in SIP are identical to those defined in
       [H14.3].
    
       An empty Accept-Encoding header field is permissible.  It is
       equivalent to Accept-Encoding: identity, that is, only the identity
       encoding, meaning no encoding, is permissible.
    
       If no Accept-Encoding header field is present, the server SHOULD
       assume a default value of identity.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 163]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       This differs slightly from the HTTP definition, which indicates that
       when not present, any encoding can be used, but the identity encoding
       is preferred.
    
       Example:
    
          Accept-Encoding: gzip
    
    20.3 Accept-Language
    
       The Accept-Language header field is used in requests to indicate the
       preferred languages for reason phrases, session descriptions, or
       status responses carried as message bodies in the response.  If no
       Accept-Language header field is present, the server SHOULD assume all
       languages are acceptable to the client.
    
       The Accept-Language header field follows the syntax defined in
       [H14.4].  The rules for ordering the languages based on the "q"
       parameter apply to SIP as well.
    
       Example:
    
          Accept-Language: da, en-gb;q=0.8, en;q=0.7
    
    20.4 Alert-Info
    
       When present in an INVITE request, the Alert-Info header field
       specifies an alternative ring tone to the UAS.  When present in a 180
       (Ringing) response, the Alert-Info header field specifies an
       alternative ringback tone to the UAC.  A typical usage is for a proxy
       to insert this header field to provide a distinctive ring feature.
    
       The Alert-Info header field can introduce security risks.  These
       risks and the ways to handle them are discussed in Section 20.9,
       which discusses the Call-Info header field since the risks are
       identical.
    
       In addition, a user SHOULD be able to disable this feature
       selectively.
    
          This helps prevent disruptions that could result from the use of
          this header field by untrusted elements.
    
       Example:
    
          Alert-Info: <http://www.example.com/sounds/moo.wav>
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 164]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    20.5 Allow
    
       The Allow header field lists the set of methods supported by the UA
       generating the message.
    
       All methods, including ACK and CANCEL, understood by the UA MUST be
       included in the list of methods in the Allow header field, when
       present.  The absence of an Allow header field MUST NOT be
       interpreted to mean that the UA sending the message supports no
       methods.   Rather, it implies that the UA is not providing any
       information on what methods it supports.
    
       Supplying an Allow header field in responses to methods other than
       OPTIONS reduces the number of messages needed.
    
       Example:
    
          Allow: INVITE, ACK, OPTIONS, CANCEL, BYE
    
    20.6 Authentication-Info
    
       The Authentication-Info header field provides for mutual
       authentication with HTTP Digest.  A UAS MAY include this header field
       in a 2xx response to a request that was successfully authenticated
       using digest based on the Authorization header field.
    
       Syntax and semantics follow those specified in RFC 2617 [17].
    
       Example:
    
          Authentication-Info: nextnonce="47364c23432d2e131a5fb210812c"
    
    20.7 Authorization
    
       The Authorization header field contains authentication credentials of
       a UA.  Section 22.2 overviews the use of the Authorization header
       field, and Section 22.4 describes the syntax and semantics when used
       with HTTP authentication.
    
       This header field, along with Proxy-Authorization, breaks the general
       rules about multiple header field values.  Although not a comma-
       separated list, this header field name may be present multiple times,
       and MUST NOT be combined into a single header line using the usual
       rules described in Section 7.3.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 165]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       In the example below, there are no quotes around the Digest
       parameter:
    
          Authorization: Digest username="Alice", realm="atlanta.com",
           nonce="84a4cc6f3082121f32b42a2187831a9e",
           response="7587245234b3434cc3412213e5f113a5432"
    
    20.8 Call-ID
    
       The Call-ID header field uniquely identifies a particular invitation
       or all registrations of a particular client.  A single multimedia
       conference can give rise to several calls with different Call-IDs,
       for example, if a user invites a single individual several times to
       the same (long-running) conference.  Call-IDs are case-sensitive and
       are simply compared byte-by-byte.
    
       The compact form of the Call-ID header field is i.
    
       Examples:
    
          Call-ID: f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6@biloxi.com
          i:f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6@192.0.2.4
    
    20.9 Call-Info
    
       The Call-Info header field provides additional information about the
       caller or callee, depending on whether it is found in a request or
       response.  The purpose of the URI is described by the "purpose"
       parameter.  The "icon" parameter designates an image suitable as an
       iconic representation of the caller or callee.  The "info" parameter
       describes the caller or callee in general, for example, through a web
       page.  The "card" parameter provides a business card, for example, in
       vCard [36] or LDIF [37] formats.  Additional tokens can be registered
       using IANA and the procedures in Section 27.
    
       Use of the Call-Info header field can pose a security risk.  If a
       callee fetches the URIs provided by a malicious caller, the callee
       may be at risk for displaying inappropriate or offensive content,
       dangerous or illegal content, and so on.  Therefore, it is
       RECOMMENDED that a UA only render the information in the Call-Info
       header field if it can verify the authenticity of the element that
       originated the header field and trusts that element.  This need not
       be the peer UA; a proxy can insert this header field into requests.
    
       Example:
    
       Call-Info: <http://wwww.example.com/alice/photo.jpg> ;purpose=icon,
         <http://www.example.com/alice/> ;purpose=info
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 166]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    20.10 Contact
    
       A Contact header field value provides a URI whose meaning depends on
       the type of request or response it is in.
    
       A Contact header field value can contain a display name, a URI with
       URI parameters, and header parameters.
    
       This document defines the Contact parameters "q" and "expires".
       These parameters are only used when the Contact is present in a
       REGISTER request or response, or in a 3xx response.  Additional
       parameters may be defined in other specifications.
    
       When the header field value contains a display name, the URI
       including all URI parameters is enclosed in "<" and ">".  If no "<"
       and ">" are present, all parameters after the URI are header
       parameters, not URI parameters.  The display name can be tokens, or a
       quoted string, if a larger character set is desired.
    
       Even if the "display-name" is empty, the "name-addr" form MUST be
       used if the "addr-spec" contains a comma, semicolon, or question
       mark.  There may or may not be LWS between the display-name and the
       "<".
    
       These rules for parsing a display name, URI and URI parameters, and
       header parameters also apply for the header fields To and From.
    
          The Contact header field has a role similar to the Location header
          field in HTTP.  However, the HTTP header field only allows one
          address, unquoted.  Since URIs can contain commas and semicolons
          as reserved characters, they can be mistaken for header or
          parameter delimiters, respectively.
    
       The compact form of the Contact header field is m (for "moved").
    
       Examples:
    
          Contact: "Mr. Watson" <sip:watson@worcester.bell-telephone.com>
             ;q=0.7; expires=3600,
             "Mr. Watson" <mailto:watson@bell-telephone.com> ;q=0.1
          m: <sips:bob@192.0.2.4>;expires=60
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 167]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    20.11 Content-Disposition
    
       The Content-Disposition header field describes how the message body
       or, for multipart messages, a message body part is to be interpreted
       by the UAC or UAS.  This SIP header field extends the MIME Content-
       Type (RFC 2183 [18]).
    
       Several new "disposition-types" of the Content-Disposition header are
       defined by SIP.  The value "session" indicates that the body part
       describes a session, for either calls or early (pre-call) media.  The
       value "render" indicates that the body part should be displayed or
       otherwise rendered to the user.  Note that the value "render" is used
       rather than "inline" to avoid the connotation that the MIME body is
       displayed as a part of the rendering of the entire message (since the
       MIME bodies of SIP messages oftentimes are not displayed to users).
       For backward-compatibility, if the Content-Disposition header field
       is missing, the server SHOULD assume bodies of Content-Type
       application/sdp are the disposition "session", while other content
       types are "render".
    
       The disposition type "icon" indicates that the body part contains an
       image suitable as an iconic representation of the caller or callee
       that could be rendered informationally by a user agent when a message
       has been received, or persistently while a dialog takes place.  The
       value "alert" indicates that the body part contains information, such
       as an audio clip, that should be rendered by the user agent in an
       attempt to alert the user to the receipt of a request, generally a
       request that initiates a dialog; this alerting body could for example
       be rendered as a ring tone for a phone call after a 180 Ringing
       provisional response has been sent.
    
       Any MIME body with a "disposition-type" that renders content to the
       user should only be processed when a message has been properly
       authenticated.
    
       The handling parameter, handling-param, describes how the UAS should
       react if it receives a message body whose content type or disposition
       type it does not understand.  The parameter has defined values of
       "optional" and "required".  If the handling parameter is missing, the
       value "required" SHOULD be assumed.  The handling parameter is
       described in RFC 3204 [19].
    
       If this header field is missing, the MIME type determines the default
       content disposition.  If there is none, "render" is assumed.
    
       Example:
    
          Content-Disposition: session
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 168]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    20.12 Content-Encoding
    
       The Content-Encoding header field is used as a modifier to the
       "media-type".  When present, its value indicates what additional
       content codings have been applied to the entity-body, and thus what
       decoding mechanisms MUST be applied in order to obtain the media-type
       referenced by the Content-Type header field.  Content-Encoding is
       primarily used to allow a body to be compressed without losing the
       identity of its underlying media type.
    
       If multiple encodings have been applied to an entity-body, the
       content codings MUST be listed in the order in which they were
       applied.
    
       All content-coding values are case-insensitive.  IANA acts as a
       registry for content-coding value tokens.  See [H3.5] for a
       definition of the syntax for content-coding.
    
       Clients MAY apply content encodings to the body in requests.  A
       server MAY apply content encodings to the bodies in responses.  The
       server MUST only use encodings listed in the Accept-Encoding header
       field in the request.
    
       The compact form of the Content-Encoding header field is e.
       Examples:
    
          Content-Encoding: gzip
          e: tar
    
    20.13 Content-Language
    
       See [H14.12]. Example:
    
          Content-Language: fr
    
    20.14 Content-Length
    
       The Content-Length header field indicates the size of the message-
       body, in decimal number of octets, sent to the recipient.
       Applications SHOULD use this field to indicate the size of the
       message-body to be transferred, regardless of the media type of the
       entity.  If a stream-based protocol (such as TCP) is used as
       transport, the header field MUST be used.
    
       The size of the message-body does not include the CRLF separating
       header fields and body.  Any Content-Length greater than or equal to
       zero is a valid value.  If no body is present in a message, then the
       Content-Length header field value MUST be set to zero.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 169]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          The ability to omit Content-Length simplifies the creation of
          cgi-like scripts that dynamically generate responses.
    
       The compact form of the header field is l.
    
       Examples:
    
          Content-Length: 349
          l: 173
    
    20.15 Content-Type
    
       The Content-Type header field indicates the media type of the
       message-body sent to the recipient.  The "media-type" element is
       defined in [H3.7].  The Content-Type header field MUST be present if
       the body is not empty.  If the body is empty, and a Content-Type
       header field is present, it indicates that the body of the specific
       type has zero length (for example, an empty audio file).
    
       The compact form of the header field is c.
    
       Examples:
    
          Content-Type: application/sdp
          c: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-4
    
    20.16 CSeq
    
       A CSeq header field in a request contains a single decimal sequence
       number and the request method.  The sequence number MUST be
       expressible as a 32-bit unsigned integer.  The method part of CSeq is
       case-sensitive.  The CSeq header field serves to order transactions
       within a dialog, to provide a means to uniquely identify
       transactions, and to differentiate between new requests and request
       retransmissions.  Two CSeq header fields are considered equal if the
       sequence number and the request method are identical.  Example:
    
          CSeq: 4711 INVITE
    
    20.17 Date
    
       The Date header field contains the date and time.  Unlike HTTP/1.1,
       SIP only supports the most recent RFC 1123 [20] format for dates.  As
       in [H3.3], SIP restricts the time zone in SIP-date to "GMT", while
       RFC 1123 allows any time zone.  An RFC 1123 date is case-sensitive.
    
       The Date header field reflects the time when the request or response
       is first sent.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 170]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          The Date header field can be used by simple end systems without a
          battery-backed clock to acquire a notion of current time.
          However, in its GMT form, it requires clients to know their offset
          from GMT.
    
       Example:
    
          Date: Sat, 13 Nov 2010 23:29:00 GMT
    
    20.18 Error-Info
    
       The Error-Info header field provides a pointer to additional
       information about the error status response.
    
          SIP UACs have user interface capabilities ranging from pop-up
          windows and audio on PC softclients to audio-only on "black"
          phones or endpoints connected via gateways.  Rather than forcing a
          server generating an error to choose between sending an error
          status code with a detailed reason phrase and playing an audio
          recording, the Error-Info header field allows both to be sent.
          The UAC then has the choice of which error indicator to render to
          the caller.
    
       A UAC MAY treat a SIP or SIPS URI in an Error-Info header field as if
       it were a Contact in a redirect and generate a new INVITE, resulting
       in a recorded announcement session being established.  A non-SIP URI
       MAY be rendered to the user.
    
       Examples:
    
          SIP/2.0 404 The number you have dialed is not in service
          Error-Info: <sip:not-in-service-recording@atlanta.com>
    
    20.19 Expires
    
       The Expires header field gives the relative time after which the
       message (or content) expires.
    
       The precise meaning of this is method dependent.
    
       The expiration time in an INVITE does not affect the duration of the
       actual session that may result from the invitation.  Session
       description protocols may offer the ability to express time limits on
       the session duration, however.
    
       The value of this field is an integral number of seconds (in decimal)
       between 0 and (2**32)-1, measured from the receipt of the request.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 171]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example:
    
          Expires: 5
    
    20.20 From
    
       The From header field indicates the initiator of the request.  This
       may be different from the initiator of the dialog.  Requests sent by
       the callee to the caller use the callee's address in the From header
       field.
    
       The optional "display-name" is meant to be rendered by a human user
       interface.  A system SHOULD use the display name "Anonymous" if the
       identity of the client is to remain hidden.  Even if the "display-
       name" is empty, the "name-addr" form MUST be used if the "addr-spec"
       contains a comma, question mark, or semicolon.  Syntax issues are
       discussed in Section 7.3.1.
    
       Two From header fields are equivalent if their URIs match, and their
       parameters match. Extension parameters in one header field, not
       present in the other are ignored for the purposes of comparison. This
       means that the display name and presence or absence of angle brackets
       do not affect matching.
    
       See Section 20.10 for the rules for parsing a display name, URI and
       URI parameters, and header field parameters.
    
       The compact form of the From header field is f.
    
       Examples:
    
          From: "A. G. Bell" <sip:agb@bell-telephone.com> ;tag=a48s
          From: sip:+12125551212@server.phone2net.com;tag=887s
          f: Anonymous <sip:c8oqz84zk7z@privacy.org>;tag=hyh8
    
    20.21 In-Reply-To
    
       The In-Reply-To header field enumerates the Call-IDs that this call
       references or returns.  These Call-IDs may have been cached by the
       client then included in this header field in a return call.
    
          This allows automatic call distribution systems to route return
          calls to the originator of the first call.  This also allows
          callees to filter calls, so that only return calls for calls they
          originated will be accepted.  This field is not a substitute for
          request authentication.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 172]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example:
    
          In-Reply-To: 70710@saturn.bell-tel.com, 17320@saturn.bell-tel.com
    
    20.22 Max-Forwards
    
       The Max-Forwards header field must be used with any SIP method to
       limit the number of proxies or gateways that can forward the request
       to the next downstream server.  This can also be useful when the
       client is attempting to trace a request chain that appears to be
       failing or looping in mid-chain.
    
       The Max-Forwards value is an integer in the range 0-255 indicating
       the remaining number of times this request message is allowed to be
       forwarded.  This count is decremented by each server that forwards
       the request.  The recommended initial value is 70.
    
       This header field should be inserted by elements that can not
       otherwise guarantee loop detection.  For example, a B2BUA should
       insert a Max-Forwards header field.
    
       Example:
    
          Max-Forwards: 6
    
    20.23 Min-Expires
    
       The Min-Expires header field conveys the minimum refresh interval
       supported for soft-state elements managed by that server.  This
       includes Contact header fields that are stored by a registrar.  The
       header field contains a decimal integer number of seconds from 0 to
       (2**32)-1.  The use of the header field in a 423 (Interval Too Brief)
       response is described in Sections 10.2.8, 10.3, and 21.4.17.
    
       Example:
    
          Min-Expires: 60
    
    20.24 MIME-Version
    
       See [H19.4.1].
    
       Example:
    
          MIME-Version: 1.0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 173]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    20.25 Organization
    
       The Organization header field conveys the name of the organization to
       which the SIP element issuing the request or response belongs.
    
          The field MAY be used by client software to filter calls.
    
       Example:
    
          Organization: Boxes by Bob
    
    20.26 Priority
    
       The Priority header field indicates the urgency of the request as
       perceived by the client.  The Priority header field describes the
       priority that the SIP request should have to the receiving human or
       its agent.  For example, it may be factored into decisions about call
       routing and acceptance.  For these decisions, a message containing no
       Priority header field SHOULD be treated as if it specified a Priority
       of "normal".  The Priority header field does not influence the use of
       communications resources such as packet forwarding priority in
       routers or access to circuits in PSTN gateways.  The header field can
       have the values "non-urgent", "normal", "urgent", and "emergency",
       but additional values can be defined elsewhere.  It is RECOMMENDED
       that the value of "emergency" only be used when life, limb, or
       property are in imminent danger.  Otherwise, there are no semantics
       defined for this header field.
    
          These are the values of RFC 2076 [38], with the addition of
          "emergency".
    
       Examples:
    
          Subject: A tornado is heading our way!
          Priority: emergency
    
       or
    
          Subject: Weekend plans
          Priority: non-urgent
    
    20.27 Proxy-Authenticate
    
       A Proxy-Authenticate header field value contains an authentication
       challenge.
    
       The use of this header field is defined in [H14.33].  See Section
       22.3 for further details on its usage.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 174]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example:
    
          Proxy-Authenticate: Digest realm="atlanta.com",
           domain="sip:ss1.carrier.com", qop="auth",
           nonce="f84f1cec41e6cbe5aea9c8e88d359",
           opaque="", stale=FALSE, algorithm=MD5
    
    20.28 Proxy-Authorization
    
       The Proxy-Authorization header field allows the client to identify
       itself (or its user) to a proxy that requires authentication.  A
       Proxy-Authorization field value consists of credentials containing
       the authentication information of the user agent for the proxy and/or
       realm of the resource being requested.
    
       See Section 22.3 for a definition of the usage of this header field.
    
       This header field, along with Authorization, breaks the general rules
       about multiple header field names.  Although not a comma-separated
       list, this header field name may be present multiple times, and MUST
       NOT be combined into a single header line using the usual rules
       described in Section 7.3.1.
    
       Example:
    
       Proxy-Authorization: Digest username="Alice", realm="atlanta.com",
          nonce="c60f3082ee1212b402a21831ae",
          response="245f23415f11432b3434341c022"
    
    20.29 Proxy-Require
    
       The Proxy-Require header field is used to indicate proxy-sensitive
       features that must be supported by the proxy.  See Section 20.32 for
       more details on the mechanics of this message and a usage example.
    
       Example:
    
          Proxy-Require: foo
    
    20.30 Record-Route
    
       The Record-Route header field is inserted by proxies in a request to
       force future requests in the dialog to be routed through the proxy.
    
       Examples of its use with the Route header field are described in
       Sections 16.12.1.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 175]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example:
    
          Record-Route: <sip:server10.biloxi.com;lr>,
                        <sip:bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;lr>
    
    20.31 Reply-To
    
       The Reply-To header field contains a logical return URI that may be
       different from the From header field.  For example, the URI MAY be
       used to return missed calls or unestablished sessions.  If the user
       wished to remain anonymous, the header field SHOULD either be omitted
       from the request or populated in such a way that does not reveal any
       private information.
    
       Even if the "display-name" is empty, the "name-addr" form MUST be
       used if the "addr-spec" contains a comma, question mark, or
       semicolon.  Syntax issues are discussed in Section 7.3.1.
    
       Example:
    
          Reply-To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    
    20.32 Require
    
       The Require header field is used by UACs to tell UASs about options
       that the UAC expects the UAS to support in order to process the
       request.  Although an optional header field, the Require MUST NOT be
       ignored if it is present.
    
       The Require header field contains a list of option tags, described in
       Section 19.2.  Each option tag defines a SIP extension that MUST be
       understood to process the request.  Frequently, this is used to
       indicate that a specific set of extension header fields need to be
       understood.  A UAC compliant to this specification MUST only include
       option tags corresponding to standards-track RFCs.
    
       Example:
    
          Require: 100rel
    
    20.33 Retry-After
    
       The Retry-After header field can be used with a 500 (Server Internal
       Error) or 503 (Service Unavailable) response to indicate how long the
       service is expected to be unavailable to the requesting client and
       with a 404 (Not Found), 413 (Request Entity Too Large), 480
       (Temporarily Unavailable), 486 (Busy Here), 600 (Busy), or 603
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 176]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       (Decline) response to indicate when the called party anticipates
       being available again.  The value of this field is a positive integer
       number of seconds (in decimal) after the time of the response.
    
       An optional comment can be used to indicate additional information
       about the time of callback.  An optional "duration" parameter
       indicates how long the called party will be reachable starting at the
       initial time of availability.  If no duration parameter is given, the
       service is assumed to be available indefinitely.
    
       Examples:
    
          Retry-After: 18000;duration=3600
          Retry-After: 120 (I'm in a meeting)
    
    20.34 Route
    
       The Route header field is used to force routing for a request through
       the listed set of proxies.  Examples of the use of the Route header
       field are in Section 16.12.1.
    
       Example:
    
          Route: <sip:bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;lr>,
                 <sip:server10.biloxi.com;lr>
    
    20.35 Server
    
       The Server header field contains information about the software used
       by the UAS to handle the request.
    
       Revealing the specific software version of the server might allow the
       server to become more vulnerable to attacks against software that is
       known to contain security holes.  Implementers SHOULD make the Server
       header field a configurable option.
    
       Example:
    
          Server: HomeServer v2
    
    20.36 Subject
    
       The Subject header field provides a summary or indicates the nature
       of the call, allowing call filtering without having to parse the
       session description.  The session description does not have to use
       the same subject indication as the invitation.
    
       The compact form of the Subject header field is s.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 177]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Example:
    
          Subject: Need more boxes
          s: Tech Support
    
    20.37 Supported
    
       The Supported header field enumerates all the extensions supported by
       the UAC or UAS.
    
       The Supported header field contains a list of option tags, described
       in Section 19.2, that are understood by the UAC or UAS.  A UA
       compliant to this specification MUST only include option tags
       corresponding to standards-track RFCs.  If empty, it means that no
       extensions are supported.
    
       The compact form of the Supported header field is k.
    
       Example:
    
          Supported: 100rel
    
    20.38 Timestamp
    
       The Timestamp header field describes when the UAC sent the request to
       the UAS.
    
       See Section 8.2.6 for details on how to generate a response to a
       request that contains the header field.  Although there is no
       normative behavior defined here that makes use of the header, it
       allows for extensions or SIP applications to obtain RTT estimates.
    
       Example:
    
          Timestamp: 54
    
    20.39 To
    
       The To header field specifies the logical recipient of the request.
    
       The optional "display-name" is meant to be rendered by a human-user
       interface.  The "tag" parameter serves as a general mechanism for
       dialog identification.
    
       See Section 19.3 for details of the "tag" parameter.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 178]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Comparison of To header fields for equality is identical to
       comparison of From header fields.  See Section 20.10 for the rules
       for parsing a display name, URI and URI parameters, and header field
       parameters.
    
       The compact form of the To header field is t.
    
       The following are examples of valid To header fields:
    
          To: The Operator <sip:operator@cs.columbia.edu>;tag=287447
          t: sip:+12125551212@server.phone2net.com
    
    20.40 Unsupported
    
       The Unsupported header field lists the features not supported by the
       UAS.  See Section 20.32 for motivation.
    
       Example:
    
          Unsupported: foo
    
    20.41 User-Agent
    
       The User-Agent header field contains information about the UAC
       originating the request.  The semantics of this header field are
       defined in [H14.43].
    
       Revealing the specific software version of the user agent might allow
       the user agent to become more vulnerable to attacks against software
       that is known to contain security holes.  Implementers SHOULD make
       the User-Agent header field a configurable option.
    
       Example:
    
          User-Agent: Softphone Beta1.5
    
    20.42 Via
    
       The Via header field indicates the path taken by the request so far
       and indicates the path that should be followed in routing responses.
       The branch ID parameter in the Via header field values serves as a
       transaction identifier, and is used by proxies to detect loops.
    
       A Via header field value contains the transport protocol used to send
       the message, the client's host name or network address, and possibly
       the port number at which it wishes to receive responses.  A Via
       header field value can also contain parameters such as "maddr",
       "ttl", "received", and "branch", whose meaning and use are described
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 179]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       in other sections.  For implementations compliant to this
       specification, the value of the branch parameter MUST start with the
       magic cookie "z9hG4bK", as discussed in Section 8.1.1.7.
    
       Transport protocols defined here are "UDP", "TCP", "TLS", and "SCTP".
       "TLS" means TLS over TCP.  When a request is sent to a SIPS URI, the
       protocol still indicates "SIP", and the transport protocol is TLS.
    
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP erlang.bell-telephone.com:5060;branch=z9hG4bK87asdks7
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 192.0.2.1:5060 ;received=192.0.2.207
         ;branch=z9hG4bK77asjd
    
       The compact form of the Via header field is v.
    
       In this example, the message originated from a multi-homed host with
       two addresses, 192.0.2.1 and 192.0.2.207.  The sender guessed wrong
       as to which network interface would be used.  Erlang.bell-
       telephone.com noticed the mismatch and added a parameter to the
       previous hop's Via header field value, containing the address that
       the packet actually came from.
    
       The host or network address and port number are not required to
       follow the SIP URI syntax.  Specifically, LWS on either side of the
       ":" or "/" is allowed, as shown here:
    
          Via: SIP / 2.0 / UDP first.example.com: 4000;ttl=16
            ;maddr=224.2.0.1 ;branch=z9hG4bKa7c6a8dlze.1
    
       Even though this specification mandates that the branch parameter be
       present in all requests, the BNF for the header field indicates that
       it is optional.  This allows interoperation with RFC 2543 elements,
       which did not have to insert the branch parameter.
    
       Two Via header fields are equal if their sent-protocol and sent-by
       fields are equal, both have the same set of parameters, and the
       values of all parameters are equal.
    
    20.43 Warning
    
       The Warning header field is used to carry additional information
       about the status of a response.  Warning header field values are sent
       with responses and contain a three-digit warning code, host name, and
       warning text.
    
       The "warn-text" should be in a natural language that is most likely
       to be intelligible to the human user receiving the response.  This
       decision can be based on any available knowledge, such as the
       location of the user, the Accept-Language field in a request, or the
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 180]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Content-Language field in a response.  The default language is i-
       default [21].
    
       The currently-defined "warn-code"s are listed below, with a
       recommended warn-text in English and a description of their meaning.
       These warnings describe failures induced by the session description.
       The first digit of warning codes beginning with "3" indicates
       warnings specific to SIP.  Warnings 300 through 329 are reserved for
       indicating problems with keywords in the session description, 330
       through 339 are warnings related to basic network services requested
       in the session description, 370 through 379 are warnings related to
       quantitative QoS parameters requested in the session description, and
       390 through 399 are miscellaneous warnings that do not fall into one
       of the above categories.
    
          300 Incompatible network protocol: One or more network protocols
              contained in the session description are not available.
    
          301 Incompatible network address formats: One or more network
              address formats contained in the session description are not
              available.
    
          302 Incompatible transport protocol: One or more transport
              protocols described in the session description are not
              available.
    
          303 Incompatible bandwidth units: One or more bandwidth
              measurement units contained in the session description were
              not understood.
    
          304 Media type not available: One or more media types contained in
              the session description are not available.
    
          305 Incompatible media format: One or more media formats contained
              in the session description are not available.
    
          306 Attribute not understood: One or more of the media attributes
              in the session description are not supported.
    
          307 Session description parameter not understood: A parameter
              other than those listed above was not understood.
    
          330 Multicast not available: The site where the user is located
              does not support multicast.
    
          331 Unicast not available: The site where the user is located does
              not support unicast communication (usually due to the presence
              of a firewall).
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 181]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          370 Insufficient band The bandwidth specified in the session
              description or defined by the media exceeds that known to be
              available.
    
          399 Miscellaneous warning: The warning text can include arbitrary
              information to be presented to a human user or logged.  A
              system receiving this warning MUST NOT take any automated
              action.
    
                 1xx and 2xx have been taken by HTTP/1.1.
    
       Additional "warn-code"s can be defined through IANA, as defined in
       Section 27.2.
    
       Examples:
    
          Warning: 307 isi.edu "Session parameter 'foo' not understood"
          Warning: 301 isi.edu "Incompatible network address type 'E.164'"
    
    20.44 WWW-Authenticate
    
       A WWW-Authenticate header field value contains an authentication
       challenge.  See Section 22.2 for further details on its usage.
    
       Example:
    
          WWW-Authenticate: Digest realm="atlanta.com",
            domain="sip:boxesbybob.com", qop="auth",
            nonce="f84f1cec41e6cbe5aea9c8e88d359",
            opaque="", stale=FALSE, algorithm=MD5
    
    21 Response Codes
    
       The response codes are consistent with, and extend, HTTP/1.1 response
       codes.  Not all HTTP/1.1 response codes are appropriate, and only
       those that are appropriate are given here.  Other HTTP/1.1 response
       codes SHOULD NOT be used.  Also, SIP defines a new class, 6xx.
    
    21.1 Provisional 1xx
    
       Provisional responses, also known as informational responses,
       indicate that the server contacted is performing some further action
       and does not yet have a definitive response.  A server sends a 1xx
       response if it expects to take more than 200 ms to obtain a final
       response.  Note that 1xx responses are not transmitted reliably.
       They never cause the client to send an ACK.  Provisional (1xx)
       responses MAY contain message bodies, including session descriptions.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 182]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.1.1 100 Trying
    
       This response indicates that the request has been received by the
       next-hop server and that some unspecified action is being taken on
       behalf of this call (for example, a database is being consulted).
       This response, like all other provisional responses, stops
       retransmissions of an INVITE by a UAC.  The 100 (Trying) response is
       different from other provisional responses, in that it is never
       forwarded upstream by a stateful proxy.
    
    21.1.2 180 Ringing
    
       The UA receiving the INVITE is trying to alert the user.  This
       response MAY be used to initiate local ringback.
    
    21.1.3 181 Call Is Being Forwarded
    
       A server MAY use this status code to indicate that the call is being
       forwarded to a different set of destinations.
    
    21.1.4 182 Queued
    
       The called party is temporarily unavailable, but the server has
       decided to queue the call rather than reject it.  When the callee
       becomes available, it will return the appropriate final status
       response.  The reason phrase MAY give further details about the
       status of the call, for example, "5 calls queued; expected waiting
       time is 15 minutes".  The server MAY issue several 182 (Queued)
       responses to update the caller about the status of the queued call.
    
    21.1.5 183 Session Progress
    
       The 183 (Session Progress) response is used to convey information
       about the progress of the call that is not otherwise classified.  The
       Reason-Phrase, header fields, or message body MAY be used to convey
       more details about the call progress.
    
    21.2 Successful 2xx
    
       The request was successful.
    
    21.2.1 200 OK
    
       The request has succeeded.  The information returned with the
       response depends on the method used in the request.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 183]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.3 Redirection 3xx
    
       3xx responses give information about the user's new location, or
       about alternative services that might be able to satisfy the call.
    
    21.3.1 300 Multiple Choices
    
       The address in the request resolved to several choices, each with its
       own specific location, and the user (or UA) can select a preferred
       communication end point and redirect its request to that location.
    
       The response MAY include a message body containing a list of resource
       characteristics and location(s) from which the user or UA can choose
       the one most appropriate, if allowed by the Accept request header
       field.  However, no MIME types have been defined for this message
       body.
    
       The choices SHOULD also be listed as Contact fields (Section 20.10).
       Unlike HTTP, the SIP response MAY contain several Contact fields or a
       list of addresses in a Contact field.  UAs MAY use the Contact header
       field value for automatic redirection or MAY ask the user to confirm
       a choice.  However, this specification does not define any standard
       for such automatic selection.
    
          This status response is appropriate if the callee can be reached
          at several different locations and the server cannot or prefers
          not to proxy the request.
    
    21.3.2 301 Moved Permanently
    
       The user can no longer be found at the address in the Request-URI,
       and the requesting client SHOULD retry at the new address given by
       the Contact header field (Section 20.10).  The requestor SHOULD
       update any local directories, address books, and user location caches
       with this new value and redirect future requests to the address(es)
       listed.
    
    21.3.3 302 Moved Temporarily
    
       The requesting client SHOULD retry the request at the new address(es)
       given by the Contact header field (Section 20.10).  The Request-URI
       of the new request uses the value of the Contact header field in the
       response.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 184]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The duration of the validity of the Contact URI can be indicated
       through an Expires (Section 20.19) header field or an expires
       parameter in the Contact header field.  Both proxies and UAs MAY
       cache this URI for the duration of the expiration time.  If there is
       no explicit expiration time, the address is only valid once for
       recursing, and MUST NOT be cached for future transactions.
    
       If the URI cached from the Contact header field fails, the Request-
       URI from the redirected request MAY be tried again a single time.
    
          The temporary URI may have become out-of-date sooner than the
          expiration time, and a new temporary URI may be available.
    
    21.3.4 305 Use Proxy
    
       The requested resource MUST be accessed through the proxy given by
       the Contact field.  The Contact field gives the URI of the proxy.
       The recipient is expected to repeat this single request via the
       proxy.  305 (Use Proxy) responses MUST only be generated by UASs.
    
    21.3.5 380 Alternative Service
    
       The call was not successful, but alternative services are possible.
    
       The alternative services are described in the message body of the
       response.  Formats for such bodies are not defined here, and may be
       the subject of future standardization.
    
    21.4 Request Failure 4xx
    
       4xx responses are definite failure responses from a particular
       server.  The client SHOULD NOT retry the same request without
       modification (for example, adding appropriate authorization).
       However, the same request to a different server might be successful.
    
    21.4.1 400 Bad Request
    
       The request could not be understood due to malformed syntax.  The
       Reason-Phrase SHOULD identify the syntax problem in more detail, for
       example, "Missing Call-ID header field".
    
    21.4.2 401 Unauthorized
    
       The request requires user authentication.  This response is issued by
       UASs and registrars, while 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) is
       used by proxy servers.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 185]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.4.3 402 Payment Required
    
       Reserved for future use.
    
    21.4.4 403 Forbidden
    
       The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it.
       Authorization will not help, and the request SHOULD NOT be repeated.
    
    21.4.5 404 Not Found
    
       The server has definitive information that the user does not exist at
       the domain specified in the Request-URI.  This status is also
       returned if the domain in the Request-URI does not match any of the
       domains handled by the recipient of the request.
    
    21.4.6 405 Method Not Allowed
    
       The method specified in the Request-Line is understood, but not
       allowed for the address identified by the Request-URI.
    
       The response MUST include an Allow header field containing a list of
       valid methods for the indicated address.
    
    21.4.7 406 Not Acceptable
    
       The resource identified by the request is only capable of generating
       response entities that have content characteristics not acceptable
       according to the Accept header field sent in the request.
    
    21.4.8 407 Proxy Authentication Required
    
       This code is similar to 401 (Unauthorized), but indicates that the
       client MUST first authenticate itself with the proxy.  SIP access
       authentication is explained in Sections 26 and 22.3.
    
       This status code can be used for applications where access to the
       communication channel (for example, a telephony gateway) rather than
       the callee requires authentication.
    
    21.4.9 408 Request Timeout
    
       The server could not produce a response within a suitable amount of
       time, for example, if it could not determine the location of the user
       in time.  The client MAY repeat the request without modifications at
       any later time.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 186]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.4.10 410 Gone
    
       The requested resource is no longer available at the server and no
       forwarding address is known.  This condition is expected to be
       considered permanent.  If the server does not know, or has no
       facility to determine, whether or not the condition is permanent, the
       status code 404 (Not Found) SHOULD be used instead.
    
    21.4.11 413 Request Entity Too Large
    
       The server is refusing to process a request because the request
       entity-body is larger than the server is willing or able to process.
       The server MAY close the connection to prevent the client from
       continuing the request.
    
       If the condition is temporary, the server SHOULD include a Retry-
       After header field to indicate that it is temporary and after what
       time the client MAY try again.
    
    21.4.12 414 Request-URI Too Long
    
       The server is refusing to service the request because the Request-URI
       is longer than the server is willing to interpret.
    
    21.4.13 415 Unsupported Media Type
    
       The server is refusing to service the request because the message
       body of the request is in a format not supported by the server for
       the requested method.  The server MUST return a list of acceptable
       formats using the Accept, Accept-Encoding, or Accept-Language header
       field, depending on the specific problem with the content.  UAC
       processing of this response is described in Section 8.1.3.5.
    
    21.4.14 416 Unsupported URI Scheme
    
       The server cannot process the request because the scheme of the URI
       in the Request-URI is unknown to the server.  Client processing of
       this response is described in Section 8.1.3.5.
    
    21.4.15 420 Bad Extension
    
       The server did not understand the protocol extension specified in a
       Proxy-Require (Section 20.29) or Require (Section 20.32) header
       field.  The server MUST include a list of the unsupported extensions
       in an Unsupported header field in the response.  UAC processing of
       this response is described in Section 8.1.3.5.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 187]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.4.16 421 Extension Required
    
       The UAS needs a particular extension to process the request, but this
       extension is not listed in a Supported header field in the request.
       Responses with this status code MUST contain a Require header field
       listing the required extensions.
    
       A UAS SHOULD NOT use this response unless it truly cannot provide any
       useful service to the client.  Instead, if a desirable extension is
       not listed in the Supported header field, servers SHOULD process the
       request using baseline SIP capabilities and any extensions supported
       by the client.
    
    21.4.17 423 Interval Too Brief
    
       The server is rejecting the request because the expiration time of
       the resource refreshed by the request is too short.  This response
       can be used by a registrar to reject a registration whose Contact
       header field expiration time was too small.  The use of this response
       and the related Min-Expires header field are described in Sections
       10.2.8, 10.3, and 20.23.
    
    21.4.18 480 Temporarily Unavailable
    
       The callee's end system was contacted successfully but the callee is
       currently unavailable (for example, is not logged in, logged in but
       in a state that precludes communication with the callee, or has
       activated the "do not disturb" feature).  The response MAY indicate a
       better time to call in the Retry-After header field.  The user could
       also be available elsewhere (unbeknownst to this server).  The reason
       phrase SHOULD indicate a more precise cause as to why the callee is
       unavailable.  This value SHOULD be settable by the UA.  Status 486
       (Busy Here) MAY be used to more precisely indicate a particular
       reason for the call failure.
    
       This status is also returned by a redirect or proxy server that
       recognizes the user identified by the Request-URI, but does not
       currently have a valid forwarding location for that user.
    
    21.4.19 481 Call/Transaction Does Not Exist
    
       This status indicates that the UAS received a request that does not
       match any existing dialog or transaction.
    
    21.4.20 482 Loop Detected
    
       The server has detected a loop (Section 16.3 Item 4).
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 188]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.4.21 483 Too Many Hops
    
       The server received a request that contains a Max-Forwards (Section
       20.22) header field with the value zero.
    
    21.4.22 484 Address Incomplete
    
       The server received a request with a Request-URI that was incomplete.
       Additional information SHOULD be provided in the reason phrase.
    
          This status code allows overlapped dialing.  With overlapped
          dialing, the client does not know the length of the dialing
          string.  It sends strings of increasing lengths, prompting the
          user for more input, until it no longer receives a 484 (Address
          Incomplete) status response.
    
    21.4.23 485 Ambiguous
    
       The Request-URI was ambiguous.  The response MAY contain a listing of
       possible unambiguous addresses in Contact header fields.  Revealing
       alternatives can infringe on privacy of the user or the organization.
       It MUST be possible to configure a server to respond with status 404
       (Not Found) or to suppress the listing of possible choices for
       ambiguous Request-URIs.
    
       Example response to a request with the Request-URI
       sip:lee@example.com:
    
          SIP/2.0 485 Ambiguous
          Contact: Carol Lee <sip:carol.lee@example.com>
          Contact: Ping Lee <sip:p.lee@example.com>
          Contact: Lee M. Foote <sips:lee.foote@example.com>
    
          Some email and voice mail systems provide this functionality.  A
          status code separate from 3xx is used since the semantics are
          different: for 300, it is assumed that the same person or service
          will be reached by the choices provided.  While an automated
          choice or sequential search makes sense for a 3xx response, user
          intervention is required for a 485 (Ambiguous) response.
    
    21.4.24 486 Busy Here
    
       The callee's end system was contacted successfully, but the callee is
       currently not willing or able to take additional calls at this end
       system.  The response MAY indicate a better time to call in the
       Retry-After header field.  The user could also be available
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 189]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       elsewhere, such as through a voice mail service.  Status 600 (Busy
       Everywhere) SHOULD be used if the client knows that no other end
       system will be able to accept this call.
    
    21.4.25 487 Request Terminated
    
       The request was terminated by a BYE or CANCEL request.  This response
       is never returned for a CANCEL request itself.
    
    21.4.26 488 Not Acceptable Here
    
       The response has the same meaning as 606 (Not Acceptable), but only
       applies to the specific resource addressed by the Request-URI and the
       request may succeed elsewhere.
    
       A message body containing a description of media capabilities MAY be
       present in the response, which is formatted according to the Accept
       header field in the INVITE (or application/sdp if not present), the
       same as a message body in a 200 (OK) response to an OPTIONS request.
    
    21.4.27 491 Request Pending
    
       The request was received by a UAS that had a pending request within
       the same dialog.  Section 14.2 describes how such "glare" situations
       are resolved.
    
    21.4.28 493 Undecipherable
    
       The request was received by a UAS that contained an encrypted MIME
       body for which the recipient does not possess or will not provide an
       appropriate decryption key.  This response MAY have a single body
       containing an appropriate public key that should be used to encrypt
       MIME bodies sent to this UA.  Details of the usage of this response
       code can be found in Section 23.2.
    
    21.5 Server Failure 5xx
    
       5xx responses are failure responses given when a server itself has
       erred.
    
    21.5.1 500 Server Internal Error
    
       The server encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from
       fulfilling the request.  The client MAY display the specific error
       condition and MAY retry the request after several seconds.
    
       If the condition is temporary, the server MAY indicate when the
       client may retry the request using the Retry-After header field.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 190]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.5.2 501 Not Implemented
    
       The server does not support the functionality required to fulfill the
       request.  This is the appropriate response when a UAS does not
       recognize the request method and is not capable of supporting it for
       any user.  (Proxies forward all requests regardless of method.)
    
       Note that a 405 (Method Not Allowed) is sent when the server
       recognizes the request method, but that method is not allowed or
       supported.
    
    21.5.3 502 Bad Gateway
    
       The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, received an invalid
       response from the downstream server it accessed in attempting to
       fulfill the request.
    
    21.5.4 503 Service Unavailable
    
       The server is temporarily unable to process the request due to a
       temporary overloading or maintenance of the server.  The server MAY
       indicate when the client should retry the request in a Retry-After
       header field.  If no Retry-After is given, the client MUST act as if
       it had received a 500 (Server Internal Error) response.
    
       A client (proxy or UAC) receiving a 503 (Service Unavailable) SHOULD
       attempt to forward the request to an alternate server.  It SHOULD NOT
       forward any other requests to that server for the duration specified
       in the Retry-After header field, if present.
    
       Servers MAY refuse the connection or drop the request instead of
       responding with 503 (Service Unavailable).
    
    21.5.5 504 Server Time-out
    
       The server did not receive a timely response from an external server
       it accessed in attempting to process the request.  408 (Request
       Timeout) should be used instead if there was no response within the
       period specified in the Expires header field from the upstream
       server.
    
    21.5.6 505 Version Not Supported
    
       The server does not support, or refuses to support, the SIP protocol
       version that was used in the request.  The server is indicating that
       it is unable or unwilling to complete the request using the same
       major version as the client, other than with this error message.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 191]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    21.5.7 513 Message Too Large
    
       The server was unable to process the request since the message length
       exceeded its capabilities.
    
    21.6 Global Failures 6xx
    
       6xx responses indicate that a server has definitive information about
       a particular user, not just the particular instance indicated in the
       Request-URI.
    
    21.6.1 600 Busy Everywhere
    
       The callee's end system was contacted successfully but the callee is
       busy and does not wish to take the call at this time.  The response
       MAY indicate a better time to call in the Retry-After header field.
       If the callee does not wish to reveal the reason for declining the
       call, the callee uses status code 603 (Decline) instead.  This status
       response is returned only if the client knows that no other end point
       (such as a voice mail system) will answer the request.  Otherwise,
       486 (Busy Here) should be returned.
    
    21.6.2 603 Decline
    
       The callee's machine was successfully contacted but the user
       explicitly does not wish to or cannot participate.  The response MAY
       indicate a better time to call in the Retry-After header field.  This
       status response is returned only if the client knows that no other
       end point will answer the request.
    
    21.6.3 604 Does Not Exist Anywhere
    
       The server has authoritative information that the user indicated in
       the Request-URI does not exist anywhere.
    
    21.6.4 606 Not Acceptable
    
       The user's agent was contacted successfully but some aspects of the
       session description such as the requested media, bandwidth, or
       addressing style were not acceptable.
    
       A 606 (Not Acceptable) response means that the user wishes to
       communicate, but cannot adequately support the session described.
       The 606 (Not Acceptable) response MAY contain a list of reasons in a
       Warning header field describing why the session described cannot be
       supported.  Warning reason codes are listed in Section 20.43.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 192]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       A message body containing a description of media capabilities MAY be
       present in the response, which is formatted according to the Accept
       header field in the INVITE (or application/sdp if not present), the
       same as a message body in a 200 (OK) response to an OPTIONS request.
    
       It is hoped that negotiation will not frequently be needed, and when
       a new user is being invited to join an already existing conference,
       negotiation may not be possible.  It is up to the invitation
       initiator to decide whether or not to act on a 606 (Not Acceptable)
       response.
    
       This status response is returned only if the client knows that no
       other end point will answer the request.
    
    22 Usage of HTTP Authentication
    
       SIP provides a stateless, challenge-based mechanism for
       authentication that is based on authentication in HTTP.  Any time
       that a proxy server or UA receives a request (with the exceptions
       given in Section 22.1), it MAY challenge the initiator of the request
       to provide assurance of its identity.  Once the originator has been
       identified, the recipient of the request SHOULD ascertain whether or
       not this user is authorized to make the request in question.  No
       authorization systems are recommended or discussed in this document.
    
       The "Digest" authentication mechanism described in this section
       provides message authentication and replay protection only, without
       message integrity or confidentiality.  Protective measures above and
       beyond those provided by Digest need to be taken to prevent active
       attackers from modifying SIP requests and responses.
    
       Note that due to its weak security, the usage of "Basic"
       authentication has been deprecated.  Servers MUST NOT accept
       credentials using the "Basic" authorization scheme, and servers also
       MUST NOT challenge with "Basic".  This is a change from RFC 2543.
    
    22.1 Framework
    
       The framework for SIP authentication closely parallels that of HTTP
       (RFC 2617 [17]).  In particular, the BNF for auth-scheme, auth-param,
       challenge, realm, realm-value, and credentials is identical (although
       the usage of "Basic" as a scheme is not permitted).  In SIP, a UAS
       uses the 401 (Unauthorized) response to challenge the identity of a
       UAC.  Additionally, registrars and redirect servers MAY make use of
       401 (Unauthorized) responses for authentication, but proxies MUST
       NOT, and instead MAY use the 407 (Proxy Authentication Required)
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 193]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       response.  The requirements for inclusion of the Proxy-Authenticate,
       Proxy-Authorization, WWW-Authenticate, and Authorization in the
       various messages are identical to those described in RFC 2617 [17].
    
       Since SIP does not have the concept of a canonical root URL, the
       notion of protection spaces is interpreted differently in SIP.  The
       realm string alone defines the protection domain.  This is a change
       from RFC 2543, in which the Request-URI and the realm together
       defined the protection domain.
    
          This previous definition of protection domain caused some amount
          of confusion since the Request-URI sent by the UAC and the
          Request-URI received by the challenging server might be different,
          and indeed the final form of the Request-URI might not be known to
          the UAC.  Also, the previous definition depended on the presence
          of a SIP URI in the Request-URI and seemed to rule out alternative
          URI schemes (for example, the tel URL).
    
       Operators of user agents or proxy servers that will authenticate
       received requests MUST adhere to the following guidelines for
       creation of a realm string for their server:
    
          o  Realm strings MUST be globally unique.  It is RECOMMENDED that
             a realm string contain a hostname or domain name, following the
             recommendation in Section 3.2.1 of RFC 2617 [17].
    
          o  Realm strings SHOULD present a human-readable identifier that
             can be rendered to a user.
    
       For example:
    
          INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
          Authorization: Digest realm="biloxi.com", <...>
    
       Generally, SIP authentication is meaningful for a specific realm, a
       protection domain.  Thus, for Digest authentication, each such
       protection domain has its own set of usernames and passwords.  If a
       server does not require authentication for a particular request, it
       MAY accept a default username, "anonymous", which has no password
       (password of "").  Similarly, UACs representing many users, such as
       PSTN gateways, MAY have their own device-specific username and
       password, rather than accounts for particular users, for their realm.
    
       While a server can legitimately challenge most SIP requests, there
       are two requests defined by this document that require special
       handling for authentication: ACK and CANCEL.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 194]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Under an authentication scheme that uses responses to carry values
       used to compute nonces (such as Digest), some problems come up for
       any requests that take no response, including ACK.  For this reason,
       any credentials in the INVITE that were accepted by a server MUST be
       accepted by that server for the ACK.  UACs creating an ACK message
       will duplicate all of the Authorization and Proxy-Authorization
       header field values that appeared in the INVITE to which the ACK
       corresponds.  Servers MUST NOT attempt to challenge an ACK.
    
       Although the CANCEL method does take a response (a 2xx), servers MUST
       NOT attempt to challenge CANCEL requests since these requests cannot
       be resubmitted.  Generally, a CANCEL request SHOULD be accepted by a
       server if it comes from the same hop that sent the request being
       canceled (provided that some sort of transport or network layer
       security association, as described in Section 26.2.1, is in place).
    
       When a UAC receives a challenge, it SHOULD render to the user the
       contents of the "realm" parameter in the challenge (which appears in
       either a WWW-Authenticate header field or Proxy-Authenticate header
       field) if the UAC device does not already know of a credential for
       the realm in question.  A service provider that pre-configures UAs
       with credentials for its realm should be aware that users will not
       have the opportunity to present their own credentials for this realm
       when challenged at a pre-configured device.
    
       Finally, note that even if a UAC can locate credentials that are
       associated with the proper realm, the potential exists that these
       credentials may no longer be valid or that the challenging server
       will not accept these credentials for whatever reason (especially
       when "anonymous" with no password is submitted).  In this instance a
       server may repeat its challenge, or it may respond with a 403
       Forbidden.  A UAC MUST NOT re-attempt requests with the credentials
       that have just been rejected (though the request may be retried if
       the nonce was stale).
    
    22.2 User-to-User Authentication
    
       When a UAS receives a request from a UAC, the UAS MAY authenticate
       the originator before the request is processed.  If no credentials
       (in the Authorization header field) are provided in the request, the
       UAS can challenge the originator to provide credentials by rejecting
       the request with a 401 (Unauthorized) status code.
    
       The WWW-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included in 401
       (Unauthorized) response messages.  The field value consists of at
       least one challenge that indicates the authentication scheme(s) and
       parameters applicable to the realm.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 195]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       An example of the WWW-Authenticate header field in a 401 challenge
       is:
    
          WWW-Authenticate: Digest
                  realm="biloxi.com",
                  qop="auth,auth-int",
                  nonce="dcd98b7102dd2f0e8b11d0f600bfb0c093",
                  opaque="5ccc069c403ebaf9f0171e9517f40e41"
    
       When the originating UAC receives the 401 (Unauthorized), it SHOULD,
       if it is able, re-originate the request with the proper credentials.
       The UAC may require input from the originating user before
       proceeding.  Once authentication credentials have been supplied
       (either directly by the user, or discovered in an internal keyring),
       UAs SHOULD cache the credentials for a given value of the To header
       field and "realm" and attempt to re-use these values on the next
       request for that destination.  UAs MAY cache credentials in any way
       they would like.
    
       If no credentials for a realm can be located, UACs MAY attempt to
       retry the request with a username of "anonymous" and no password (a
       password of "").
    
       Once credentials have been located, any UA that wishes to
       authenticate itself with a UAS or registrar -- usually, but not
       necessarily, after receiving a 401 (Unauthorized) response -- MAY do
       so by including an Authorization header field with the request.  The
       Authorization field value consists of credentials containing the
       authentication information of the UA for the realm of the resource
       being requested as well as parameters required in support of
       authentication and replay protection.
    
       An example of the Authorization header field is:
    
          Authorization: Digest username="bob",
                  realm="biloxi.com",
                  nonce="dcd98b7102dd2f0e8b11d0f600bfb0c093",
                  uri="sip:bob@biloxi.com",
                  qop=auth,
                  nc=00000001,
                  cnonce="0a4f113b",
                  response="6629fae49393a05397450978507c4ef1",
                  opaque="5ccc069c403ebaf9f0171e9517f40e41"
    
       When a UAC resubmits a request with its credentials after receiving a
       401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response,
       it MUST increment the CSeq header field value as it would normally
       when sending an updated request.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 196]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    22.3 Proxy-to-User Authentication
    
       Similarly, when a UAC sends a request to a proxy server, the proxy
       server MAY authenticate the originator before the request is
       processed.  If no credentials (in the Proxy-Authorization header
       field) are provided in the request, the proxy can challenge the
       originator to provide credentials by rejecting the request with a 407
       (Proxy Authentication Required) status code.  The proxy MUST populate
       the 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) message with a Proxy-
       Authenticate header field value applicable to the proxy for the
       requested resource.
    
       The use of Proxy-Authenticate and Proxy-Authorization parallel that
       described in [17], with one difference.  Proxies MUST NOT add values
       to the Proxy-Authorization header field.  All 407 (Proxy
       Authentication Required) responses MUST be forwarded upstream toward
       the UAC following the procedures for any other response.  It is the
       UAC's responsibility to add the Proxy-Authorization header field
       value containing credentials for the realm of the proxy that has
       asked for authentication.
    
          If a proxy were to resubmit a request adding a Proxy-Authorization
          header field value, it would need to increment the CSeq in the new
          request.  However, this would cause the UAC that submitted the
          original request to discard a response from the UAS, as the CSeq
          value would be different.
    
       When the originating UAC receives the 407 (Proxy Authentication
       Required) it SHOULD, if it is able, re-originate the request with the
       proper credentials.  It should follow the same procedures for the
       display of the "realm" parameter that are given above for responding
       to 401.
    
       If no credentials for a realm can be located, UACs MAY attempt to
       retry the request with a username of "anonymous" and no password (a
       password of "").
    
       The UAC SHOULD also cache the credentials used in the re-originated
       request.
    
       The following rule is RECOMMENDED for proxy credential caching:
    
       If a UA receives a Proxy-Authenticate header field value in a 401/407
       response to a request with a particular Call-ID, it should
       incorporate credentials for that realm in all subsequent requests
       that contain the same Call-ID.  These credentials MUST NOT be cached
       across dialogs; however, if a UA is configured with the realm of its
       local outbound proxy, when one exists, then the UA MAY cache
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 197]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       credentials for that realm across dialogs.  Note that this does mean
       a future request in a dialog could contain credentials that are not
       needed by any proxy along the Route header path.
    
       Any UA that wishes to authenticate itself to a proxy server --
       usually, but not necessarily, after receiving a 407 (Proxy
       Authentication Required) response -- MAY do so by including a Proxy-
       Authorization header field value with the request.  The Proxy-
       Authorization request-header field allows the client to identify
       itself (or its user) to a proxy that requires authentication.  The
       Proxy-Authorization header field value consists of credentials
       containing the authentication information of the UA for the proxy
       and/or realm of the resource being requested.
    
       A Proxy-Authorization header field value applies only to the proxy
       whose realm is identified in the "realm" parameter (this proxy may
       previously have demanded authentication using the Proxy-Authenticate
       field).  When multiple proxies are used in a chain, a Proxy-
       Authorization header field value MUST NOT be consumed by any proxy
       whose realm does not match the "realm" parameter specified in that
       value.
    
       Note that if an authentication scheme that does not support realms is
       used in the Proxy-Authorization header field, a proxy server MUST
       attempt to parse all Proxy-Authorization header field values to
       determine whether one of them has what the proxy server considers to
       be valid credentials.  Because this is potentially very time-
       consuming in large networks, proxy servers SHOULD use an
       authentication scheme that supports realms in the Proxy-Authorization
       header field.
    
       If a request is forked (as described in Section 16.7), various proxy
       servers and/or UAs may wish to challenge the UAC.  In this case, the
       forking proxy server is responsible for aggregating these challenges
       into a single response.  Each WWW-Authenticate and Proxy-Authenticate
       value received in responses to the forked request MUST be placed into
       the single response that is sent by the forking proxy to the UA; the
       ordering of these header field values is not significant.
    
          When a proxy server issues a challenge in response to a request,
          it will not proxy the request until the UAC has retried the
          request with valid credentials.  A forking proxy may forward a
          request simultaneously to multiple proxy servers that require
          authentication, each of which in turn will not forward the request
          until the originating UAC has authenticated itself in their
          respective realm.  If the UAC does not provide credentials for
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 198]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          each challenge, the proxy servers that issued the challenges will
          not forward requests to the UA where the destination user might be
          located, and therefore, the virtues of forking are largely lost.
    
       When resubmitting its request in response to a 401 (Unauthorized) or
       407 (Proxy Authentication Required) that contains multiple
       challenges, a UAC MAY include an Authorization value for each WWW-
       Authenticate value and a Proxy-Authorization value for each Proxy-
       Authenticate value for which the UAC wishes to supply a credential.
       As noted above, multiple credentials in a request SHOULD be
       differentiated by the "realm" parameter.
    
       It is possible for multiple challenges associated with the same realm
       to appear in the same 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication
       Required).  This can occur, for example, when multiple proxies within
       the same administrative domain, which use a common realm, are reached
       by a forking request.  When it retries a request, a UAC MAY therefore
       supply multiple credentials in Authorization or Proxy-Authorization
       header fields with the same "realm" parameter value.  The same
       credentials SHOULD be used for the same realm.
    
    22.4 The Digest Authentication Scheme
    
       This section describes the modifications and clarifications required
       to apply the HTTP Digest authentication scheme to SIP.  The SIP
       scheme usage is almost completely identical to that for HTTP [17].
    
       Since RFC 2543 is based on HTTP Digest as defined in RFC 2069 [39],
       SIP servers supporting RFC 2617 MUST ensure they are backwards
       compatible with RFC 2069.  Procedures for this backwards
       compatibility are specified in RFC 2617.  Note, however, that SIP
       servers MUST NOT accept or request Basic authentication.
    
       The rules for Digest authentication follow those defined in [17],
       with "HTTP/1.1" replaced by "SIP/2.0" in addition to the following
       differences:
    
          1.  The URI included in the challenge has the following BNF:
    
              URI  =  SIP-URI / SIPS-URI
    
          2.  The BNF in RFC 2617 has an error in that the 'uri' parameter
              of the Authorization header field for HTTP Digest
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 199]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
              authentication is not enclosed in quotation marks.  (The
              example in Section 3.5 of RFC 2617 is correct.)  For SIP, the
              'uri' MUST be enclosed in quotation marks.
    
          3.  The BNF for digest-uri-value is:
    
              digest-uri-value  =  Request-URI ; as defined in Section 25
    
          4.  The example procedure for choosing a nonce based on Etag does
              not work for SIP.
    
          5.  The text in RFC 2617 [17] regarding cache operation does not
              apply to SIP.
    
          6.  RFC 2617 [17] requires that a server check that the URI in the
              request line and the URI included in the Authorization header
              field point to the same resource.  In a SIP context, these two
              URIs may refer to different users, due to forwarding at some
              proxy.  Therefore, in SIP, a server MAY check that the
              Request-URI in the Authorization header field value
              corresponds to a user for whom the server is willing to accept
              forwarded or direct requests, but it is not necessarily a
              failure if the two fields are not equivalent.
    
          7.  As a clarification to the calculation of the A2 value for
              message integrity assurance in the Digest authentication
              scheme, implementers should assume, when the entity-body is
              empty (that is, when SIP messages have no body) that the hash
              of the entity-body resolves to the MD5 hash of an empty
              string, or:
    
                 H(entity-body) = MD5("") =
              "d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e"
    
          8.  RFC 2617 notes that a cnonce value MUST NOT be sent in an
              Authorization (and by extension Proxy-Authorization) header
              field if no qop directive has been sent.  Therefore, any
              algorithms that have a dependency on the cnonce (including
              "MD5-Sess") require that the qop directive be sent.  Use of
              the "qop" parameter is optional in RFC 2617 for the purposes
              of backwards compatibility with RFC 2069; since RFC 2543 was
              based on RFC 2069, the "qop" parameter must unfortunately
              remain optional for clients and servers to receive.  However,
              servers MUST always send a "qop" parameter in WWW-Authenticate
              and Proxy-Authenticate header field values.  If a client
              receives a "qop" parameter in a challenge header field, it
              MUST send the "qop" parameter in any resulting authorization
              header field.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 200]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       RFC 2543 did not allow usage of the Authentication-Info header field
       (it effectively used RFC 2069).  However, we now allow usage of this
       header field, since it provides integrity checks over the bodies and
       provides mutual authentication.  RFC 2617 [17] defines mechanisms for
       backwards compatibility using the qop attribute in the request.
       These mechanisms MUST be used by a server to determine if the client
       supports the new mechanisms in RFC 2617 that were not specified in
       RFC 2069.
    
    23 S/MIME
    
       SIP messages carry MIME bodies and the MIME standard includes
       mechanisms for securing MIME contents to ensure both integrity and
       confidentiality (including the 'multipart/signed' and
       'application/pkcs7-mime' MIME types, see RFC 1847 [22], RFC 2630 [23]
       and RFC 2633 [24]).  Implementers should note, however, that there
       may be rare network intermediaries (not typical proxy servers) that
       rely on viewing or modifying the bodies of SIP messages (especially
       SDP), and that secure MIME may prevent these sorts of intermediaries
       from functioning.
    
          This applies particularly to certain types of firewalls.
    
          The PGP mechanism for encrypting the header fields and bodies of
          SIP messages described in RFC 2543 has been deprecated.
    
    23.1 S/MIME Certificates
    
       The certificates that are used to identify an end-user for the
       purposes of S/MIME differ from those used by servers in one important
       respect - rather than asserting that the identity of the holder
       corresponds to a particular hostname, these certificates assert that
       the holder is identified by an end-user address.  This address is
       composed of the concatenation of the "userinfo" "@" and "domainname"
       portions of a SIP or SIPS URI (in other words, an email address of
       the form "bob@biloxi.com"), most commonly corresponding to a user's
       address-of-record.
    
       These certificates are also associated with keys that are used to
       sign or encrypt bodies of SIP messages.  Bodies are signed with the
       private key of the sender (who may include their public key with the
       message as appropriate), but bodies are encrypted with the public key
       of the intended recipient.  Obviously, senders must have
       foreknowledge of the public key of recipients in order to encrypt
       message bodies.  Public keys can be stored within a UA on a virtual
       keyring.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 201]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Each user agent that supports S/MIME MUST contain a keyring
       specifically for end-users' certificates.  This keyring should map
       between addresses of record and corresponding certificates.  Over
       time, users SHOULD use the same certificate when they populate the
       originating URI of signaling (the From header field) with the same
       address-of-record.
    
       Any mechanisms depending on the existence of end-user certificates
       are seriously limited in that there is virtually no consolidated
       authority today that provides certificates for end-user applications.
       However, users SHOULD acquire certificates from known public
       certificate authorities.  As an alternative, users MAY create self-
       signed certificates.  The implications of self-signed certificates
       are explored further in Section 26.4.2.  Implementations may also use
       pre-configured certificates in deployments in which a previous trust
       relationship exists between all SIP entities.
    
       Above and beyond the problem of acquiring an end-user certificate,
       there are few well-known centralized directories that distribute
       end-user certificates.  However, the holder of a certificate SHOULD
       publish their certificate in any public directories as appropriate.
       Similarly, UACs SHOULD support a mechanism for importing (manually or
       automatically) certificates discovered in public directories
       corresponding to the target URIs of SIP requests.
    
    23.2 S/MIME Key Exchange
    
       SIP itself can also be used as a means to distribute public keys in
       the following manner.
    
       Whenever the CMS SignedData message is used in S/MIME for SIP, it
       MUST contain the certificate bearing the public key necessary to
       verify the signature.
    
       When a UAC sends a request containing an S/MIME body that initiates a
       dialog, or sends a non-INVITE request outside the context of a
       dialog, the UAC SHOULD structure the body as an S/MIME
       'multipart/signed' CMS SignedData body.  If the desired CMS service
       is EnvelopedData (and the public key of the target user is known),
       the UAC SHOULD send the EnvelopedData message encapsulated within a
       SignedData message.
    
       When a UAS receives a request containing an S/MIME CMS body that
       includes a certificate, the UAS SHOULD first validate the
       certificate, if possible, with any available root certificates for
       certificate authorities.  The UAS SHOULD also determine the subject
       of the certificate (for S/MIME, the SubjectAltName will contain the
       appropriate identity) and compare this value to the From header field
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 202]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       of the request.  If the certificate cannot be verified, because it is
       self-signed, or signed by no known authority, or if it is verifiable
       but its subject does not correspond to the From header field of
       request, the UAS MUST notify its user of the status of the
       certificate (including the subject of the certificate, its signer,
       and any key fingerprint information) and request explicit permission
       before proceeding.  If the certificate was successfully verified and
       the subject of the certificate corresponds to the From header field
       of the SIP request, or if the user (after notification) explicitly
       authorizes the use of the certificate, the UAS SHOULD add this
       certificate to a local keyring, indexed by the address-of-record of
       the holder of the certificate.
    
       When a UAS sends a response containing an S/MIME body that answers
       the first request in a dialog, or a response to a non-INVITE request
       outside the context of a dialog, the UAS SHOULD structure the body as
       an S/MIME 'multipart/signed' CMS SignedData body.  If the desired CMS
       service is EnvelopedData, the UAS SHOULD send the EnvelopedData
       message encapsulated within a SignedData message.
    
       When a UAC receives a response containing an S/MIME CMS body that
       includes a certificate, the UAC SHOULD first validate the
       certificate, if possible, with any appropriate root certificate.  The
       UAC SHOULD also determine the subject of the certificate and compare
       this value to the To field of the response; although the two may very
       well be different, and this is not necessarily indicative of a
       security breach.  If the certificate cannot be verified because it is
       self-signed, or signed by no known authority, the UAC MUST notify its
       user of the status of the certificate (including the subject of the
       certificate, its signator, and any key fingerprint information) and
       request explicit permission before proceeding.  If the certificate
       was successfully verified, and the subject of the certificate
       corresponds to the To header field in the response, or if the user
       (after notification) explicitly authorizes the use of the
       certificate, the UAC SHOULD add this certificate to a local keyring,
       indexed by the address-of-record of the holder of the certificate.
       If the UAC had not transmitted its own certificate to the UAS in any
       previous transaction, it SHOULD use a CMS SignedData body for its
       next request or response.
    
       On future occasions, when the UA receives requests or responses that
       contain a From header field corresponding to a value in its keyring,
       the UA SHOULD compare the certificate offered in these messages with
       the existing certificate in its keyring.  If there is a discrepancy,
       the UA MUST notify its user of a change of the certificate
       (preferably in terms that indicate that this is a potential security
       breach) and acquire the user's permission before continuing to
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 203]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       process the signaling.  If the user authorizes this certificate, it
       SHOULD be added to the keyring alongside any previous value(s) for
       this address-of-record.
    
       Note well however, that this key exchange mechanism does not
       guarantee the secure exchange of keys when self-signed certificates,
       or certificates signed by an obscure authority, are used - it is
       vulnerable to well-known attacks.  In the opinion of the authors,
       however, the security it provides is proverbially better than
       nothing; it is in fact comparable to the widely used SSH application.
       These limitations are explored in greater detail in Section 26.4.2.
    
       If a UA receives an S/MIME body that has been encrypted with a public
       key unknown to the recipient, it MUST reject the request with a 493
       (Undecipherable) response.  This response SHOULD contain a valid
       certificate for the respondent (corresponding, if possible, to any
       address of record given in the To header field of the rejected
       request) within a MIME body with a 'certs-only' "smime-type"
       parameter.
    
       A 493 (Undecipherable) sent without any certificate indicates that
       the respondent cannot or will not utilize S/MIME encrypted messages,
       though they may still support S/MIME signatures.
    
       Note that a user agent that receives a request containing an S/MIME
       body that is not optional (with a Content-Disposition header
       "handling" parameter of "required") MUST reject the request with a
       415 Unsupported Media Type response if the MIME type is not
       understood.  A user agent that receives such a response when S/MIME
       is sent SHOULD notify its user that the remote device does not
       support S/MIME, and it MAY subsequently resend the request without
       S/MIME, if appropriate; however, this 415 response may constitute a
       downgrade attack.
    
       If a user agent sends an S/MIME body in a request, but receives a
       response that contains a MIME body that is not secured, the UAC
       SHOULD notify its user that the session could not be secured.
       However, if a user agent that supports S/MIME receives a request with
       an unsecured body, it SHOULD NOT respond with a secured body, but if
       it expects S/MIME from the sender (for example, because the sender's
       From header field value corresponds to an identity on its keychain),
       the UAS SHOULD notify its user that the session could not be secured.
    
       A number of conditions that arise in the previous text call for the
       notification of the user when an anomalous certificate-management
       event occurs.  Users might well ask what they should do under these
       circumstances.  First and foremost, an unexpected change in a
       certificate, or an absence of security when security is expected, are
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 204]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       causes for caution but not necessarily indications that an attack is
       in progress.  Users might abort any connection attempt or refuse a
       connection request they have received; in telephony parlance, they
       could hang up and call back.  Users may wish to find an alternate
       means to contact the other party and confirm that their key has
       legitimately changed.  Note that users are sometimes compelled to
       change their certificates, for example when they suspect that the
       secrecy of their private key has been compromised.  When their
       private key is no longer private, users must legitimately generate a
       new key and re-establish trust with any users that held their old
       key.
    
       Finally, if during the course of a dialog a UA receives a certificate
       in a CMS SignedData message that does not correspond with the
       certificates previously exchanged during a dialog, the UA MUST notify
       its user of the change, preferably in terms that indicate that this
       is a potential security breach.
    
    23.3 Securing MIME bodies
    
       There are two types of secure MIME bodies that are of interest to
       SIP: use of these bodies should follow the S/MIME specification [24]
       with a few variations.
    
          o  "multipart/signed" MUST be used only with CMS detached
             signatures.
    
                This allows backwards compatibility with non-S/MIME-
                compliant recipients.
    
          o  S/MIME bodies SHOULD have a Content-Disposition header field,
             and the value of the "handling" parameter SHOULD be "required."
    
          o  If a UAC has no certificate on its keyring associated with the
             address-of-record to which it wants to send a request, it
             cannot send an encrypted "application/pkcs7-mime" MIME message.
             UACs MAY send an initial request such as an OPTIONS message
             with a CMS detached signature in order to solicit the
             certificate of the remote side (the signature SHOULD be over a
             "message/sip" body of the type described in Section 23.4).
    
                Note that future standardization work on S/MIME may define
                non-certificate based keys.
    
          o  Senders of S/MIME bodies SHOULD use the "SMIMECapabilities"
             (see Section 2.5.2 of [24]) attribute to express their
             capabilities and preferences for further communications.  Note
             especially that senders MAY use the "preferSignedData"
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 205]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             capability to encourage receivers to respond with CMS
             SignedData messages (for example, when sending an OPTIONS
             request as described above).
    
          o  S/MIME implementations MUST at a minimum support SHA1 as a
             digital signature algorithm, and 3DES as an encryption
             algorithm.  All other signature and encryption algorithms MAY
             be supported.  Implementations can negotiate support for these
             algorithms with the "SMIMECapabilities" attribute.
    
          o  Each S/MIME body in a SIP message SHOULD be signed with only
             one certificate.  If a UA receives a message with multiple
             signatures, the outermost signature should be treated as the
             single certificate for this body.  Parallel signatures SHOULD
             NOT be used.
    
             The following is an example of an encrypted S/MIME SDP body
             within a SIP message:
    
            INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
            Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
            To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
            From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
            Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
            CSeq: 314159 INVITE
            Max-Forwards: 70
            Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
            Content-Type: application/pkcs7-mime; smime-type=enveloped-data;
                 name=smime.p7m
            Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=smime.p7m
               handling=required
    
          *******************************************************
          * Content-Type: application/sdp                       *
          *                                                     *
          * v=0                                                 *
          * o=alice 53655765 2353687637 IN IP4 pc33.atlanta.com *
          * s=-                                                 *
          * t=0 0                                               *
          * c=IN IP4 pc33.atlanta.com                           *
          * m=audio 3456 RTP/AVP 0 1 3 99                       *
          * a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000                                *
          *******************************************************
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 206]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    23.4 SIP Header Privacy and Integrity using S/MIME: Tunneling SIP
    
       As a means of providing some degree of end-to-end authentication,
       integrity or confidentiality for SIP header fields, S/MIME can
       encapsulate entire SIP messages within MIME bodies of type
       "message/sip" and then apply MIME security to these bodies in the
       same manner as typical SIP bodies.  These encapsulated SIP requests
       and responses do not constitute a separate dialog or transaction,
       they are a copy of the "outer" message that is used to verify
       integrity or to supply additional information.
    
       If a UAS receives a request that contains a tunneled "message/sip"
       S/MIME body, it SHOULD include a tunneled "message/sip" body in the
       response with the same smime-type.
    
       Any traditional MIME bodies (such as SDP) SHOULD be attached to the
       "inner" message so that they can also benefit from S/MIME security.
       Note that "message/sip" bodies can be sent as a part of a MIME
       "multipart/mixed" body if any unsecured MIME types should also be
       transmitted in a request.
    
    23.4.1 Integrity and Confidentiality Properties of SIP Headers
    
       When the S/MIME integrity or confidentiality mechanisms are used,
       there may be discrepancies between the values in the "inner" message
       and values in the "outer" message.  The rules for handling any such
       differences for all of the header fields described in this document
       are given in this section.
    
       Note that for the purposes of loose timestamping, all SIP messages
       that tunnel "message/sip" SHOULD contain a Date header in both the
       "inner" and "outer" headers.
    
    23.4.1.1 Integrity
    
       Whenever integrity checks are performed, the integrity of a header
       field should be determined by matching the value of the header field
       in the signed body with that in the "outer" messages using the
       comparison rules of SIP as described in 20.
    
       Header fields that can be legitimately modified by proxy servers are:
       Request-URI, Via, Record-Route, Route, Max-Forwards, and Proxy-
       Authorization.  If these header fields are not intact end-to-end,
       implementations SHOULD NOT consider this a breach of security.
       Changes to any other header fields defined in this document
       constitute an integrity violation; users MUST be notified of a
       discrepancy.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 207]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    23.4.1.2 Confidentiality
    
       When messages are encrypted, header fields may be included in the
       encrypted body that are not present in the "outer" message.
    
       Some header fields must always have a plaintext version because they
       are required header fields in requests and responses - these include:
    
       To, From, Call-ID, CSeq, Contact.  While it is probably not useful to
       provide an encrypted alternative for the Call-ID, CSeq, or Contact,
       providing an alternative to the information in the "outer" To or From
       is permitted.  Note that the values in an encrypted body are not used
       for the purposes of identifying transactions or dialogs - they are
       merely informational.  If the From header field in an encrypted body
       differs from the value in the "outer" message, the value within the
       encrypted body SHOULD be displayed to the user, but MUST NOT be used
       in the "outer" header fields of any future messages.
    
       Primarily, a user agent will want to encrypt header fields that have
       an end-to-end semantic, including: Subject, Reply-To, Organization,
       Accept, Accept-Encoding, Accept-Language, Alert-Info, Error-Info,
       Authentication-Info, Expires, In-Reply-To, Require, Supported,
       Unsupported, Retry-After, User-Agent, Server, and Warning.  If any of
       these header fields are present in an encrypted body, they should be
       used instead of any "outer" header fields, whether this entails
       displaying the header field values to users or setting internal
       states in the UA.  They SHOULD NOT however be used in the "outer"
       headers of any future messages.
    
       If present, the Date header field MUST always be the same in the
       "inner" and "outer" headers.
    
       Since MIME bodies are attached to the "inner" message,
       implementations will usually encrypt MIME-specific header fields,
       including: MIME-Version, Content-Type, Content-Length, Content-
       Language, Content-Encoding and Content-Disposition.  The "outer"
       message will have the proper MIME header fields for S/MIME bodies.
       These header fields (and any MIME bodies they preface) should be
       treated as normal MIME header fields and bodies received in a SIP
       message.
    
       It is not particularly useful to encrypt the following header fields:
       Min-Expires, Timestamp, Authorization, Priority, and WWW-
       Authenticate.  This category also includes those header fields that
       can be changed by proxy servers (described in the preceding section).
       UAs SHOULD never include these in an "inner" message if they are not
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 208]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       included in the "outer" message.  UAs that receive any of these
       header fields in an encrypted body SHOULD ignore the encrypted
       values.
    
       Note that extensions to SIP may define additional header fields; the
       authors of these extensions should describe the integrity and
       confidentiality properties of such header fields.  If a SIP UA
       encounters an unknown header field with an integrity violation, it
       MUST ignore the header field.
    
    23.4.2 Tunneling Integrity and Authentication
    
       Tunneling SIP messages within S/MIME bodies can provide integrity for
       SIP header fields if the header fields that the sender wishes to
       secure are replicated in a "message/sip" MIME body signed with a CMS
       detached signature.
    
       Provided that the "message/sip" body contains at least the
       fundamental dialog identifiers (To, From, Call-ID, CSeq), then a
       signed MIME body can provide limited authentication.  At the very
       least, if the certificate used to sign the body is unknown to the
       recipient and cannot be verified, the signature can be used to
       ascertain that a later request in a dialog was transmitted by the
       same certificate-holder that initiated the dialog.  If the recipient
       of the signed MIME body has some stronger incentive to trust the
       certificate (they were able to validate it, they acquired it from a
       trusted repository, or they have used it frequently) then the
       signature can be taken as a stronger assertion of the identity of the
       subject of the certificate.
    
       In order to eliminate possible confusions about the addition or
       subtraction of entire header fields, senders SHOULD replicate all
       header fields from the request within the signed body.  Any message
       bodies that require integrity protection MUST be attached to the
       "inner" message.
    
       If a Date header is present in a message with a signed body, the
       recipient SHOULD compare the header field value with its own internal
       clock, if applicable.  If a significant time discrepancy is detected
       (on the order of an hour or more), the user agent SHOULD alert the
       user to the anomaly, and note that it is a potential security breach.
    
       If an integrity violation in a message is detected by its recipient,
       the message MAY be rejected with a 403 (Forbidden) response if it is
       a request, or any existing dialog MAY be terminated.  UAs SHOULD
       notify users of this circumstance and request explicit guidance on
       how to proceed.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 209]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The following is an example of the use of a tunneled "message/sip"
       body:
    
          INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
          To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
          From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
          Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
          CSeq: 314159 INVITE
          Max-Forwards: 70
          Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2002 13:02:03 GMT
          Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
          Content-Type: multipart/signed;
            protocol="application/pkcs7-signature";
            micalg=sha1; boundary=boundary42
          Content-Length: 568
    
          --boundary42
          Content-Type: message/sip
    
          INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
          Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
          To: Bob <bob@biloxi.com>
          From: Alice <alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
          Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
          CSeq: 314159 INVITE
          Max-Forwards: 70
          Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2002 13:02:03 GMT
          Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
          Content-Type: application/sdp
          Content-Length: 147
    
          v=0
          o=UserA 2890844526 2890844526 IN IP4 here.com
          s=Session SDP
          c=IN IP4 pc33.atlanta.com
          t=0 0
          m=audio 49172 RTP/AVP 0
          a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000
    
          --boundary42
          Content-Type: application/pkcs7-signature; name=smime.p7s
          Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
          Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=smime.p7s;
             handling=required
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 210]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          ghyHhHUujhJhjH77n8HHGTrfvbnj756tbB9HG4VQpfyF467GhIGfHfYT6
          4VQpfyF467GhIGfHfYT6jH77n8HHGghyHhHUujhJh756tbB9HGTrfvbnj
          n8HHGTrfvhJhjH776tbB9HG4VQbnj7567GhIGfHfYT6ghyHhHUujpfyF4
          7GhIGfHfYT64VQbnj756
    
          --boundary42-
    
    23.4.3 Tunneling Encryption
    
       It may also be desirable to use this mechanism to encrypt a
       "message/sip" MIME body within a CMS EnvelopedData message S/MIME
       body, but in practice, most header fields are of at least some use to
       the network; the general use of encryption with S/MIME is to secure
       message bodies like SDP rather than message headers.  Some
       informational header fields, such as the Subject or Organization
       could perhaps warrant end-to-end security.  Headers defined by future
       SIP applications might also require obfuscation.
    
       Another possible application of encrypting header fields is selective
       anonymity.  A request could be constructed with a From header field
       that contains no personal information (for example,
       sip:anonymous@anonymizer.invalid).  However, a second From header
       field containing the genuine address-of-record of the originator
       could be encrypted within a "message/sip" MIME body where it will
       only be visible to the endpoints of a dialog.
    
          Note that if this mechanism is used for anonymity, the From header
          field will no longer be usable by the recipient of a message as an
          index to their certificate keychain for retrieving the proper
          S/MIME key to associated with the sender.  The message must first
          be decrypted, and the "inner" From header field MUST be used as an
          index.
    
       In order to provide end-to-end integrity, encrypted "message/sip"
       MIME bodies SHOULD be signed by the sender.  This creates a
       "multipart/signed" MIME body that contains an encrypted body and a
       signature, both of type "application/pkcs7-mime".
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 211]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       In the following example, of an encrypted and signed message, the
       text boxed in asterisks ("*") is encrypted:
    
            INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
            Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
            To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
            From: Anonymous <sip:anonymous@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
            Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
            CSeq: 314159 INVITE
            Max-Forwards: 70
            Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2002 13:02:03 GMT
            Contact: <sip:pc33.atlanta.com>
            Content-Type: multipart/signed;
              protocol="application/pkcs7-signature";
              micalg=sha1; boundary=boundary42
            Content-Length: 568
    
            --boundary42
            Content-Type: application/pkcs7-mime; smime-type=enveloped-data;
                 name=smime.p7m
            Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
            Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=smime.p7m
               handling=required
            Content-Length: 231
    
          ***********************************************************
          * Content-Type: message/sip                               *
          *                                                         *
          * INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0                       *
          * Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8 *
          * To: Bob <bob@biloxi.com>                                *
          * From: Alice <alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774          *
          * Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710                                 *
          * CSeq: 314159 INVITE                                     *
          * Max-Forwards: 70                                        *
          * Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2002 13:02:03 GMT                     *
          * Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>                   *
          *                                                         *
          * Content-Type: application/sdp                           *
          *                                                         *
          * v=0                                                     *
          * o=alice 53655765 2353687637 IN IP4 pc33.atlanta.com     *
          * s=Session SDP                                           *
          * t=0 0                                                   *
          * c=IN IP4 pc33.atlanta.com                               *
          * m=audio 3456 RTP/AVP 0 1 3 99                           *
          * a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000                                    *
          ***********************************************************
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 212]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
            --boundary42
            Content-Type: application/pkcs7-signature; name=smime.p7s
            Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
            Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=smime.p7s;
               handling=required
    
            ghyHhHUujhJhjH77n8HHGTrfvbnj756tbB9HG4VQpfyF467GhIGfHfYT6
            4VQpfyF467GhIGfHfYT6jH77n8HHGghyHhHUujhJh756tbB9HGTrfvbnj
            n8HHGTrfvhJhjH776tbB9HG4VQbnj7567GhIGfHfYT6ghyHhHUujpfyF4
            7GhIGfHfYT64VQbnj756
    
            --boundary42-
    
    24 Examples
    
       In the following examples, we often omit the message body and the
       corresponding Content-Length and Content-Type header fields for
       brevity.
    
    24.1 Registration
    
       Bob registers on start-up.  The message flow is shown in Figure 9.
       Note that the authentication usually required for registration is not
       shown for simplicity.
    
                      biloxi.com         Bob's
                       registrar       softphone
                          |                |
                          |   REGISTER F1  |
                          |<---------------|
                          |    200 OK F2   |
                          |--------------->|
    
                      Figure 9: SIP Registration Example
    
       F1 REGISTER Bob -> Registrar
    
           REGISTER sip:registrar.biloxi.com SIP/2.0
           Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bobspc.biloxi.com:5060;branch=z9hG4bKnashds7
           Max-Forwards: 70
           To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
           From: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=456248
           Call-ID: 843817637684230@998sdasdh09
           CSeq: 1826 REGISTER
           Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
           Expires: 7200
           Content-Length: 0
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 213]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The registration expires after two hours.  The registrar responds
       with a 200 OK:
    
       F2 200 OK Registrar -> Bob
    
            SIP/2.0 200 OK
            Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bobspc.biloxi.com:5060;branch=z9hG4bKnashds7
             ;received=192.0.2.4
            To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=2493k59kd
            From: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=456248
            Call-ID: 843817637684230@998sdasdh09
            CSeq: 1826 REGISTER
            Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
            Expires: 7200
            Content-Length: 0
    
    24.2 Session Setup
    
       This example contains the full details of the example session setup
       in Section 4.  The message flow is shown in Figure 1.  Note that
       these flows show the minimum required set of header fields - some
       other header fields such as Allow and Supported would normally be
       present.
    
    F1 INVITE Alice -> atlanta.com proxy
    
    INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
    Max-Forwards: 70
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
    Content-Type: application/sdp
    Content-Length: 142
    
    (Alice's SDP not shown)
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 214]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    F2 100 Trying atlanta.com proxy -> Alice
    
    SIP/2.0 100 Trying
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Content-Length: 0
    
    F3 INVITE atlanta.com proxy -> biloxi.com proxy
    
    INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    Max-Forwards: 69
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
    Content-Type: application/sdp
    Content-Length: 142
    
    (Alice's SDP not shown)
    
    F4 100 Trying biloxi.com proxy -> atlanta.com proxy
    
    SIP/2.0 100 Trying
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
     ;received=192.0.2.2
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Content-Length: 0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 215]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    F5 INVITE biloxi.com proxy -> Bob
    
    INVITE sip:bob@192.0.2.4 SIP/2.0
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP server10.biloxi.com;branch=z9hG4bK4b43c2ff8.1
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
     ;received=192.0.2.2
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    Max-Forwards: 68
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
    Content-Type: application/sdp
    Content-Length: 142
    
    (Alice's SDP not shown)
    
    F6 180 Ringing Bob -> biloxi.com proxy
    
    SIP/2.0 180 Ringing
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP server10.biloxi.com;branch=z9hG4bK4b43c2ff8.1
     ;received=192.0.2.3
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
     ;received=192.0.2.2
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Content-Length: 0
    
    F7 180 Ringing biloxi.com proxy -> atlanta.com proxy
    
    SIP/2.0 180 Ringing
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
     ;received=192.0.2.2
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Content-Length: 0
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 216]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    F8 180 Ringing atlanta.com proxy -> Alice
    
    SIP/2.0 180 Ringing
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Content-Length: 0
    
    F9 200 OK Bob -> biloxi.com proxy
    
    SIP/2.0 200 OK
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP server10.biloxi.com;branch=z9hG4bK4b43c2ff8.1
     ;received=192.0.2.3
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
     ;received=192.0.2.2
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
    Content-Type: application/sdp
    Content-Length: 131
    
    (Bob's SDP not shown)
    
    F10 200 OK biloxi.com proxy -> atlanta.com proxy
    
    SIP/2.0 200 OK
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
     ;received=192.0.2.2
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
    Content-Type: application/sdp
    Content-Length: 131
    
    (Bob's SDP not shown)
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 217]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    F11 200 OK atlanta.com proxy -> Alice
    
    SIP/2.0 200 OK
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
     ;received=192.0.2.1
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 INVITE
    Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
    Content-Type: application/sdp
    Content-Length: 131
    
    (Bob's SDP not shown)
    
    F12 ACK Alice -> Bob
    
    ACK sip:bob@192.0.2.4 SIP/2.0
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds9
    Max-Forwards: 70
    To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 314159 ACK
    Content-Length: 0
    
       The media session between Alice and Bob is now established.
    
       Bob hangs up first.  Note that Bob's SIP phone maintains its own CSeq
       numbering space, which, in this example, begins with 231.  Since Bob
       is making the request, the To and From URIs and tags have been
       swapped.
    
    F13 BYE Bob -> Alice
    
    BYE sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com SIP/2.0
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 192.0.2.4;branch=z9hG4bKnashds10
    Max-Forwards: 70
    From: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    To: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 231 BYE
    Content-Length: 0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 218]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    F14 200 OK Alice -> Bob
    
    SIP/2.0 200 OK
    Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 192.0.2.4;branch=z9hG4bKnashds10
    From: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
    To: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
    Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
    CSeq: 231 BYE
    Content-Length: 0
    
       The SIP Call Flows document [40] contains further examples of SIP
       messages.
    
    25  Augmented BNF for the SIP Protocol
    
       All of the mechanisms specified in this document are described in
       both prose and an augmented Backus-Naur Form (BNF) defined in RFC
       2234 [10].  Section 6.1 of RFC 2234 defines a set of core rules that
       are used by this specification, and not repeated here.  Implementers
       need to be familiar with the notation and content of RFC 2234 in
       order to understand this specification.  Certain basic rules are in
       uppercase, such as SP, LWS, HTAB, CRLF, DIGIT, ALPHA, etc.  Angle
       brackets are used within definitions to clarify the use of rule
       names.
    
       The use of square brackets is redundant syntactically.  It is used as
       a semantic hint that the specific parameter is optional to use.
    
    25.1 Basic Rules
    
       The following rules are used throughout this specification to
       describe basic parsing constructs.  The US-ASCII coded character set
       is defined by ANSI X3.4-1986.
    
          alphanum  =  ALPHA / DIGIT
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 219]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Several rules are incorporated from RFC 2396 [5] but are updated to
       make them compliant with RFC 2234 [10].  These include:
    
          reserved    =  ";" / "/" / "?" / ":" / "@" / "&" / "=" / "+"
                         / "$" / ","
          unreserved  =  alphanum / mark
          mark        =  "-" / "_" / "." / "!" / "~" / "*" / "'"
                         / "(" / ")"
          escaped     =  "%" HEXDIG HEXDIG
    
       SIP header field values can be folded onto multiple lines if the
       continuation line begins with a space or horizontal tab.  All linear
       white space, including folding, has the same semantics as SP.  A
       recipient MAY replace any linear white space with a single SP before
       interpreting the field value or forwarding the message downstream.
       This is intended to behave exactly as HTTP/1.1 as described in RFC
       2616 [8].  The SWS construct is used when linear white space is
       optional, generally between tokens and separators.
    
          LWS  =  [*WSP CRLF] 1*WSP ; linear whitespace
          SWS  =  [LWS] ; sep whitespace
    
       To separate the header name from the rest of value, a colon is used,
       which, by the above rule, allows whitespace before, but no line
       break, and whitespace after, including a linebreak.  The HCOLON
       defines this construct.
    
          HCOLON  =  *( SP / HTAB ) ":" SWS
    
       The TEXT-UTF8 rule is only used for descriptive field contents and
       values that are not intended to be interpreted by the message parser.
       Words of *TEXT-UTF8 contain characters from the UTF-8 charset (RFC
       2279 [7]).  The TEXT-UTF8-TRIM rule is used for descriptive field
       contents that are n t quoted strings, where leading and trailing LWS
       is not meaningful.  In this regard, SIP differs from HTTP, which uses
       the ISO 8859-1 character set.
    
          TEXT-UTF8-TRIM  =  1*TEXT-UTF8char *(*LWS TEXT-UTF8char)
          TEXT-UTF8char   =  %x21-7E / UTF8-NONASCII
          UTF8-NONASCII   =  %xC0-DF 1UTF8-CONT
                          /  %xE0-EF 2UTF8-CONT
                          /  %xF0-F7 3UTF8-CONT
                          /  %xF8-Fb 4UTF8-CONT
                          /  %xFC-FD 5UTF8-CONT
          UTF8-CONT       =  %x80-BF
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 220]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       A CRLF is allowed in the definition of TEXT-UTF8-TRIM only as part of
       a header field continuation.  It is expected that the folding LWS
       will be replaced with a single SP before interpretation of the TEXT-
       UTF8-TRIM value.
    
       Hexadecimal numeric characters are used in several protocol elements.
       Some elements (authentication) force hex alphas to be lower case.
    
          LHEX  =  DIGIT / %x61-66 ;lowercase a-f
    
       Many SIP header field values consist of words separated by LWS or
       special characters.  Unless otherwise stated, tokens are case-
       insensitive.  These special characters MUST be in a quoted string to
       be used within a parameter value.  The word construct is used in
       Call-ID to allow most separators to be used.
    
          token       =  1*(alphanum / "-" / "." / "!" / "%" / "*"
                         / "_" / "+" / "`" / "'" / "~" )
          separators  =  "(" / ")" / "<" / ">" / "@" /
                         "," / ";" / ":" / "" / DQUOTE /
                         "/" / "[" / "]" / "?" / "=" /
                         "{" / "}" / SP / HTAB
          word        =  1*(alphanum / "-" / "." / "!" / "%" / "*" /
                         "_" / "+" / "`" / "'" / "~" /
                         "(" / ")" / "<" / ">" /
                         ":" / "" / DQUOTE /
                         "/" / "[" / "]" / "?" /
                         "{" / "}" )
    
       When tokens are used or separators are used between elements,
       whitespace is often allowed before or after these characters:
    
          STAR    =  SWS "*" SWS ; asterisk
          SLASH   =  SWS "/" SWS ; slash
          EQUAL   =  SWS "=" SWS ; equal
          LPAREN  =  SWS "(" SWS ; left parenthesis
          RPAREN  =  SWS ")" SWS ; right parenthesis
          RAQUOT  =  ">" SWS ; right angle quote
          LAQUOT  =  SWS "<"; left angle quote
          COMMA   =  SWS "," SWS ; comma
          SEMI    =  SWS ";" SWS ; semicolon
          COLON   =  SWS ":" SWS ; colon
          LDQUOT  =  SWS DQUOTE; open double quotation mark
          RDQUOT  =  DQUOTE SWS ; close double quotation mark
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 221]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Comments can be included in some SIP header fields by surrounding the
       comment text with parentheses.  Comments are only allowed in fields
       containing "comment" as part of their field value definition.  In all
       other fields, parentheses are considered part of the field value.
    
          comment  =  LPAREN *(ctext / quoted-pair / comment) RPAREN
          ctext    =  %x21-27 / %x2A-5B / %x5D-7E / UTF8-NONASCII
                      / LWS
    
       ctext includes all chars except left and right parens and backslash.
       A string of text is parsed as a single word if it is quoted using
       double-quote marks.  In quoted strings, quotation marks (") and
       backslashes () need to be escaped.
    
          quoted-string  =  SWS DQUOTE *(qdtext / quoted-pair ) DQUOTE
          qdtext         =  LWS / %x21 / %x23-5B / %x5D-7E
                            / UTF8-NONASCII
    
       The backslash character ("") MAY be used as a single-character
       quoting mechanism only within quoted-string and comment constructs.
       Unlike HTTP/1.1, the characters CR and LF cannot be escaped by this
       mechanism to avoid conflict with line folding and header separation.
    
    quoted-pair  =  "" (%x00-09 / %x0B-0C
                    / %x0E-7F)
    
    SIP-URI          =  "sip:" [ userinfo ] hostport
                        uri-parameters [ headers ]
    SIPS-URI         =  "sips:" [ userinfo ] hostport
                        uri-parameters [ headers ]
    userinfo         =  ( user / telephone-subscriber ) [ ":" password ] "@"
    user             =  1*( unreserved / escaped / user-unreserved )
    user-unreserved  =  "&" / "=" / "+" / "$" / "," / ";" / "?" / "/"
    password         =  *( unreserved / escaped /
                        "&" / "=" / "+" / "$" / "," )
    hostport         =  host [ ":" port ]
    host             =  hostname / IPv4address / IPv6reference
    hostname         =  *( domainlabel "." ) toplabel [ "." ]
    domainlabel      =  alphanum
                        / alphanum *( alphanum / "-" ) alphanum
    toplabel         =  ALPHA / ALPHA *( alphanum / "-" ) alphanum
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 222]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    IPv4address    =  1*3DIGIT "." 1*3DIGIT "." 1*3DIGIT "." 1*3DIGIT
    IPv6reference  =  "[" IPv6address "]"
    IPv6address    =  hexpart [ ":" IPv4address ]
    hexpart        =  hexseq / hexseq "::" [ hexseq ] / "::" [ hexseq ]
    hexseq         =  hex4 *( ":" hex4)
    hex4           =  1*4HEXDIG
    port           =  1*DIGIT
    
       The BNF for telephone-subscriber can be found in RFC 2806 [9].  Note,
       however, that any characters allowed there that are not allowed in
       the user part of the SIP URI MUST be escaped.
    
    uri-parameters    =  *( ";" uri-parameter)
    uri-parameter     =  transport-param / user-param / method-param
                         / ttl-param / maddr-param / lr-param / other-param
    transport-param   =  "transport="
                         ( "udp" / "tcp" / "sctp" / "tls"
                         / other-transport)
    other-transport   =  token
    user-param        =  "user=" ( "phone" / "ip" / other-user)
    other-user        =  token
    method-param      =  "method=" Method
    ttl-param         =  "ttl=" ttl
    maddr-param       =  "maddr=" host
    lr-param          =  "lr"
    other-param       =  pname [ "=" pvalue ]
    pname             =  1*paramchar
    pvalue            =  1*paramchar
    paramchar         =  param-unreserved / unreserved / escaped
    param-unreserved  =  "[" / "]" / "/" / ":" / "&" / "+" / "$"
    
    headers         =  "?" header *( "&" header )
    header          =  hname "=" hvalue
    hname           =  1*( hnv-unreserved / unreserved / escaped )
    hvalue          =  *( hnv-unreserved / unreserved / escaped )
    hnv-unreserved  =  "[" / "]" / "/" / "?" / ":" / "+" / "$"
    
    SIP-message    =  Request / Response
    Request        =  Request-Line
                      *( message-header )
                      CRLF
                      [ message-body ]
    Request-Line   =  Method SP Request-URI SP SIP-Version CRLF
    Request-URI    =  SIP-URI / SIPS-URI / absoluteURI
    absoluteURI    =  scheme ":" ( hier-part / opaque-part )
    hier-part      =  ( net-path / abs-path ) [ "?" query ]
    net-path       =  "//" authority [ abs-path ]
    abs-path       =  "/" path-segments
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 223]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    opaque-part    =  uric-no-slash *uric
    uric           =  reserved / unreserved / escaped
    uric-no-slash  =  unreserved / escaped / ";" / "?" / ":" / "@"
                      / "&" / "=" / "+" / "$" / ","
    path-segments  =  segment *( "/" segment )
    segment        =  *pchar *( ";" param )
    param          =  *pchar
    pchar          =  unreserved / escaped /
                      ":" / "@" / "&" / "=" / "+" / "$" / ","
    scheme         =  ALPHA *( ALPHA / DIGIT / "+" / "-" / "." )
    authority      =  srvr / reg-name
    srvr           =  [ [ userinfo "@" ] hostport ]
    reg-name       =  1*( unreserved / escaped / "$" / ","
                      / ";" / ":" / "@" / "&" / "=" / "+" )
    query          =  *uric
    SIP-Version    =  "SIP" "/" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
    
    message-header  =  (Accept
                    /  Accept-Encoding
                    /  Accept-Language
                    /  Alert-Info
                    /  Allow
                    /  Authentication-Info
                    /  Authorization
                    /  Call-ID
                    /  Call-Info
                    /  Contact
                    /  Content-Disposition
                    /  Content-Encoding
                    /  Content-Language
                    /  Content-Length
                    /  Content-Type
                    /  CSeq
                    /  Date
                    /  Error-Info
                    /  Expires
                    /  From
                    /  In-Reply-To
                    /  Max-Forwards
                    /  MIME-Version
                    /  Min-Expires
                    /  Organization
                    /  Priority
                    /  Proxy-Authenticate
                    /  Proxy-Authorization
                    /  Proxy-Require
                    /  Record-Route
                    /  Reply-To
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 224]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
                    /  Require
                    /  Retry-After
                    /  Route
                    /  Server
                    /  Subject
                    /  Supported
                    /  Timestamp
                    /  To
                    /  Unsupported
                    /  User-Agent
                    /  Via
                    /  Warning
                    /  WWW-Authenticate
                    /  extension-header) CRLF
    
    INVITEm           =  %x49.4E.56.49.54.45 ; INVITE in caps
    ACKm              =  %x41.43.4B ; ACK in caps
    OPTIONSm          =  %x4F.50.54.49.4F.4E.53 ; OPTIONS in caps
    BYEm              =  %x42.59.45 ; BYE in caps
    CANCELm           =  %x43.41.4E.43.45.4C ; CANCEL in caps
    REGISTERm         =  %x52.45.47.49.53.54.45.52 ; REGISTER in caps
    Method            =  INVITEm / ACKm / OPTIONSm / BYEm
                         / CANCELm / REGISTERm
                         / extension-method
    extension-method  =  token
    Response          =  Status-Line
                         *( message-header )
                         CRLF
                         [ message-body ]
    
    Status-Line     =  SIP-Version SP Status-Code SP Reason-Phrase CRLF
    Status-Code     =  Informational
                   /   Redirection
                   /   Success
                   /   Client-Error
                   /   Server-Error
                   /   Global-Failure
                   /   extension-code
    extension-code  =  3DIGIT
    Reason-Phrase   =  *(reserved / unreserved / escaped
                       / UTF8-NONASCII / UTF8-CONT / SP / HTAB)
    
    Informational  =  "100"  ;  Trying
                  /   "180"  ;  Ringing
                  /   "181"  ;  Call Is Being Forwarded
                  /   "182"  ;  Queued
                  /   "183"  ;  Session Progress
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 225]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Success  =  "200"  ;  OK
    
    Redirection  =  "300"  ;  Multiple Choices
                /   "301"  ;  Moved Permanently
                /   "302"  ;  Moved Temporarily
                /   "305"  ;  Use Proxy
                /   "380"  ;  Alternative Service
    
    Client-Error  =  "400"  ;  Bad Request
                 /   "401"  ;  Unauthorized
                 /   "402"  ;  Payment Required
                 /   "403"  ;  Forbidden
                 /   "404"  ;  Not Found
                 /   "405"  ;  Method Not Allowed
                 /   "406"  ;  Not Acceptable
                 /   "407"  ;  Proxy Authentication Required
                 /   "408"  ;  Request Timeout
                 /   "410"  ;  Gone
                 /   "413"  ;  Request Entity Too Large
                 /   "414"  ;  Request-URI Too Large
                 /   "415"  ;  Unsupported Media Type
                 /   "416"  ;  Unsupported URI Scheme
                 /   "420"  ;  Bad Extension
                 /   "421"  ;  Extension Required
                 /   "423"  ;  Interval Too Brief
                 /   "480"  ;  Temporarily not available
                 /   "481"  ;  Call Leg/Transaction Does Not Exist
                 /   "482"  ;  Loop Detected
                 /   "483"  ;  Too Many Hops
                 /   "484"  ;  Address Incomplete
                 /   "485"  ;  Ambiguous
                 /   "486"  ;  Busy Here
                 /   "487"  ;  Request Terminated
                 /   "488"  ;  Not Acceptable Here
                 /   "491"  ;  Request Pending
                 /   "493"  ;  Undecipherable
    
    Server-Error  =  "500"  ;  Internal Server Error
                 /   "501"  ;  Not Implemented
                 /   "502"  ;  Bad Gateway
                 /   "503"  ;  Service Unavailable
                 /   "504"  ;  Server Time-out
                 /   "505"  ;  SIP Version not supported
                 /   "513"  ;  Message Too Large
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 226]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Global-Failure  =  "600"  ;  Busy Everywhere
                   /   "603"  ;  Decline
                   /   "604"  ;  Does not exist anywhere
                   /   "606"  ;  Not Acceptable
    
    Accept         =  "Accept" HCOLON
                       [ accept-range *(COMMA accept-range) ]
    accept-range   =  media-range *(SEMI accept-param)
    media-range    =  ( "*/*"
                      / ( m-type SLASH "*" )
                      / ( m-type SLASH m-subtype )
                      ) *( SEMI m-parameter )
    accept-param   =  ("q" EQUAL qvalue) / generic-param
    qvalue         =  ( "0" [ "." 0*3DIGIT ] )
                      / ( "1" [ "." 0*3("0") ] )
    generic-param  =  token [ EQUAL gen-value ]
    gen-value      =  token / host / quoted-string
    
    Accept-Encoding  =  "Accept-Encoding" HCOLON
                         [ encoding *(COMMA encoding) ]
    encoding         =  codings *(SEMI accept-param)
    codings          =  content-coding / "*"
    content-coding   =  token
    
    Accept-Language  =  "Accept-Language" HCOLON
                         [ language *(COMMA language) ]
    language         =  language-range *(SEMI accept-param)
    language-range   =  ( ( 1*8ALPHA *( "-" 1*8ALPHA ) ) / "*" )
    
    Alert-Info   =  "Alert-Info" HCOLON alert-param *(COMMA alert-param)
    alert-param  =  LAQUOT absoluteURI RAQUOT *( SEMI generic-param )
    
    Allow  =  "Allow" HCOLON [Method *(COMMA Method)]
    
    Authorization     =  "Authorization" HCOLON credentials
    credentials       =  ("Digest" LWS digest-response)
                         / other-response
    digest-response   =  dig-resp *(COMMA dig-resp)
    dig-resp          =  username / realm / nonce / digest-uri
                          / dresponse / algorithm / cnonce
                          / opaque / message-qop
                          / nonce-count / auth-param
    username          =  "username" EQUAL username-value
    username-value    =  quoted-string
    digest-uri        =  "uri" EQUAL LDQUOT digest-uri-value RDQUOT
    digest-uri-value  =  rquest-uri ; Equal to request-uri as specified
                         by HTTP/1.1
    message-qop       =  "qop" EQUAL qop-value
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 227]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    cnonce            =  "cnonce" EQUAL cnonce-value
    cnonce-value      =  nonce-value
    nonce-count       =  "nc" EQUAL nc-value
    nc-value          =  8LHEX
    dresponse         =  "response" EQUAL request-digest
    request-digest    =  LDQUOT 32LHEX RDQUOT
    auth-param        =  auth-param-name EQUAL
                         ( token / quoted-string )
    auth-param-name   =  token
    other-response    =  auth-scheme LWS auth-param
                         *(COMMA auth-param)
    auth-scheme       =  token
    
    Authentication-Info  =  "Authentication-Info" HCOLON ainfo
                            *(COMMA ainfo)
    ainfo                =  nextnonce / message-qop
                             / response-auth / cnonce
                             / nonce-count
    nextnonce            =  "nextnonce" EQUAL nonce-value
    response-auth        =  "rspauth" EQUAL response-digest
    response-digest      =  LDQUOT *LHEX RDQUOT
    
    Call-ID  =  ( "Call-ID" / "i" ) HCOLON callid
    callid   =  word [ "@" word ]
    
    Call-Info   =  "Call-Info" HCOLON info *(COMMA info)
    info        =  LAQUOT absoluteURI RAQUOT *( SEMI info-param)
    info-param  =  ( "purpose" EQUAL ( "icon" / "info"
                   / "card" / token ) ) / generic-param
    
    Contact        =  ("Contact" / "m" ) HCOLON
                      ( STAR / (contact-param *(COMMA contact-param)))
    contact-param  =  (name-addr / addr-spec) *(SEMI contact-params)
    name-addr      =  [ display-name ] LAQUOT addr-spec RAQUOT
    addr-spec      =  SIP-URI / SIPS-URI / absoluteURI
    display-name   =  *(token LWS)/ quoted-string
    
    contact-params     =  c-p-q / c-p-expires
                          / contact-extension
    c-p-q              =  "q" EQUAL qvalue
    c-p-expires        =  "expires" EQUAL delta-seconds
    contact-extension  =  generic-param
    delta-seconds      =  1*DIGIT
    
    Content-Disposition   =  "Content-Disposition" HCOLON
                             disp-type *( SEMI disp-param )
    disp-type             =  "render" / "session" / "icon" / "alert"
                             / disp-extension-token
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 228]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    disp-param            =  handling-param / generic-param
    handling-param        =  "handling" EQUAL
                             ( "optional" / "required"
                             / other-handling )
    other-handling        =  token
    disp-extension-token  =  token
    
    Content-Encoding  =  ( "Content-Encoding" / "e" ) HCOLON
                         content-coding *(COMMA content-coding)
    
    Content-Language  =  "Content-Language" HCOLON
                         language-tag *(COMMA language-tag)
    language-tag      =  primary-tag *( "-" subtag )
    primary-tag       =  1*8ALPHA
    subtag            =  1*8ALPHA
    
    Content-Length  =  ( "Content-Length" / "l" ) HCOLON 1*DIGIT
    Content-Type     =  ( "Content-Type" / "c" ) HCOLON media-type
    media-type       =  m-type SLASH m-subtype *(SEMI m-parameter)
    m-type           =  discrete-type / composite-type
    discrete-type    =  "text" / "image" / "audio" / "video"
                        / "application" / extension-token
    composite-type   =  "message" / "multipart" / extension-token
    extension-token  =  ietf-token / x-token
    ietf-token       =  token
    x-token          =  "x-" token
    m-subtype        =  extension-token / iana-token
    iana-token       =  token
    m-parameter      =  m-attribute EQUAL m-value
    m-attribute      =  token
    m-value          =  token / quoted-string
    
    CSeq  =  "CSeq" HCOLON 1*DIGIT LWS Method
    
    Date          =  "Date" HCOLON SIP-date
    SIP-date      =  rfc1123-date
    rfc1123-date  =  wkday "," SP date1 SP time SP "GMT"
    date1         =  2DIGIT SP month SP 4DIGIT
                     ; day month year (e.g., 02 Jun 1982)
    time          =  2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT
                     ; 00:00:00 - 23:59:59
    wkday         =  "Mon" / "Tue" / "Wed"
                     / "Thu" / "Fri" / "Sat" / "Sun"
    month         =  "Jan" / "Feb" / "Mar" / "Apr"
                     / "May" / "Jun" / "Jul" / "Aug"
                     / "Sep" / "Oct" / "Nov" / "Dec"
    
    Error-Info  =  "Error-Info" HCOLON error-uri *(COMMA error-uri)
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 229]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    error-uri   =  LAQUOT absoluteURI RAQUOT *( SEMI generic-param )
    
    Expires     =  "Expires" HCOLON delta-seconds
    From        =  ( "From" / "f" ) HCOLON from-spec
    from-spec   =  ( name-addr / addr-spec )
                   *( SEMI from-param )
    from-param  =  tag-param / generic-param
    tag-param   =  "tag" EQUAL token
    
    In-Reply-To  =  "In-Reply-To" HCOLON callid *(COMMA callid)
    
    Max-Forwards  =  "Max-Forwards" HCOLON 1*DIGIT
    
    MIME-Version  =  "MIME-Version" HCOLON 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
    
    Min-Expires  =  "Min-Expires" HCOLON delta-seconds
    
    Organization  =  "Organization" HCOLON [TEXT-UTF8-TRIM]
    
    Priority        =  "Priority" HCOLON priority-value
    priority-value  =  "emergency" / "urgent" / "normal"
                       / "non-urgent" / other-priority
    other-priority  =  token
    
    Proxy-Authenticate  =  "Proxy-Authenticate" HCOLON challenge
    challenge           =  ("Digest" LWS digest-cln *(COMMA digest-cln))
                           / other-challenge
    other-challenge     =  auth-scheme LWS auth-param
                           *(COMMA auth-param)
    digest-cln          =  realm / domain / nonce
                            / opaque / stale / algorithm
                            / qop-options / auth-param
    realm               =  "realm" EQUAL realm-value
    realm-value         =  quoted-string
    domain              =  "domain" EQUAL LDQUOT URI
                           *( 1*SP URI ) RDQUOT
    URI                 =  absoluteURI / abs-path
    nonce               =  "nonce" EQUAL nonce-value
    nonce-value         =  quoted-string
    opaque              =  "opaque" EQUAL quoted-string
    stale               =  "stale" EQUAL ( "true" / "false" )
    algorithm           =  "algorithm" EQUAL ( "MD5" / "MD5-sess"
                           / token )
    qop-options         =  "qop" EQUAL LDQUOT qop-value
                           *("," qop-value) RDQUOT
    qop-value           =  "auth" / "auth-int" / token
    
    Proxy-Authorization  =  "Proxy-Authorization" HCOLON credentials
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 230]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Proxy-Require  =  "Proxy-Require" HCOLON option-tag
                      *(COMMA option-tag)
    option-tag     =  token
    
    Record-Route  =  "Record-Route" HCOLON rec-route *(COMMA rec-route)
    rec-route     =  name-addr *( SEMI rr-param )
    rr-param      =  generic-param
    
    Reply-To      =  "Reply-To" HCOLON rplyto-spec
    rplyto-spec   =  ( name-addr / addr-spec )
                     *( SEMI rplyto-param )
    rplyto-param  =  generic-param
    Require       =  "Require" HCOLON option-tag *(COMMA option-tag)
    
    Retry-After  =  "Retry-After" HCOLON delta-seconds
                    [ comment ] *( SEMI retry-param )
    
    retry-param  =  ("duration" EQUAL delta-seconds)
                    / generic-param
    
    Route        =  "Route" HCOLON route-param *(COMMA route-param)
    route-param  =  name-addr *( SEMI rr-param )
    
    Server           =  "Server" HCOLON server-val *(LWS server-val)
    server-val       =  product / comment
    product          =  token [SLASH product-version]
    product-version  =  token
    
    Subject  =  ( "Subject" / "s" ) HCOLON [TEXT-UTF8-TRIM]
    
    Supported  =  ( "Supported" / "k" ) HCOLON
                  [option-tag *(COMMA option-tag)]
    
    Timestamp  =  "Timestamp" HCOLON 1*(DIGIT)
                   [ "." *(DIGIT) ] [ LWS delay ]
    delay      =  *(DIGIT) [ "." *(DIGIT) ]
    
    To        =  ( "To" / "t" ) HCOLON ( name-addr
                 / addr-spec ) *( SEMI to-param )
    to-param  =  tag-param / generic-param
    
    Unsupported  =  "Unsupported" HCOLON option-tag *(COMMA option-tag)
    User-Agent  =  "User-Agent" HCOLON server-val *(LWS server-val)
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 231]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Via               =  ( "Via" / "v" ) HCOLON via-parm *(COMMA via-parm)
    via-parm          =  sent-protocol LWS sent-by *( SEMI via-params )
    via-params        =  via-ttl / via-maddr
                         / via-received / via-branch
                         / via-extension
    via-ttl           =  "ttl" EQUAL ttl
    via-maddr         =  "maddr" EQUAL host
    via-received      =  "received" EQUAL (IPv4address / IPv6address)
    via-branch        =  "branch" EQUAL token
    via-extension     =  generic-param
    sent-protocol     =  protocol-name SLASH protocol-version
                         SLASH transport
    protocol-name     =  "SIP" / token
    protocol-version  =  token
    transport         =  "UDP" / "TCP" / "TLS" / "SCTP"
                         / other-transport
    sent-by           =  host [ COLON port ]
    ttl               =  1*3DIGIT ; 0 to 255
    
    Warning        =  "Warning" HCOLON warning-value *(COMMA warning-value)
    warning-value  =  warn-code SP warn-agent SP warn-text
    warn-code      =  3DIGIT
    warn-agent     =  hostport / pseudonym
                      ;  the name or pseudonym of the server adding
                      ;  the Warning header, for use in debugging
    warn-text      =  quoted-string
    pseudonym      =  token
    
    WWW-Authenticate  =  "WWW-Authenticate" HCOLON challenge
    
    extension-header  =  header-name HCOLON header-value
    header-name       =  token
    header-value      =  *(TEXT-UTF8char / UTF8-CONT / LWS)
    message-body  =  *OCTET
    
    26 Security Considerations: Threat Model and Security Usage
       Recommendations
    
       SIP is not an easy protocol to secure.  Its use of intermediaries,
       its multi-faceted trust relationships, its expected usage between
       elements with no trust at all, and its user-to-user operation make
       security far from trivial.  Security solutions are needed that are
       deployable today, without extensive coordination, in a wide variety
       of environments and usages.  In order to meet these diverse needs,
       several distinct mechanisms applicable to different aspects and
       usages of SIP will be required.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 232]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Note that the security of SIP signaling itself has no bearing on the
       security of protocols used in concert with SIP such as RTP, or with
       the security implications of any specific bodies SIP might carry
       (although MIME security plays a substantial role in securing SIP).
       Any media associated with a session can be encrypted end-to-end
       independently of any associated SIP signaling.  Media encryption is
       outside the scope of this document.
    
       The considerations that follow first examine a set of classic threat
       models that broadly identify the security needs of SIP.  The set of
       security services required to address these threats is then detailed,
       followed by an explanation of several security mechanisms that can be
       used to provide these services.  Next, the requirements for
       implementers of SIP are enumerated, along with exemplary deployments
       in which these security mechanisms could be used to improve the
       security of SIP.  Some notes on privacy conclude this section.
    
    26.1 Attacks and Threat Models
    
       This section details some threats that should be common to most
       deployments of SIP.  These threats have been chosen specifically to
       illustrate each of the security services that SIP requires.
    
       The following examples by no means provide an exhaustive list of the
       threats against SIP; rather, these are "classic" threats that
       demonstrate the need for particular security services that can
       potentially prevent whole categories of threats.
    
       These attacks assume an environment in which attackers can
       potentially read any packet on the network - it is anticipated that
       SIP will frequently be used on the public Internet.  Attackers on the
       network may be able to modify packets (perhaps at some compromised
       intermediary).  Attackers may wish to steal services, eavesdrop on
       communications, or disrupt sessions.
    
    26.1.1 Registration Hijacking
    
       The SIP registration mechanism allows a user agent to identify itself
       to a registrar as a device at which a user (designated by an address
       of record) is located.  A registrar assesses the identity asserted in
       the From header field of a REGISTER message to determine whether this
       request can modify the contact addresses associated with the
       address-of-record in the To header field.  While these two fields are
       frequently the same, there are many valid deployments in which a
       third-party may register contacts on a user's behalf.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 233]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The From header field of a SIP request, however, can be modified
       arbitrarily by the owner of a UA, and this opens the door to
       malicious registrations.  An attacker that successfully impersonates
       a party authorized to change contacts associated with an address-of-
       record could, for example, de-register all existing contacts for a
       URI and then register their own device as the appropriate contact
       address, thereby directing all requests for the affected user to the
       attacker's device.
    
       This threat belongs to a family of threats that rely on the absence
       of cryptographic assurance of a request's originator.  Any SIP UAS
       that represents a valuable service (a gateway that interworks SIP
       requests with traditional telephone calls, for example) might want to
       control access to its resources by authenticating requests that it
       receives.  Even end-user UAs, for example SIP phones, have an
       interest in ascertaining the identities of originators of requests.
    
       This threat demonstrates the need for security services that enable
       SIP entities to authenticate the originators of requests.
    
    26.1.2 Impersonating a Server
    
       The domain to which a request is destined is generally specified in
       the Request-URI.  UAs commonly contact a server in this domain
       directly in order to deliver a request.  However, there is always a
       possibility that an attacker could impersonate the remote server, and
       that the UA's request could be intercepted by some other party.
    
       For example, consider a case in which a redirect server at one
       domain, chicago.com, impersonates a redirect server at another
       domain, biloxi.com.  A user agent sends a request to biloxi.com, but
       the redirect server at chicago.com answers with a forged response
       that has appropriate SIP header fields for a response from
       biloxi.com.  The forged contact addresses in the redirection response
       could direct the originating UA to inappropriate or insecure
       resources, or simply prevent requests for biloxi.com from succeeding.
    
       This family of threats has a vast membership, many of which are
       critical.  As a converse to the registration hijacking threat,
       consider the case in which a registration sent to biloxi.com is
       intercepted by chicago.com, which replies to the intercepted
       registration with a forged 301 (Moved Permanently) response.  This
       response might seem to come from biloxi.com yet designate chicago.com
       as the appropriate registrar.  All future REGISTER requests from the
       originating UA would then go to chicago.com.
    
       Prevention of this threat requires a means by which UAs can
       authenticate the servers to whom they send requests.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 234]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    26.1.3 Tampering with Message Bodies
    
       As a matter of course, SIP UAs route requests through trusted proxy
       servers.  Regardless of how that trust is established (authentication
       of proxies is discussed elsewhere in this section), a UA may trust a
       proxy server to route a request, but not to inspect or possibly
       modify the bodies contained in that request.
    
       Consider a UA that is using SIP message bodies to communicate session
       encryption keys for a media session.  Although it trusts the proxy
       server of the domain it is contacting to deliver signaling properly,
       it may not want the administrators of that domain to be capable of
       decrypting any subsequent media session.  Worse yet, if the proxy
       server were actively malicious, it could modify the session key,
       either acting as a man-in-the-middle, or perhaps changing the
       security characteristics requested by the originating UA.
    
       This family of threats applies not only to session keys, but to most
       conceivable forms of content carried end-to-end in SIP.  These might
       include MIME bodies that should be rendered to the user, SDP, or
       encapsulated telephony signals, among others.  Attackers might
       attempt to modify SDP bodies, for example, in order to point RTP
       media streams to a wiretapping device in order to eavesdrop on
       subsequent voice communications.
    
       Also note that some header fields in SIP are meaningful end-to-end,
       for example, Subject.  UAs might be protective of these header fields
       as well as bodies (a malicious intermediary changing the Subject
       header field might make an important request appear to be spam, for
       example).  However, since many header fields are legitimately
       inspected or altered by proxy servers as a request is routed, not all
       header fields should be secured end-to-end.
    
       For these reasons, the UA might want to secure SIP message bodies,
       and in some limited cases header fields, end-to-end.  The security
       services required for bodies include confidentiality, integrity, and
       authentication.  These end-to-end services should be independent of
       the means used to secure interactions with intermediaries such as
       proxy servers.
    
    26.1.4 Tearing Down Sessions
    
       Once a dialog has been established by initial messaging, subsequent
       requests can be sent that modify the state of the dialog and/or
       session.  It is critical that principals in a session can be certain
       that such requests are not forged by attackers.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 235]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Consider a case in which a third-party attacker captures some initial
       messages in a dialog shared by two parties in order to learn the
       parameters of the session (To tag, From tag, and so forth) and then
       inserts a BYE request into the session.  The attacker could opt to
       forge the request such that it seemed to come from either
       participant.  Once the BYE is received by its target, the session
       will be torn down prematurely.
    
       Similar mid-session threats include the transmission of forged re-
       INVITEs that alter the session (possibly to reduce session security
       or redirect media streams as part of a wiretapping attack).
    
       The most effective countermeasure to this threat is the
       authentication of the sender of the BYE.  In this instance, the
       recipient needs only know that the BYE came from the same party with
       whom the corresponding dialog was established (as opposed to
       ascertaining the absolute identity of the sender).  Also, if the
       attacker is unable to learn the parameters of the session due to
       confidentiality, it would not be possible to forge the BYE.  However,
       some intermediaries (like proxy servers) will need to inspect those
       parameters as the session is established.
    
    26.1.5 Denial of Service and Amplification
    
       Denial-of-service attacks focus on rendering a particular network
       element unavailable, usually by directing an excessive amount of
       network traffic at its interfaces.  A distributed denial-of-service
       attack allows one network user to cause multiple network hosts to
       flood a target host with a large amount of network traffic.
    
       In many architectures, SIP proxy servers face the public Internet in
       order to accept requests from worldwide IP endpoints.  SIP creates a
       number of potential opportunities for distributed denial-of-service
       attacks that must be recognized and addressed by the implementers and
       operators of SIP systems.
    
       Attackers can create bogus requests that contain a falsified source
       IP address and a corresponding Via header field that identify a
       targeted host as the originator of the request and then send this
       request to a large number of SIP network elements, thereby using
       hapless SIP UAs or proxies to generate denial-of-service traffic
       aimed at the target.
    
       Similarly, attackers might use falsified Route header field values in
       a request that identify the target host and then send such messages
       to forking proxies that will amplify messaging sent to the target.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 236]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Record-Route could be used to similar effect when the attacker is
       certain that the SIP dialog initiated by the request will result in
       numerous transactions originating in the backwards direction.
    
       A number of denial-of-service attacks open up if REGISTER requests
       are not properly authenticated and authorized by registrars.
       Attackers could de-register some or all users in an administrative
       domain, thereby preventing these users from being invited to new
       sessions.  An attacker could also register a large number of contacts
       designating the same host for a given address-of-record in order to
       use the registrar and any associated proxy servers as amplifiers in a
       denial-of-service attack.  Attackers might also attempt to deplete
       available memory and disk resources of a registrar by registering
       huge numbers of bindings.
    
       The use of multicast to transmit SIP requests can greatly increase
       the potential for denial-of-service attacks.
    
       These problems demonstrate a general need to define architectures
       that minimize the risks of denial-of-service, and the need to be
       mindful in recommendations for security mechanisms of this class of
       attacks.
    
    26.2 Security Mechanisms
    
       From the threats described above, we gather that the fundamental
       security services required for the SIP protocol are: preserving the
       confidentiality and integrity of messaging, preventing replay attacks
       or message spoofing, providing for the authentication and privacy of
       the participants in a session, and preventing denial-of-service
       attacks.  Bodies within SIP messages separately require the security
       services of confidentiality, integrity, and authentication.
    
       Rather than defining new security mechanisms specific to SIP, SIP
       reuses wherever possible existing security models derived from the
       HTTP and SMTP space.
    
       Full encryption of messages provides the best means to preserve the
       confidentiality of signaling - it can also guarantee that messages
       are not modified by any malicious intermediaries.  However, SIP
       requests and responses cannot be naively encrypted end-to-end in
       their entirety because message fields such as the Request-URI, Route,
       and Via need to be visible to proxies in most network architectures
       so that SIP requests are routed correctly.  Note that proxy servers
       need to modify some features of messages as well (such as adding Via
       header field values) in order for SIP to function.  Proxy servers
       must therefore be trusted, to some degree, by SIP UAs.  To this
       purpose, low-layer security mechanisms for SIP are recommended, which
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 237]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       encrypt the entire SIP requests or responses on the wire on a hop-
       by-hop basis, and that allow endpoints to verify the identity of
       proxy servers to whom they send requests.
    
       SIP entities also have a need to identify one another in a secure
       fashion.  When a SIP endpoint asserts the identity of its user to a
       peer UA or to a proxy server, that identity should in some way be
       verifiable.  A cryptographic authentication mechanism is provided in
       SIP to address this requirement.
    
       An independent security mechanism for SIP message bodies supplies an
       alternative means of end-to-end mutual authentication, as well as
       providing a limit on the degree to which user agents must trust
       intermediaries.
    
    26.2.1 Transport and Network Layer Security
    
       Transport or network layer security encrypts signaling traffic,
       guaranteeing message confidentiality and integrity.
    
       Oftentimes, certificates are used in the establishment of lower-layer
       security, and these certificates can also be used to provide a means
       of authentication in many architectures.
    
       Two popular alternatives for providing security at the transport and
       network layer are, respectively, TLS [25] and IPSec [26].
    
       IPSec is a set of network-layer protocol tools that collectively can
       be used as a secure replacement for traditional IP (Internet
       Protocol).  IPSec is most commonly used in architectures in which a
       set of hosts or administrative domains have an existing trust
       relationship with one another.  IPSec is usually implemented at the
       operating system level in a host, or on a security gateway that
       provides confidentiality and integrity for all traffic it receives
       from a particular interface (as in a VPN architecture).  IPSec can
       also be used on a hop-by-hop basis.
    
       In many architectures IPSec does not require integration with SIP
       applications; IPSec is perhaps best suited to deployments in which
       adding security directly to SIP hosts would be arduous.  UAs that
       have a pre-shared keying relationship with their first-hop proxy
       server are also good candidates to use IPSec.  Any deployment of
       IPSec for SIP would require an IPSec profile describing the protocol
       tools that would be required to secure SIP.  No such profile is given
       in this document.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 238]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       TLS provides transport-layer security over connection-oriented
       protocols (for the purposes of this document, TCP); "tls" (signifying
       TLS over TCP) can be specified as the desired transport protocol
       within a Via header field value or a SIP-URI.  TLS is most suited to
       architectures in which hop-by-hop security is required between hosts
       with no pre-existing trust association.  For example, Alice trusts
       her local proxy server, which after a certificate exchange decides to
       trust Bob's local proxy server, which Bob trusts, hence Bob and Alice
       can communicate securely.
    
       TLS must be tightly coupled with a SIP application.  Note that
       transport mechanisms are specified on a hop-by-hop basis in SIP, thus
       a UA that sends requests over TLS to a proxy server has no assurance
       that TLS will be used end-to-end.
    
       The TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA ciphersuite [6] MUST be supported at
       a minimum by implementers when TLS is used in a SIP application.  For
       purposes of backwards compatibility, proxy servers, redirect servers,
       and registrars SHOULD support TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA.
       Implementers MAY also support any other ciphersuite.
    
    26.2.2 SIPS URI Scheme
    
       The SIPS URI scheme adheres to the syntax of the SIP URI (described
       in 19), although the scheme string is "sips" rather than "sip".  The
       semantics of SIPS are very different from the SIP URI, however.  SIPS
       allows resources to specify that they should be reached securely.
    
       A SIPS URI can be used as an address-of-record for a particular user
       - the URI by which the user is canonically known (on their business
       cards, in the From header field of their requests, in the To header
       field of REGISTER requests).  When used as the Request-URI of a
       request, the SIPS scheme signifies that each hop over which the
       request is forwarded, until the request reaches the SIP entity
       responsible for the domain portion of the Request-URI, must be
       secured with TLS; once it reaches the domain in question it is
       handled in accordance with local security and routing policy, quite
       possibly using TLS for any last hop to a UAS.  When used by the
       originator of a request (as would be the case if they employed a SIPS
       URI as the address-of-record of the target), SIPS dictates that the
       entire request path to the target domain be so secured.
    
       The SIPS scheme is applicable to many of the other ways in which SIP
       URIs are used in SIP today in addition to the Request-URI, including
       in addresses-of-record, contact addresses (the contents of Contact
       headers, including those of REGISTER methods), and Route headers.  In
       each instance, the SIPS URI scheme allows these existing fields to
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 239]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       designate secure resources.  The manner in which a SIPS URI is
       dereferenced in any of these contexts has its own security properties
       which are detailed in [4].
    
       The use of SIPS in particular entails that mutual TLS authentication
       SHOULD be employed, as SHOULD the ciphersuite
       TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA.  Certificates received in the
       authentication process SHOULD be validated with root certificates
       held by the client; failure to validate a certificate SHOULD result
       in the failure of the request.
    
          Note that in the SIPS URI scheme, transport is independent of TLS,
          and thus "sips:alice@atlanta.com;transport=tcp" and
          "sips:alice@atlanta.com;transport=sctp" are both valid (although
          note that UDP is not a valid transport for SIPS).  The use of
          "transport=tls" has consequently been deprecated, partly because
          it was specific to a single hop of the request.  This is a change
          since RFC 2543.
    
       Users that distribute a SIPS URI as an address-of-record may elect to
       operate devices that refuse requests over insecure transports.
    
    26.2.3 HTTP Authentication
    
       SIP provides a challenge capability, based on HTTP authentication,
       that relies on the 401 and 407 response codes as well as header
       fields for carrying challenges and credentials.  Without significant
       modification, the reuse of the HTTP Digest authentication scheme in
       SIP allows for replay protection and one-way authentication.
    
       The usage of Digest authentication in SIP is detailed in Section 22.
    
    26.2.4 S/MIME
    
       As is discussed above, encrypting entire SIP messages end-to-end for
       the purpose of confidentiality is not appropriate because network
       intermediaries (like proxy servers) need to view certain header
       fields in order to route messages correctly, and if these
       intermediaries are excluded from security associations, then SIP
       messages will essentially be non-routable.
    
       However, S/MIME allows SIP UAs to encrypt MIME bodies within SIP,
       securing these bodies end-to-end without affecting message headers.
       S/MIME can provide end-to-end confidentiality and integrity for
       message bodies, as well as mutual authentication.  It is also
       possible to use S/MIME to provide a form of integrity and
       confidentiality for SIP header fields through SIP message tunneling.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 240]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The usage of S/MIME in SIP is detailed in Section 23.
    
    26.3 Implementing Security Mechanisms
    
    26.3.1 Requirements for Implementers of SIP
    
       Proxy servers, redirect servers, and registrars MUST implement TLS,
       and MUST support both mutual and one-way authentication.  It is
       strongly RECOMMENDED that UAs be capable initiating TLS; UAs MAY also
       be capable of acting as a TLS server.  Proxy servers, redirect
       servers, and registrars SHOULD possess a site certificate whose
       subject corresponds to their canonical hostname.  UAs MAY have
       certificates of their own for mutual authentication with TLS, but no
       provisions are set forth in this document for their use.  All SIP
       elements that support TLS MUST have a mechanism for validating
       certificates received during TLS negotiation; this entails possession
       of one or more root certificates issued by certificate authorities
       (preferably well-known distributors of site certificates comparable
       to those that issue root certificates for web browsers).
    
       All SIP elements that support TLS MUST also support the SIPS URI
       scheme.
    
       Proxy servers, redirect servers, registrars, and UAs MAY also
       implement IPSec or other lower-layer security protocols.
    
       When a UA attempts to contact a proxy server, redirect server, or
       registrar, the UAC SHOULD initiate a TLS connection over which it
       will send SIP messages.  In some architectures, UASs MAY receive
       requests over such TLS connections as well.
    
       Proxy servers, redirect servers, registrars, and UAs MUST implement
       Digest Authorization, encompassing all of the aspects required in 22.
       Proxy servers, redirect servers, and registrars SHOULD be configured
       with at least one Digest realm, and at least one "realm" string
       supported by a given server SHOULD correspond to the server's
       hostname or domainname.
    
       UAs MAY support the signing and encrypting of MIME bodies, and
       transference of credentials with S/MIME as described in Section 23.
       If a UA holds one or more root certificates of certificate
       authorities in order to validate certificates for TLS or IPSec, it
       SHOULD be capable of reusing these to verify S/MIME certificates, as
       appropriate.  A UA MAY hold root certificates specifically for
       validating S/MIME certificates.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 241]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Note that is it anticipated that future security extensions may
          upgrade the normative strength associated with S/MIME as S/MIME
          implementations appear and the problem space becomes better
          understood.
    
    26.3.2 Security Solutions
    
       The operation of these security mechanisms in concert can follow the
       existing web and email security models to some degree.  At a high
       level, UAs authenticate themselves to servers (proxy servers,
       redirect servers, and registrars) with a Digest username and
       password; servers authenticate themselves to UAs one hop away, or to
       another server one hop away (and vice versa), with a site certificate
       delivered by TLS.
    
       On a peer-to-peer level, UAs trust the network to authenticate one
       another ordinarily; however, S/MIME can also be used to provide
       direct authentication when the network does not, or if the network
       itself is not trusted.
    
       The following is an illustrative example in which these security
       mechanisms are used by various UAs and servers to prevent the sorts
       of threats described in Section 26.1.  While implementers and network
       administrators MAY follow the normative guidelines given in the
       remainder of this section, these are provided only as example
       implementations.
    
    26.3.2.1 Registration
    
       When a UA comes online and registers with its local administrative
       domain, it SHOULD establish a TLS connection with its registrar
       (Section 10 describes how the UA reaches its registrar).  The
       registrar SHOULD offer a certificate to the UA, and the site
       identified by the certificate MUST correspond with the domain in
       which the UA intends to register; for example, if the UA intends to
       register the address-of-record 'alice@atlanta.com', the site
       certificate must identify a host within the atlanta.com domain (such
       as sip.atlanta.com).  When it receives the TLS Certificate message,
       the UA SHOULD verify the certificate and inspect the site identified
       by the certificate.  If the certificate is invalid, revoked, or if it
       does not identify the appropriate party, the UA MUST NOT send the
       REGISTER message and otherwise proceed with the registration.
    
          When a valid certificate has been provided by the registrar, the
          UA knows that the registrar is not an attacker who might redirect
          the UA, steal passwords, or attempt any similar attacks.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 242]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The UA then creates a REGISTER request that SHOULD be addressed to a
       Request-URI corresponding to the site certificate received from the
       registrar.  When the UA sends the REGISTER request over the existing
       TLS connection, the registrar SHOULD challenge the request with a 401
       (Proxy Authentication Required) response.  The "realm" parameter
       within the Proxy-Authenticate header field of the response SHOULD
       correspond to the domain previously given by the site certificate.
       When the UAC receives the challenge, it SHOULD either prompt the user
       for credentials or take an appropriate credential from a keyring
       corresponding to the "realm" parameter in the challenge.  The
       username of this credential SHOULD correspond with the "userinfo"
       portion of the URI in the To header field of the REGISTER request.
       Once the Digest credentials have been inserted into an appropriate
       Proxy-Authorization header field, the REGISTER should be resubmitted
       to the registrar.
    
          Since the registrar requires the user agent to authenticate
          itself, it would be difficult for an attacker to forge REGISTER
          requests for the user's address-of-record.  Also note that since
          the REGISTER is sent over a confidential TLS connection, attackers
          will not be able to intercept the REGISTER to record credentials
          for any possible replay attack.
    
       Once the registration has been accepted by the registrar, the UA
       SHOULD leave this TLS connection open provided that the registrar
       also acts as the proxy server to which requests are sent for users in
       this administrative domain.  The existing TLS connection will be
       reused to deliver incoming requests to the UA that has just completed
       registration.
    
          Because the UA has already authenticated the server on the other
          side of the TLS connection, all requests that come over this
          connection are known to have passed through the proxy server -
          attackers cannot create spoofed requests that appear to have been
          sent through that proxy server.
    
    26.3.2.2 Interdomain Requests
    
       Now let's say that Alice's UA would like to initiate a session with a
       user in a remote administrative domain, namely "bob@biloxi.com".  We
       will also say that the local administrative domain (atlanta.com) has
       a local outbound proxy.
    
       The proxy server that handles inbound requests for an administrative
       domain MAY also act as a local outbound proxy; for simplicity's sake
       we'll assume this to be the case for atlanta.com (otherwise the user
       agent would initiate a new TLS connection to a separate server at
       this point).  Assuming that the client has completed the registration
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 243]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       process described in the preceding section, it SHOULD reuse the TLS
       connection to the local proxy server when it sends an INVITE request
       to another user.  The UA SHOULD reuse cached credentials in the
       INVITE to avoid prompting the user unnecessarily.
    
       When the local outbound proxy server has validated the credentials
       presented by the UA in the INVITE, it SHOULD inspect the Request-URI
       to determine how the message should be routed (see [4]).  If the
       "domainname" portion of the Request-URI had corresponded to the local
       domain (atlanta.com) rather than biloxi.com, then the proxy server
       would have consulted its location service to determine how best to
       reach the requested user.
    
          Had "alice@atlanta.com" been attempting to contact, say,
          "alex@atlanta.com", the local proxy would have proxied to the
          request to the TLS connection Alex had established with the
          registrar when he registered.  Since Alex would receive this
          request over his authenticated channel, he would be assured that
          Alice's request had been authorized by the proxy server of the
          local administrative domain.
    
       However, in this instance the Request-URI designates a remote domain.
       The local outbound proxy server at atlanta.com SHOULD therefore
       establish a TLS connection with the remote proxy server at
       biloxi.com.  Since both of the participants in this TLS connection
       are servers that possess site certificates, mutual TLS authentication
       SHOULD occur.  Each side of the connection SHOULD verify and inspect
       the certificate of the other, noting the domain name that appears in
       the certificate for comparison with the header fields of SIP
       messages.  The atlanta.com proxy server, for example, SHOULD verify
       at this stage that the certificate received from the remote side
       corresponds with the biloxi.com domain.  Once it has done so, and TLS
       negotiation has completed, resulting in a secure channel between the
       two proxies, the atlanta.com proxy can forward the INVITE request to
       biloxi.com.
    
       The proxy server at biloxi.com SHOULD inspect the certificate of the
       proxy server at atlanta.com in turn and compare the domain asserted
       by the certificate with the "domainname" portion of the From header
       field in the INVITE request.  The biloxi proxy MAY have a strict
       security policy that requires it to reject requests that do not match
       the administrative domain from which they have been proxied.
    
          Such security policies could be instituted to prevent the SIP
          equivalent of SMTP 'open relays' that are frequently exploited to
          generate spam.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 244]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       This policy, however, only guarantees that the request came from the
       domain it ascribes to itself; it does not allow biloxi.com to
       ascertain how atlanta.com authenticated Alice.  Only if biloxi.com
       has some other way of knowing atlanta.com's authentication policies
       could it possibly ascertain how Alice proved her identity.
       biloxi.com might then institute an even stricter policy that forbids
       requests that come from domains that are not known administratively
       to share a common authentication policy with biloxi.com.
    
       Once the INVITE has been approved by the biloxi proxy, the proxy
       server SHOULD identify the existing TLS channel, if any, associated
       with the user targeted by this request (in this case
       "bob@biloxi.com").  The INVITE should be proxied through this channel
       to Bob.  Since the request is received over a TLS connection that had
       previously been authenticated as the biloxi proxy, Bob knows that the
       From header field was not tampered with and that atlanta.com has
       validated Alice, although not necessarily whether or not to trust
       Alice's identity.
    
       Before they forward the request, both proxy servers SHOULD add a
       Record-Route header field to the request so that all future requests
       in this dialog will pass through the proxy servers.  The proxy
       servers can thereby continue to provide security services for the
       lifetime of this dialog.  If the proxy servers do not add themselves
       to the Record-Route, future messages will pass directly end-to-end
       between Alice and Bob without any security services (unless the two
       parties agree on some independent end-to-end security such as
       S/MIME).  In this respect the SIP trapezoid model can provide a nice
       structure where conventions of agreement between the site proxies can
       provide a reasonably secure channel between Alice and Bob.
    
          An attacker preying on this architecture would, for example, be
          unable to forge a BYE request and insert it into the signaling
          stream between Bob and Alice because the attacker has no way of
          ascertaining the parameters of the session and also because the
          integrity mechanism transitively protects the traffic between
          Alice and Bob.
    
    26.3.2.3 Peer-to-Peer Requests
    
       Alternatively, consider a UA asserting the identity
       "carol@chicago.com" that has no local outbound proxy.  When Carol
       wishes to send an INVITE to "bob@biloxi.com", her UA SHOULD initiate
       a TLS connection with the biloxi proxy directly (using the mechanism
       described in [4] to determine how to best to reach the given
       Request-URI).  When her UA receives a certificate from the biloxi
       proxy, it SHOULD be verified normally before she passes her INVITE
       across the TLS connection.  However, Carol has no means of proving
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 245]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       her identity to the biloxi proxy, but she does have a CMS-detached
       signature over a "message/sip" body in the INVITE.  It is unlikely in
       this instance that Carol would have any credentials in the biloxi.com
       realm, since she has no formal association with biloxi.com.  The
       biloxi proxy MAY also have a strict policy that precludes it from
       even bothering to challenge requests that do not have biloxi.com in
       the "domainname" portion of the From header field - it treats these
       users as unauthenticated.
    
       The biloxi proxy has a policy for Bob that all non-authenticated
       requests should be redirected to the appropriate contact address
       registered against 'bob@biloxi.com', namely <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>.
       Carol receives the redirection response over the TLS connection she
       established with the biloxi proxy, so she trusts the veracity of the
       contact address.
    
       Carol SHOULD then establish a TCP connection with the designated
       address and send a new INVITE with a Request-URI containing the
       received contact address (recomputing the signature in the body as
       the request is readied).  Bob receives this INVITE on an insecure
       interface, but his UA inspects and, in this instance, recognizes the
       From header field of the request and subsequently matches a locally
       cached certificate with the one presented in the signature of the
       body of the INVITE.  He replies in similar fashion, authenticating
       himself to Carol, and a secure dialog begins.
    
          Sometimes firewalls or NATs in an administrative domain could
          preclude the establishment of a direct TCP connection to a UA.  In
          these cases, proxy servers could also potentially relay requests
          to UAs in a way that has no trust implications (for example,
          forgoing an existing TLS connection and forwarding the request
          over cleartext TCP) as local policy dictates.
    
    26.3.2.4 DoS Protection
    
       In order to minimize the risk of a denial-of-service attack against
       architectures using these security solutions, implementers should
       take note of the following guidelines.
    
       When the host on which a SIP proxy server is operating is routable
       from the public Internet, it SHOULD be deployed in an administrative
       domain with defensive operational policies (blocking source-routed
       traffic, preferably filtering ping traffic).  Both TLS and IPSec can
       also make use of bastion hosts at the edges of administrative domains
       that participate in the security associations to aggregate secure
       tunnels and sockets.  These bastion hosts can also take the brunt of
       denial-of-service attacks, ensuring that SIP hosts within the
       administrative domain are not encumbered with superfluous messaging.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 246]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       No matter what security solutions are deployed, floods of messages
       directed at proxy servers can lock up proxy server resources and
       prevent desirable traffic from reaching its destination.  There is a
       computational expense associated with processing a SIP transaction at
       a proxy server, and that expense is greater for stateful proxy
       servers than it is for stateless proxy servers.  Therefore, stateful
       proxies are more susceptible to flooding than stateless proxy
       servers.
    
       UAs and proxy servers SHOULD challenge questionable requests with
       only a single 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication
       Required), forgoing the normal response retransmission algorithm, and
       thus behaving statelessly towards unauthenticated requests.
    
          Retransmitting the 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication
          Required) status response amplifies the problem of an attacker
          using a falsified header field value (such as Via) to direct
          traffic to a third party.
    
       In summary, the mutual authentication of proxy servers through
       mechanisms such as TLS significantly reduces the potential for rogue
       intermediaries to introduce falsified requests or responses that can
       deny service.  This commensurately makes it harder for attackers to
       make innocent SIP nodes into agents of amplification.
    
    26.4 Limitations
    
       Although these security mechanisms, when applied in a judicious
       manner, can thwart many threats, there are limitations in the scope
       of the mechanisms that must be understood by implementers and network
       operators.
    
    26.4.1 HTTP Digest
    
       One of the primary limitations of using HTTP Digest in SIP is that
       the integrity mechanisms in Digest do not work very well for SIP.
       Specifically, they offer protection of the Request-URI and the method
       of a message, but not for any of the header fields that UAs would
       most likely wish to secure.
    
       The existing replay protection mechanisms described in RFC 2617 also
       have some limitations for SIP.  The next-nonce mechanism, for
       example, does not support pipelined requests.  The nonce-count
       mechanism should be used for replay protection.
    
       Another limitation of HTTP Digest is the scope of realms.  Digest is
       valuable when a user wants to authenticate themselves to a resource
       with which they have a pre-existing association, like a service
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 247]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       provider of which the user is a customer (which is quite a common
       scenario and thus Digest provides an extremely useful function).  By
       way of contrast, the scope of TLS is interdomain or multirealm, since
       certificates are often globally verifiable, so that the UA can
       authenticate the server with no pre-existing association.
    
    26.4.2 S/MIME
    
       The largest outstanding defect with the S/MIME mechanism is the lack
       of a prevalent public key infrastructure for end users.  If self-
       signed certificates (or certificates that cannot be verified by one
       of the participants in a dialog) are used, the SIP-based key exchange
       mechanism described in Section 23.2 is susceptible to a man-in-the-
       middle attack with which an attacker can potentially inspect and
       modify S/MIME bodies.  The attacker needs to intercept the first
       exchange of keys between the two parties in a dialog, remove the
       existing CMS-detached signatures from the request and response, and
       insert a different CMS-detached signature containing a certificate
       supplied by the attacker (but which seems to be a certificate for the
       proper address-of-record).  Each party will think they have exchanged
       keys with the other, when in fact each has the public key of the
       attacker.
    
       It is important to note that the attacker can only leverage this
       vulnerability on the first exchange of keys between two parties - on
       subsequent occasions, the alteration of the key would be noticeable
       to the UAs.  It would also be difficult for the attacker to remain in
       the path of all future dialogs between the two parties over time (as
       potentially days, weeks, or years pass).
    
       SSH is susceptible to the same man-in-the-middle attack on the first
       exchange of keys; however, it is widely acknowledged that while SSH
       is not perfect, it does improve the security of connections.  The use
       of key fingerprints could provide some assistance to SIP, just as it
       does for SSH.  For example, if two parties use SIP to establish a
       voice communications session, each could read off the fingerprint of
       the key they received from the other, which could be compared against
       the original.  It would certainly be more difficult for the man-in-
       the-middle to emulate the voices of the participants than their
       signaling (a practice that was used with the Clipper chip-based
       secure telephone).
    
       The S/MIME mechanism allows UAs to send encrypted requests without
       preamble if they possess a certificate for the destination address-
       of-record on their keyring.  However, it is possible that any
       particular device registered for an address-of-record will not hold
       the certificate that has been previously employed by the device's
       current user, and that it will therefore be unable to process an
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 248]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       encrypted request properly, which could lead to some avoidable error
       signaling.  This is especially likely when an encrypted request is
       forked.
    
       The keys associated with S/MIME are most useful when associated with
       a particular user (an address-of-record) rather than a device (a UA).
       When users move between devices, it may be difficult to transport
       private keys securely between UAs; how such keys might be acquired by
       a device is outside the scope of this document.
    
       Another, more prosaic difficulty with the S/MIME mechanism is that it
       can result in very large messages, especially when the SIP tunneling
       mechanism described in Section 23.4 is used.  For that reason, it is
       RECOMMENDED that TCP should be used as a transport protocol when
       S/MIME tunneling is employed.
    
    26.4.3 TLS
    
       The most commonly voiced concern about TLS is that it cannot run over
       UDP; TLS requires a connection-oriented underlying transport
       protocol, which for the purposes of this document means TCP.
    
       It may also be arduous for a local outbound proxy server and/or
       registrar to maintain many simultaneous long-lived TLS connections
       with numerous UAs.  This introduces some valid scalability concerns,
       especially for intensive ciphersuites.  Maintaining redundancy of
       long-lived TLS connections, especially when a UA is solely
       responsible for their establishment, could also be cumbersome.
    
       TLS only allows SIP entities to authenticate servers to which they
       are adjacent; TLS offers strictly hop-by-hop security.  Neither TLS,
       nor any other mechanism specified in this document, allows clients to
       authenticate proxy servers to whom they cannot form a direct TCP
       connection.
    
    26.4.4 SIPS URIs
    
       Actually using TLS on every segment of a request path entails that
       the terminating UAS must be reachable over TLS (perhaps registering
       with a SIPS URI as a contact address).  This is the preferred use of
       SIPS.  Many valid architectures, however, use TLS to secure part of
       the request path, but rely on some other mechanism for the final hop
       to a UAS, for example.  Thus SIPS cannot guarantee that TLS usage
       will be truly end-to-end.  Note that since many UAs will not accept
       incoming TLS connections, even those UAs that do support TLS may be
       required to maintain persistent TLS connections as described in the
       TLS limitations section above in order to receive requests over TLS
       as a UAS.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 249]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Location services are not required to provide a SIPS binding for a
       SIPS Request-URI.  Although location services are commonly populated
       by user registrations (as described in Section 10.2.1), various other
       protocols and interfaces could conceivably supply contact addresses
       for an AOR, and these tools are free to map SIPS URIs to SIP URIs as
       appropriate.  When queried for bindings, a location service returns
       its contact addresses without regard for whether it received a
       request with a SIPS Request-URI.  If a redirect server is accessing
       the location service, it is up to the entity that processes the
       Contact header field of a redirection to determine the propriety of
       the contact addresses.
    
       Ensuring that TLS will be used for all of the request segments up to
       the target domain is somewhat complex.  It is possible that
       cryptographically authenticated proxy servers along the way that are
       non-compliant or compromised may choose to disregard the forwarding
       rules associated with SIPS (and the general forwarding rules in
       Section 16.6).  Such malicious intermediaries could, for example,
       retarget a request from a SIPS URI to a SIP URI in an attempt to
       downgrade security.
    
       Alternatively, an intermediary might legitimately retarget a request
       from a SIP to a SIPS URI.  Recipients of a request whose Request-URI
       uses the SIPS URI scheme thus cannot assume on the basis of the
       Request-URI alone that SIPS was used for the entire request path
       (from the client onwards).
    
       To address these concerns, it is RECOMMENDED that recipients of a
       request whose Request-URI contains a SIP or SIPS URI inspect the To
       header field value to see if it contains a SIPS URI (though note that
       it does not constitute a breach of security if this URI has the same
       scheme but is not equivalent to the URI in the To header field).
       Although clients may choose to populate the Request-URI and To header
       field of a request differently, when SIPS is used this disparity
       could be interpreted as a possible security violation, and the
       request could consequently be rejected by its recipient.  Recipients
       MAY also inspect the Via header chain in order to double-check
       whether or not TLS was used for the entire request path until the
       local administrative domain was reached.  S/MIME may also be used by
       the originating UAC to help ensure that the original form of the To
       header field is carried end-to-end.
    
       If the UAS has reason to believe that the scheme of the Request-URI
       has been improperly modified in transit, the UA SHOULD notify its
       user of a potential security breach.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 250]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       As a further measure to prevent downgrade attacks, entities that
       accept only SIPS requests MAY also refuse connections on insecure
       ports.
    
       End users will undoubtedly discern the difference between SIPS and
       SIP URIs, and they may manually edit them in response to stimuli.
       This can either benefit or degrade security.  For example, if an
       attacker corrupts a DNS cache, inserting a fake record set that
       effectively removes all SIPS records for a proxy server, then any
       SIPS requests that traverse this proxy server may fail.  When a user,
       however, sees that repeated calls to a SIPS AOR are failing, they
       could on some devices manually convert the scheme from SIPS to SIP
       and retry.  Of course, there are some safeguards against this (if the
       destination UA is truly paranoid it could refuse all non-SIPS
       requests), but it is a limitation worth noting.  On the bright side,
       users might also divine that 'SIPS' would be valid even when they are
       presented only with a SIP URI.
    
    26.5 Privacy
    
       SIP messages frequently contain sensitive information about their
       senders - not just what they have to say, but with whom they
       communicate, when they communicate and for how long, and from where
       they participate in sessions.  Many applications and their users
       require that this sort of private information be hidden from any
       parties that do not need to know it.
    
       Note that there are also less direct ways in which private
       information can be divulged.  If a user or service chooses to be
       reachable at an address that is guessable from the person's name and
       organizational affiliation (which describes most addresses-of-
       record), the traditional method of ensuring privacy by having an
       unlisted "phone number" is compromised.  A user location service can
       infringe on the privacy of the recipient of a session invitation by
       divulging their specific whereabouts to the caller; an implementation
       consequently SHOULD be able to restrict, on a per-user basis, what
       kind of location and availability information is given out to certain
       classes of callers.  This is a whole class of problem that is
       expected to be studied further in ongoing SIP work.
    
       In some cases, users may want to conceal personal information in
       header fields that convey identity.  This can apply not only to the
       From and related headers representing the originator of the request,
       but also the To - it may not be appropriate to convey to the final
       destination a speed-dialing nickname, or an unexpanded identifier for
       a group of targets, either of which would be removed from the
       Request-URI as the request is routed, but not changed in the To
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 251]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       header field if the two were initially identical.  Thus it MAY be
       desirable for privacy reasons to create a To header field that
       differs from the Request-URI.
    
    27 IANA Considerations
    
       All method names, header field names, status codes, and option tags
       used in SIP applications are registered with IANA through
       instructions in an IANA Considerations section in an RFC.
    
       The specification instructs the IANA to create four new sub-
       registries under http://www.iana.org/assignments/sip-parameters:
       Option Tags, Warning Codes (warn-codes), Methods and Response Codes,
       added to the sub-registry of Header Fields that is already present
       there.
    
    27.1 Option Tags
    
       This specification establishes the Option Tags sub-registry under
       http://www.iana.org/assignments/sip-parameters.
    
       Option tags are used in header fields such as Require, Supported,
       Proxy-Require, and Unsupported in support of SIP compatibility
       mechanisms for extensions (Section 19.2).  The option tag itself is a
       string that is associated with a particular SIP option (that is, an
       extension).  It identifies the option to SIP endpoints.
    
       Option tags are registered by the IANA when they are published in
       standards track RFCs.  The IANA Considerations section of the RFC
       must include the following information, which appears in the IANA
       registry along with the RFC number of the publication.
    
          o  Name of the option tag.  The name MAY be of any length, but
             SHOULD be no more than twenty characters long.  The name MUST
             consist of alphanum (Section 25) characters only.
    
          o  Descriptive text that describes the extension.
    
    27.2 Warn-Codes
    
       This specification establishes the Warn-codes sub-registry under
       http://www.iana.org/assignments/sip-parameters and initiates its
       population with the warn-codes listed in Section 20.43.  Additional
       warn-codes are registered by RFC publication.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 252]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       The descriptive text for the table of warn-codes is:
    
       Warning codes provide information supplemental to the status code in
       SIP response messages when the failure of the transaction results
       from a Session Description Protocol (SDP) (RFC 2327 [1]) problem.
    
       The "warn-code" consists of three digits.  A first digit of "3"
       indicates warnings specific to SIP.  Until a future specification
       describes uses of warn-codes other than 3xx, only 3xx warn-codes may
       be registered.
    
       Warnings 300 through 329 are reserved for indicating problems with
       keywords in the session description, 330 through 339 are warnings
       related to basic network services requested in the session
       description, 370 through 379 are warnings related to quantitative QoS
       parameters requested in the session description, and 390 through 399
       are miscellaneous warnings that do not fall into one of the above
       categories.
    
    27.3 Header Field Names
    
       This obsoletes the IANA instructions about the header sub-registry
       under http://www.iana.org/assignments/sip-parameters.
    
       The following information needs to be provided in an RFC publication
       in order to register a new header field name:
    
          o  The RFC number in which the header is registered;
    
          o  the name of the header field being registered;
    
          o  a compact form version for that header field, if one is
             defined;
    
       Some common and widely used header fields MAY be assigned one-letter
       compact forms (Section 7.3.3).  Compact forms can only be assigned
       after SIP working group review, followed by RFC publication.
    
    27.4 Method and Response Codes
    
       This specification establishes the Method and Response-Code sub-
       registries under http://www.iana.org/assignments/sip-parameters and
       initiates their population as follows.  The initial Methods table is:
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 253]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
             INVITE                   [RFC3261]
             ACK                      [RFC3261]
             BYE                      [RFC3261]
             CANCEL                   [RFC3261]
             REGISTER                 [RFC3261]
             OPTIONS                  [RFC3261]
             INFO                     [RFC2976]
    
       The response code table is initially populated from Section 21, the
       portions labeled Informational, Success, Redirection, Client-Error,
       Server-Error, and Global-Failure.  The table has the following
       format:
    
          Type (e.g., Informational)
                Number    Default Reason Phrase         [RFC3261]
    
       The following information needs to be provided in an RFC publication
       in order to register a new response code or method:
    
          o  The RFC number in which the method or response code is
             registered;
    
          o  the number of the response code or name of the method being
             registered;
    
          o  the default reason phrase for that response code, if
             applicable;
    
    27.5 The "message/sip" MIME type.
    
       This document registers the "message/sip" MIME media type in order to
       allow SIP messages to be tunneled as bodies within SIP, primarily for
       end-to-end security purposes.  This media type is defined by the
       following information:
    
          Media type name: message
          Media subtype name: sip
          Required parameters: none
    
          Optional parameters: version
             version: The SIP-Version number of the enclosed message (e.g.,
             "2.0").  If not present, the version defaults to "2.0".
          Encoding scheme: SIP messages consist of an 8-bit header
             optionally followed by a binary MIME data object.  As such, SIP
             messages must be treated as binary.  Under normal circumstances
             SIP messages are transported over binary-capable transports, no
             special encodings are needed.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 254]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
          Security considerations: see below
             Motivation and examples of this usage as a security mechanism
             in concert with S/MIME are given in 23.4.
    
    27.6 New Content-Disposition Parameter Registrations
    
       This document also registers four new Content-Disposition header
       "disposition-types": alert, icon, session and render.  The authors
       request that these values be recorded in the IANA registry for
       Content-Dispositions.
    
       Descriptions of these "disposition-types", including motivation and
       examples, are given in Section 20.11.
    
       Short descriptions suitable for the IANA registry are:
    
          alert     the body is a custom ring tone to alert the user
          icon      the body is displayed as an icon to the user
          render    the body should be displayed to the user
          session   the body describes a communications session, for
                    example, as RFC 2327 SDP body
    
    28 Changes From RFC 2543
    
       This RFC revises RFC 2543.  It is mostly backwards compatible with
       RFC 2543.  The changes described here fix many errors discovered in
       RFC 2543 and provide information on scenarios not detailed in RFC
       2543.  The protocol has been presented in a more cleanly layered
       model here.
    
       We break the differences into functional behavior that is a
       substantial change from RFC 2543, which has impact on
       interoperability or correct operation in some cases, and functional
       behavior that is different from RFC 2543 but not a potential source
       of interoperability problems.  There have been countless
       clarifications as well, which are not documented here.
    
    28.1 Major Functional Changes
    
       o  When a UAC wishes to terminate a call before it has been answered,
          it sends CANCEL.  If the original INVITE still returns a 2xx, the
          UAC then sends BYE.  BYE can only be sent on an existing call leg
          (now called a dialog in this RFC), whereas it could be sent at any
          time in RFC 2543.
    
       o  The SIP BNF was converted to be RFC 2234 compliant.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 255]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       o  SIP URL BNF was made more general, allowing a greater set of
          characters in the user part.  Furthermore, comparison rules were
          simplified to be primarily case-insensitive, and detailed handling
          of comparison in the presence of parameters was described.  The
          most substantial change is that a URI with a parameter with the
          default value does not match a URI without that parameter.
    
       o  Removed Via hiding.  It had serious trust issues, since it relied
          on the next hop to perform the obfuscation process.  Instead, Via
          hiding can be done as a local implementation choice in stateful
          proxies, and thus is no longer documented.
    
       o  In RFC 2543, CANCEL and INVITE transactions were intermingled.
          They are separated now.  When a user sends an INVITE and then a
          CANCEL, the INVITE transaction still terminates normally.  A UAS
          needs to respond to the original INVITE request with a 487
          response.
    
       o  Similarly, CANCEL and BYE transactions were intermingled; RFC 2543
          allowed the UAS not to send a response to INVITE when a BYE was
          received.  That is disallowed here.  The original INVITE needs a
          response.
    
       o  In RFC 2543, UAs needed to support only UDP.  In this RFC, UAs
          need to support both UDP and TCP.
    
       o  In RFC 2543, a forking proxy only passed up one challenge from
          downstream elements in the event of multiple challenges.  In this
          RFC, proxies are supposed to collect all challenges and place them
          into the forwarded response.
    
       o  In Digest credentials, the URI needs to be quoted; this is unclear
          from RFC 2617 and RFC 2069 which are both inconsistent on it.
    
       o  SDP processing has been split off into a separate specification
          [13], and more fully specified as a formal offer/answer exchange
          process that is effectively tunneled through SIP.  SDP is allowed
          in INVITE/200 or 200/ACK for baseline SIP implementations; RFC
          2543 alluded to the ability to use it in INVITE, 200, and ACK in a
          single transaction, but this was not well specified.  More complex
          SDP usages are allowed in extensions.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 256]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       o  Added full support for IPv6 in URIs and in the Via header field.
          Support for IPv6 in Via has required that its header field
          parameters allow the square bracket and colon characters.  These
          characters were previously not permitted.  In theory, this could
          cause interop problems with older implementations.  However, we
          have observed that most implementations accept any non-control
          ASCII character in these parameters.
    
       o  DNS SRV procedure is now documented in a separate specification
          [4].  This procedure uses both SRV and NAPTR resource records and
          no longer combines data from across SRV records as described in
          RFC 2543.
    
       o  Loop detection has been made optional, supplanted by a mandatory
          usage of Max-Forwards.  The loop detection procedure in RFC 2543
          had a serious bug which would report "spirals" as an error
          condition when it was not.  The optional loop detection procedure
          is more fully and correctly specified here.
    
       o  Usage of tags is now mandatory (they were optional in RFC 2543),
          as they are now the fundamental building blocks of dialog
          identification.
    
       o  Added the Supported header field, allowing for clients to indicate
          what extensions are supported to a server, which can apply those
          extensions to the response, and indicate their usage with a
          Require in the response.
    
       o  Extension parameters were missing from the BNF for several header
          fields, and they have been added.
    
       o  Handling of Route and Record-Route construction was very
          underspecified in RFC 2543, and also not the right approach.  It
          has been substantially reworked in this specification (and made
          vastly simpler), and this is arguably the largest change.
          Backwards compatibility is still provided for deployments that do
          not use "pre-loaded routes", where the initial request has a set
          of Route header field values obtained in some way outside of
          Record-Route.  In those situations, the new mechanism is not
          interoperable.
    
       o  In RFC 2543, lines in a message could be terminated with CR, LF,
          or CRLF.  This specification only allows CRLF.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 257]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       o  Usage of Route in CANCEL and ACK was not well defined in RFC 2543.
          It is now well specified; if a request had a Route header field,
          its CANCEL or ACK for a non-2xx response to the request need to
          carry the same Route header field values.  ACKs for 2xx responses
          use the Route values learned from the Record-Route of the 2xx
          responses.
    
       o  RFC 2543 allowed multiple requests in a single UDP packet.  This
          usage has been removed.
    
       o  Usage of absolute time in the Expires header field and parameter
          has been removed.  It caused interoperability problems in elements
          that were not time synchronized, a common occurrence.  Relative
          times are used instead.
    
       o  The branch parameter of the Via header field value is now
          mandatory for all elements to use.  It now plays the role of a
          unique transaction identifier.  This avoids the complex and bug-
          laden transaction identification rules from RFC 2543.  A magic
          cookie is used in the parameter value to determine if the previous
          hop has made the parameter globally unique, and comparison falls
          back to the old rules when it is not present.  Thus,
          interoperability is assured.
    
       o  In RFC 2543, closure of a TCP connection was made equivalent to a
          CANCEL.  This was nearly impossible to implement (and wrong) for
          TCP connections between proxies.  This has been eliminated, so
          that there is no coupling between TCP connection state and SIP
          processing.
    
       o  RFC 2543 was silent on whether a UA could initiate a new
          transaction to a peer while another was in progress.  That is now
          specified here.  It is allowed for non-INVITE requests, disallowed
          for INVITE.
    
       o  PGP was removed.  It was not sufficiently specified, and not
          compatible with the more complete PGP MIME.  It was replaced with
          S/MIME.
    
       o  Added the "sips" URI scheme for end-to-end TLS.  This scheme is
          not backwards compatible with RFC 2543.  Existing elements that
          receive a request with a SIPS URI scheme in the Request-URI will
          likely reject the request.  This is actually a feature; it ensures
          that a call to a SIPS URI is only delivered if all path hops can
          be secured.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 258]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       o  Additional security features were added with TLS, and these are
          described in a much larger and complete security considerations
          section.
    
       o  In RFC 2543, a proxy was not required to forward provisional
          responses from 101 to 199 upstream.  This was changed to MUST.
          This is important, since many subsequent features depend on
          delivery of all provisional responses from 101 to 199.
    
       o  Little was said about the 503 response code in RFC 2543.  It has
          since found substantial use in indicating failure or overload
          conditions in proxies.  This requires somewhat special treatment.
          Specifically, receipt of a 503 should trigger an attempt to
          contact the next element in the result of a DNS SRV lookup.  Also,
          503 response is only forwarded upstream by a proxy under certain
          conditions.
    
       o  RFC 2543 defined, but did no sufficiently specify, a mechanism for
          UA authentication of a server.  That has been removed.  Instead,
          the mutual authentication procedures of RFC 2617 are allowed.
    
       o  A UA cannot send a BYE for a call until it has received an ACK for
          the initial INVITE.  This was allowed in RFC 2543 but leads to a
          potential race condition.
    
       o  A UA or proxy cannot send CANCEL for a transaction until it gets a
          provisional response for the request.  This was allowed in RFC
          2543 but leads to potential race conditions.
    
       o  The action parameter in registrations has been deprecated.  It was
          insufficient for any useful services, and caused conflicts when
          application processing was applied in proxies.
    
       o  RFC 2543 had a number of special cases for multicast.  For
          example, certain responses were suppressed, timers were adjusted,
          and so on.  Multicast now plays a more limited role, and the
          protocol operation is unaffected by usage of multicast as opposed
          to unicast.  The limitations as a result of that are documented.
    
       o  Basic authentication has been removed entirely and its usage
          forbidden.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 259]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       o  Proxies no longer forward a 6xx immediately on receiving it.
          Instead, they CANCEL pending branches immediately.  This avoids a
          potential race condition that would result in a UAC getting a 6xx
          followed by a 2xx.  In all cases except this race condition, the
          result will be the same - the 6xx is forwarded upstream.
    
       o  RFC 2543 did not address the problem of request merging.  This
          occurs when a request forks at a proxy and later rejoins at an
          element.  Handling of merging is done only at a UA, and procedures
          are defined for rejecting all but the first request.
    
    28.2 Minor Functional Changes
    
       o  Added the Alert-Info, Error-Info, and Call-Info header fields for
          optional content presentation to users.
    
       o  Added the Content-Language, Content-Disposition and MIME-Version
          header fields.
    
       o  Added a "glare handling" mechanism to deal with the case where
          both parties send each other a re-INVITE simultaneously.  It uses
          the new 491 (Request Pending) error code.
    
       o  Added the In-Reply-To and Reply-To header fields for supporting
          the return of missed calls or messages at a later time.
    
       o  Added TLS and SCTP as valid SIP transports.
    
       o  There were a variety of mechanisms described for handling failures
          at any time during a call; those are now generally unified.  BYE
          is sent to terminate.
    
       o  RFC 2543 mandated retransmission of INVITE responses over TCP, but
          noted it was really only needed for 2xx.  That was an artifact of
          insufficient protocol layering.  With a more coherent transaction
          layer defined here, that is no longer needed.  Only 2xx responses
          to INVITEs are retransmitted over TCP.
    
       o  Client and server transaction machines are now driven based on
          timeouts rather than retransmit counts.  This allows the state
          machines to be properly specified for TCP and UDP.
    
       o  The Date header field is used in REGISTER responses to provide a
          simple means for auto-configuration of dates in user agents.
    
       o  Allowed a registrar to reject registrations with expirations that
          are too short in duration.  Defined the 423 response code and the
          Min-Expires for this purpose.
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 260]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    29 Normative References
    
       [1]  Handley, M. and V. Jacobson, "SDP: Session Description
            Protocol", RFC 2327, April 1998.
    
       [2]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
            Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.
    
       [3]  Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format", RFC 2822, April 2001.
    
       [4]  Rosenberg, J. and H. Schulzrinne, "SIP: Locating SIP Servers",
            RFC 3263, June 2002.
    
       [5]  Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R. and L. Masinter, "Uniform Resource
            Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax", RFC 2396, August 1998.
    
       [6]  Chown, P., "Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Ciphersuites for
            Transport Layer Security (TLS)", RFC 3268, June 2002.
    
       [7]  Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646", RFC
            2279, January 1998.
    
       [8]  Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H., Masinter, L.,
            Leach, P. and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext Transfer Protocol --
            HTTP/1.1", RFC 2616, June 1999.
    
       [9]  Vaha-Sipila, A., "URLs for Telephone Calls", RFC 2806, April
            2000.
    
       [10] Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax
            Specifications: ABNF", RFC 2234, November 1997.
    
       [11] Freed, F. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
            Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types", RFC 2046, November
            1996.
    
       [12] Eastlake, D., Crocker, S. and J. Schiller, "Randomness
            Recommendations for Security", RFC 1750, December 1994.
    
       [13] Rosenberg, J. and H. Schulzrinne, "An Offer/Answer Model with
            SDP", RFC 3264, June 2002.
    
       [14] Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", STD 6, RFC 768, August
            1980.
    
       [15] Postel, J., "DoD Standard Transmission Control Protocol", RFC
            761, January 1980.
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 261]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       [16] Stewart, R., Xie, Q., Morneault, K., Sharp, C., Schwarzbauer,
            H., Taylor, T., Rytina, I., Kalla, M., Zhang, L. and V. Paxson,
            "Stream Control Transmission Protocol", RFC 2960, October 2000.
    
       [17] Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J., Lawrence, S.,
            Leach, P., Luotonen, A. and L. Stewart, "HTTP authentication:
            Basic and Digest Access Authentication", RFC 2617, June 1999.
    
       [18] Troost, R., Dorner, S. and K. Moore, "Communicating Presentation
            Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition Header
            Field", RFC 2183, August 1997.
    
       [19] Zimmerer, E., Peterson, J., Vemuri, A., Ong, L., Audet, F.,
            Watson, M. and M. Zonoun, "MIME media types for ISUP and QSIG
            Objects", RFC 3204, December 2001.
    
       [20] Braden, R., "Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and
            Support", STD 3, RFC 1123, October 1989.
    
       [21] Alvestrand, H., "IETF Policy on Character Sets and Languages",
            BCP 18, RFC 2277, January 1998.
    
       [22] Galvin, J., Murphy, S., Crocker, S. and N. Freed, "Security
            Multiparts for MIME: Multipart/Signed and Multipart/Encrypted",
            RFC 1847, October 1995.
    
       [23] Housley, R., "Cryptographic Message Syntax", RFC 2630, June
            1999.
    
       [24] Ramsdell B., "S/MIME Version 3 Message Specification", RFC 2633,
            June 1999.
    
       [25] Dierks, T. and C. Allen, "The TLS Protocol Version 1.0", RFC
            2246, January 1999.
    
       [26] Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "Security Architecture for the
            Internet Protocol", RFC 2401, November 1998.
    
    30 Informative References
    
       [27] R. Pandya, "Emerging mobile and personal communication systems,"
            IEEE Communications Magazine, Vol. 33, pp. 44--52, June 1995.
    
       [28] Schulzrinne, H., Casner, S., Frederick, R. and V. Jacobson,
            "RTP:  A Transport Protocol for Real-Time Applications", RFC
            1889, January 1996.
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 262]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       [29] Schulzrinne, H., Rao, R. and R. Lanphier, "Real Time Streaming
            Protocol (RTSP)", RFC 2326, April 1998.
    
       [30] Cuervo, F., Greene, N., Rayhan, A., Huitema, C., Rosen, B. and
            J. Segers, "Megaco Protocol Version 1.0", RFC 3015, November
            2000.
    
       [31] Handley, M., Schulzrinne, H., Schooler, E. and J. Rosenberg,
            "SIP: Session Initiation Protocol", RFC 2543, March 1999.
    
       [32] Hoffman, P., Masinter, L. and J. Zawinski, "The mailto URL
            scheme", RFC 2368, July 1998.
    
       [33] E. M. Schooler, "A multicast user directory service for
            synchronous rendezvous," Master's Thesis CS-TR-96-18, Department
            of Computer Science, California Institute of Technology,
            Pasadena, California, Aug. 1996.
    
       [34] Donovan, S., "The SIP INFO Method", RFC 2976, October 2000.
    
       [35] Rivest, R., "The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm", RFC 1321, April
            1992.
    
       [36] Dawson, F. and T. Howes, "vCard MIME Directory Profile", RFC
            2426, September 1998.
    
       [37] Good, G., "The LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF) - Technical
            Specification", RFC 2849, June 2000.
    
       [38] Palme, J., "Common Internet Message Headers",  RFC 2076,
            February 1997.
    
       [39] Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J., Leach, P.,
            Luotonen, A., Sink, E. and L. Stewart, "An Extension to HTTP:
            Digest Access Authentication", RFC 2069, January 1997.
    
       [40] Johnston, A., Donovan, S., Sparks, R., Cunningham, C., Willis,
            D., Rosenberg, J., Summers, K. and H. Schulzrinne, "SIP Call
            Flow Examples", Work in Progress.
    
       [41] E. M. Schooler, "Case study: multimedia conference control in a
            packet-switched teleconferencing system," Journal of
            Internetworking:  Research and Experience, Vol. 4, pp. 99--120,
            June 1993.  ISI reprint series ISI/RS-93-359.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 263]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       [42] H. Schulzrinne, "Personal mobility for multimedia services in
            the Internet," in European Workshop on Interactive Distributed
            Multimedia Systems and Services (IDMS), (Berlin, Germany), Mar.
            1996.
    
       [43] Floyd, S., "Congestion Control Principles", RFC 2914, September
            2000.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 264]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    A Table of Timer Values
    
       Table 4 summarizes the meaning and defaults of the various timers
       used by this specification.
    
    Timer    Value            Section               Meaning
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    T1       500ms default    Section 17.1.1.1     RTT Estimate
    T2       4s               Section 17.1.2.2     The maximum retransmit
                                                   interval for non-INVITE
                                                   requests and INVITE
                                                   responses
    T4       5s               Section 17.1.2.2     Maximum duration a
                                                   message will
                                                   remain in the network
    Timer A  initially T1     Section 17.1.1.2     INVITE request retransmit
                                                   interval, for UDP only
    Timer B  64*T1            Section 17.1.1.2     INVITE transaction
                                                   timeout timer
    Timer C  > 3min           Section 16.6         proxy INVITE transaction
                               bullet 11            timeout
    Timer D  > 32s for UDP    Section 17.1.1.2     Wait time for response
             0s for TCP/SCTP                       retransmits
    Timer E  initially T1     Section 17.1.2.2     non-INVITE request
                                                   retransmit interval,
                                                   UDP only
    Timer F  64*T1            Section 17.1.2.2     non-INVITE transaction
                                                   timeout timer
    Timer G  initially T1     Section 17.2.1       INVITE response
                                                   retransmit interval
    Timer H  64*T1            Section 17.2.1       Wait time for
                                                   ACK receipt
    Timer I  T4 for UDP       Section 17.2.1       Wait time for
             0s for TCP/SCTP                       ACK retransmits
    Timer J  64*T1 for UDP    Section 17.2.2       Wait time for
             0s for TCP/SCTP                       non-INVITE request
                                                   retransmits
    Timer K  T4 for UDP       Section 17.1.2.2     Wait time for
             0s for TCP/SCTP                       response retransmits
    
                       Table 4: Summary of timers
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 265]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Acknowledgments
    
       We wish to thank the members of the IETF MMUSIC and SIP WGs for their
       comments and suggestions.  Detailed comments were provided by Ofir
       Arkin, Brian Bidulock, Jim Buller, Neil Deason, Dave Devanathan,
       Keith Drage, Bill Fenner, Cedric Fluckiger, Yaron Goland, John
       Hearty, Bernie Hoeneisen, Jo Hornsby, Phil Hoffer, Christian Huitema,
       Hisham Khartabil, Jean Jervis, Gadi Karmi, Peter Kjellerstedt, Anders
       Kristensen, Jonathan Lennox, Gethin Liddell, Allison Mankin, William
       Marshall, Rohan Mahy, Keith Moore, Vern Paxson, Bob Penfield, Moshe
       J. Sambol, Chip Sharp, Igor Slepchin, Eric Tremblay, and Rick
       Workman.
    
       Brian Rosen provided the compiled BNF.
    
       Jean Mahoney provided technical writing assistance.
    
       This work is based, inter alia, on [41,42].
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 266]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Authors' Addresses
    
       Authors addresses are listed alphabetically for the editors, the
       writers, and then the original authors of RFC 2543.  All listed
       authors actively contributed large amounts of text to this document.
    
       Jonathan Rosenberg
       dynamicsoft
       72 Eagle Rock Ave
       East Hanover, NJ 07936
       USA
    
       EMail:  jdrosen@dynamicsoft.com
    
    
       Henning Schulzrinne
       Dept. of Computer Science
       Columbia University
       1214 Amsterdam Avenue
       New York, NY 10027
       USA
    
       EMail:  schulzrinne@cs.columbia.edu
    
    
       Gonzalo Camarillo
       Ericsson
       Advanced Signalling Research Lab.
       FIN-02420 Jorvas
       Finland
    
       EMail:  Gonzalo.Camarillo@ericsson.com
    
    
       Alan Johnston
       WorldCom
       100 South 4th Street
       St. Louis, MO 63102
       USA
    
       EMail:  alan.johnston@wcom.com
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 267]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
       Jon Peterson
       NeuStar, Inc
       1800 Sutter Street, Suite 570
       Concord, CA 94520
       USA
    
       EMail:  jon.peterson@neustar.com
    
    
       Robert Sparks
       dynamicsoft, Inc.
       5100 Tennyson Parkway
       Suite 1200
       Plano, Texas 75024
       USA
    
       EMail:  rsparks@dynamicsoft.com
    
    
       Mark Handley
       International Computer Science Institute
       1947 Center St, Suite 600
       Berkeley, CA 94704
       USA
    
       EMail:  mjh@icir.org
    
    
       Eve Schooler
       AT&T Labs-Research
       75 Willow Road
       Menlo Park, CA 94025
       USA
    
       EMail: schooler@research.att.com
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 268]
    
    RFC 3261            SIP: Session Initiation Protocol           June 2002
    
    
    Full Copyright Statement
    
       Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002).  All Rights Reserved.
    
       This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
       others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
       or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
       and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
       kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
       included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
       document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
       the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
       Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
       developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
       copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
       followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
       English.
    
       The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
       revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
    
       This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
       "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
       TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
       BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
       HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
       MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
    
    Acknowledgement
    
       Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
       Internet Society.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Rosenberg, et. al.          Standards Track                   [Page 269]
    
    
  • 相关阅读:
    Spring AOP
    编写jQuery插件
    Linux下SVN服务器搭建
    Redis安装配置与Jedis访问数据库
    使用redis做mysql缓存
    $(document).ready(function(){})和$(window).load(function(){})的区别
    SSH三大框架简介
    docker inspect命令
    ELK 环境搭建3-Logstash
    ELK 环境搭建2-Kibana
  • 原文地址:https://www.cnblogs.com/elisha-blogs/p/sip.html
Copyright © 2020-2023  润新知